Renters' Rights Bill

A Bill to make provision changing the law about rented homes, including provision abolishing fixed term assured tenancies and assured shorthold tenancies; imposing obligations on landlords and others in relation to rented homes and temporary and supported accommodation; and for connected purposes.


This is not the latest version of the Bill

Amendment Filters

Your selections will update the bill and amendment list to show only amendments matching your chosen criteria.

Amendment Type

Amendment Status

Display Options

Page 1

Part 1

 

Tenancy reform

 

Chapter 1

 

Assured tenancies

 

End of certain kinds of assured tenancy

5
1
Assured tenancies to be periodic with rent period not exceeding a month
 
 
In the 1988 Act , before section 5 insert—
 
 
“4A
Assured tenancies to be periodic with rent period not exceeding a
 
 
month
 
 
(1)
Terms of an assured tenancy are of no effect so far as they provide—
10
 
(a)
for a tenancy to be a fixed term tenancy, or
 
 
(b)
for periods of the tenancy to be different from the periods for
 
 
which rent is payable (“rent periods”).
 
 
(2)
Where terms of an assured tenancy are of no effect by virtue of
 
 
subsection (1) (a) or (b) , the tenancy has effect as a periodic tenancy
15
 
under which the periods of the tenancy are the same as the rent
 
 
periods.
 
 
(3)
Terms of an assured tenancy which provide for the rent periods are
 
 
of no effect unless each rent period is—
 

Page 2

 
(a)
a period of 28 days or shorter, or
 
 
(b)
a monthly rent period.
 
 
(4)
Those terms may provide for different rent periods at different times
 
 
during the assured tenancy (but each rent period must be permitted
 
 
by subsection (3) ).
5
 
(5)
Where terms of an assured tenancy are of no effect by virtue of
 
 
subsection (3) , the tenancy has effect as if it provided—
 
 
(a)
for successive rent periods of one month beginning with the
 
 
first day of the tenancy, and
 
 
(b)
for the rent for each such rent period—
10
 
(i)
to be the amount calculated in accordance with the
 
 
formula in subsection (6) , and
 
 
(ii)
to be due on the first day of the period.
 
 
(6)
The formula is—
 
 
R D × 30 . 42
15
 
where—
 
 
R is the rent that would have been due for the first rent period
 
 
of the tenancy under the terms that are of no effect by virtue
 
 
of subsection (3) ;
 
 
D is the number of whole days in that period.
20
 
(7)
Except as provided by subsections (1) and (3) , nothing in this section
 
 
limits any right of the landlord and the tenant to vary a term of a
 
 
tenancy by agreement.
 
 
(8)
For the purposes of this section, terms of an assured tenancy provide
 
 
for “monthly” rent periods if they provide for rent to be payable for
25
 
successive periods of one month, disregarding any provision for the
 
 
first period to be a different period not exceeding 30 days.”
 
2
Abolition of assured shorthold tenancies
 
 
In the 1988 Act —
 
 
(a)
omit section 6A (demotion to assured shorthold tenancy because of
30
 
anti-social behaviour);
 
 
(b)
omit Chapter 2 of Part 1 (assured shorthold tenancies).
 

Grounds for possession

 
3
Changes to grounds for possession
 
 
(1)
Schedule 1 contains amendments of Schedule 2 to the 1988 Act (grounds for
35
 
possession of dwelling-houses let on assured tenancies).
 

Page 3

 
(2)
In section 7 of the 1988 Act (orders for possession)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (3) , for “subsections (5A) and (6)” substitute “the
 
 
following provisions of this section”;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (4) omit “, subject to subsections (5A) and (6) below,”;
 
 
(c)
in subsection (5) omit the words from “and Part IV” to the end”;
5
 
(d)
after subsection (5) insert—
 
 
“(5ZA)
The court may not make an order for possession of a
 
 
dwelling-house on any of Grounds 1 to 5H or Ground 6A
 
 
where—
 
 
(a)
a smallholding was previously let to the tenant under
10
 
a tenancy to which the Agricultural Holdings Act 1986
 
 
applies (“the agricultural tenancy”),
 
 
(b)
the agricultural tenancy came to an end as a result of
 
 
the operation of a notice to quit given in case A in Part
 
 
1 of Schedule 3 to that Act (“case A”),
15
 
(c)
the assured tenancy was granted immediately after the
 
 
agricultural tenancy came to an end, and
 
 
(d)
the dwelling-house is let under the assured tenancy—
 
 
(i)
by the person who was the landlord under the
 
 
agricultural tenancy (“the former agricultural
20
 
landlord”), or
 
 
(ii)
by another person pursuant to a contract or
 
 
other agreement entered into with the former
 
 
agricultural landlord under which—
 
 
(A)
the dwelling-house is to be let as
25
 
suitable alternative accommodation for
 
 
the purposes of paragraph (b) of case
 
 
A, and
 
 
(B)
this subsection is to apply.
 
 
(5ZB)
The court may not make an order for possession of a
30
 
dwelling-house let on an assured tenancy on any of Grounds
 
 
1 to 5H or Ground 6A where, on the basis of the proposed let
 
 
of the dwelling-house on that tenancy, the dwelling-house was
 
 
deemed to be suitable alternative accommodation under
 
 
paragraph 1(c) of Part 4 of Schedule 2 to the Housing Act 1985
35
 
for the purposes of section 84(2)(b) and (c) of that Act.”;
 
 
(e)
in subsection (5A) —
 
 
(i)
in paragraph (a) , for “, 2, 5” substitute “to 5H, 6A, 6B”
 
 
(ii)
omit paragraph (b) (but not the “and” at the end).
 
 
(f)
after subsection (5A) insert—
40
 
“(5B)
The court may not make an order for possession of a
 
 
dwelling-house let on an assured tenancy granted in accordance
 
 
with section 554(3)(c) (before its repeal) or (ca) of the Housing
 
 
Act 1985 on any of Grounds 1 to 5H or Ground 6A.
 

Page 4

 
(5C)
In relation to the making of an order for possession of a
 
 
dwelling-house let on an assured periodic tenancy arising under
 
 
Schedule 10 to the Local Government and Housing Act 1989
 
 
, Ground 6 is to apply as if—
 
 
(a)
in paragraph (b), the words “, but only in a case where
5
 
section 7 (5ZA) applies in relation to the tenancy” were
 
 
omitted;
 
 
(b)
in the general redevelopment conditions, paragraph (f)
 
 
was omitted;
 
 
(c)
in the landlord’s acquisition condition, in paragraph
10
 
(a), the reference to the grant of the tenancy is a
 
 
reference to the grant of the long residential tenancy
 
 
which existed immediately before the assured periodic
 
 
tenancy arose.
 
 
(5D)
If the only grounds for possession which the court is satisfied
15
 
are established are either or both of Grounds 7A and 14 in
 
 
Schedule 2, the court may not make an order for possession
 
 
to take effect within—
 
 
(a)
the period of 14 days beginning with the date of service
 
 
of the notice under section 8; or
20
 
(b)
where the court has exercised the power conferred by
 
 
section 8(1)(b), the period of 14 days beginning—
 
 
(i)
if a purported notice of possession (within the
 
 
meaning given by section 16M ) was served on
 
 
the tenant and the court considers it just and
25
 
equitable, with the date on which the notice was
 
 
served;
 
 
(ii)
otherwise, with the date on which the
 
 
proceedings for possession began.
 
 
(5E)
In subsection (5C) , a reference to a “long residential tenancy”
30
 
is a reference to a tenancy to which Schedule 10 to the Local
 
 
Government and Housing Act 1989 applies.
 
 
(g)
omit subsections (6) , (6A) , (6B) and (7) .
 
 
(3)
In section 8 of the 1988 Act (notice of proceedings for possession)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (1) (a) for “(4B)” substitute “ (4AA) ”;
35
 
(b)
in subsection (3) (b) for “(3A) to (4B)” substitute “(4) to (4AA) ”;
 
 
(c)
omit subsection (3A) ;
 
 
(d)
in subsection (4) —
 
 
(i)
for “Ground 14” substitute “either or both of Grounds 7A and
 
 
14”;
40
 
(ii)
after “whether” insert “with or”;
 
 
(iii)
omit “or with any ground other than Ground 7A”;
 

Page 5

 
(e)
for subsections (4A) and (4B) substitute—
 
 
“(4AA)
If a notice under this section does not specify Ground 7A or
 
 
14 in Schedule 2, the date specified in the notice as mentioned
 
 
in subsection (3)(b) must not be before the end of the longest
 
 
period shown in the following table for any ground specified
5
 
in the notice.
 
 
Ground specified in notice
 
 
Period
 
 
1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2ZA, 2ZB,
 
 
four months beginning with the
 
 
2ZC, 2ZD, 4A, 6, 6A, 6B
 
 
date of service of the notice
 
 
5, 5A, 5B, 5C, 5D, 5H, 7,
10
 
two months beginning with the
10
 
9
 
 
date of service of the notice
 
 
5E, 5F, 5G, 8, 10, 11, 18
 
 
four weeks beginning with the
 
 
date of the service of the notice
 
 
4, 7B, 12, 13, 14ZA, 14A,
 
 
two weeks beginning with the
 
 
15, 17
15
 
date of the service of the notice”;
15
 
(f)
after subsection (5) insert—
 
 
“(5A)
A notice given by an intermediate landlord under Ground 2ZA
 
 
is to be treated, when the superior tenancy ends, as a notice
 
 
given by the person who became the landlord by virtue of
 
 
section 18 under Ground 2ZC.
20
 
(5B)
A notice given by an intermediate landlord under Ground 2ZB
 
 
is to be treated, when the superior tenancy ends, as a notice
 
 
given by the person who became the landlord by virtue of
 
 
section 18 under Ground 2ZD.”;
 
 
(g)
omit subsection (6) .
25
 
(4)
After section 8 of the 1988 Act insert—
 
“8ZA
Disapplication of conditions where notice dispensed with
 
 
(1)
This section applies where the court exercises the power conferred by
 
 
section 8(1)(b) in proceedings relating to Ground 4A, 5G or 6 in
 
 
Schedule 2.
30
 
(2)
The court may, if it considers it just and equitable to do so—
 
 
(a)
where the proceedings relate to Ground 4A, disapply paragraph
 
 
(d) of the ground;
 
 
(b)
where the proceedings relate to Ground 5G, disapply paragraph
 
 
(b) of the ground;
35
 
(c)
where the proceedings relate to Ground 6, disapply paragraph
 
 
(aa)(ii)(B) of the ground.
 
 
(3)
References in this section to grounds in Schedule 2 are to those grounds
 
 
read in accordance with paragraph 12 (2) of that Schedule.”
 

Page 6

 
(5)
After section 11 of the 1988 Act insert—
 
“11A
Possession on ground 6B: compensation of tenant
 
 
(1)
This section applies where a court makes an order for possession of
 
 
a dwelling-house let on an assured tenancy on Ground 6B in Schedule
 
 
2 to this Act (whether or not the order is also made on any other
5
 
ground).
 
 
(2)
The court may order the landlord to pay to the tenant such sum as
 
 
appears sufficient as compensation for damage or loss sustained by
 
 
that tenant as a result of the order for possession.
 
 
(3)
In deciding whether to make an order under this section, and what
10
 
compensation to order, the court must (in particular) take into account
 
 
the circumstances which led to Ground 6B being available as a ground
 
 
for making an order for possession (including any conduct by the
 
 
tenant which caused or contributed to Ground 6B being available).”
 
4
Possession for anti-social behaviour: relevant factors
15
 
In the 1988 Act , in section 9A —
 
 
(a)
in subsection (2) , after paragraph (c) insert—
 
 
“(d)
whether the person against whom the order is sought
 
 
has co-operated with any attempt by the landlord to
 
 
encourage the conduct to cease.”;
20
 
(b)
after subsection (2) insert—
 
 
“(3)
Where the person against whom the order is sought is a tenant
 
 
occupying an HMO, in considering effects mentioned in
 
 
subsection (2)(a) the court must have particular regard to the
 
 
effect on other occupiers who share with that person
25
 
accommodation or facilities within the HMO.
 
 
(4)
For the purposes of subsection (3) occupiers of an HMO share
 
 
accommodation or facilities if they are each entitled to use that
 
 
accommodation or those facilities under the terms of a tenancy
 
 
or licence to occupy.
30
 
(5)
In subsection (3) “HMO” has the same meaning as in Part 2 of
 
 
the Housing Act 2004 (see section 77 of that Act).”
 
5
Form of notice of proceedings for possession
 
 
In section 8 of the 1988 Act , after subsection (6) insert—
 
 
“(7)
Regulations made under section 45(1) by virtue of subsection (3) may—
35
 
(a)
provide for the form to be published by the Secretary of State;
 
 
(b)
provide that the form to be used is the version that has effect
 
 
at the time the requirement applies.”
 

Page 7

Rent and other terms

 
6
Statutory procedure for increases of rent
 
 
(1)
Section 13 of the 1988 Act (increases of rent) is amended in accordance with
 
 
subsections (2) to (8) .
 
 
(2)
In the heading for “periodic tenancies” substitute “tenancies other than relevant
5
 
low-cost tenancies”.
 
 
(3)
For subsection (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
This section applies to any assured tenancy other than a relevant
 
 
low-cost tenancy.”
 
 
(4)
In subsection (2) —
10
 
(a)
in paragraph (a) , for “the minimum period” substitute “two months”;
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (b) —
 
 
(i)
for the words before sub-paragraph (i) substitute “either”;
 
 
(ii)
after sub-paragraph (i) insert “or”;
 
 
(c)
in paragraph (c) —
15
 
(i)
in the words before sub-paragraph (i) , after “below” insert “,
 
 
either”;
 
 
(ii)
after sub-paragraph (i) insert “or”.
 
 
(5)
Omit subsection (3) .
 
 
(6)
In subsection (4) —
20
 
(a)
in paragraph (a), for “by an application in the prescribed form refers
 
 
the notice to the appropriate tribunal” substitute “applies to the
 
 
appropriate tribunal under section 14 (A3) ;
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (b) for “variation of the rent which is different from”
 
 
substitute “new rent which is lower than”.
25
 
(7)
After subsection (4) insert—
 
 
“(4A)
The rent for a period of an assured tenancy to which this section
 
 
applies may not be greater than the rent for the previous period except
 
 
by virtue of—
 
 
(a)
a notice under this section or an agreement under subsection
30
 
(4)(b) following such a notice,
 
 
(b)
a determination under section 14, or
 
 
(c)
an agreement in writing between the landlord and the tenant
 
 
varying the rent, following a determination by the appropriate
 
 
tribunal under section 14, where the agreed rent is lower than
35
 
the rent that would be payable under section 14ZA or 14ZB as
 
 
a result of the determination;
 
 
and any provision relating to an assured tenancy to which this section
 
 
applies is of no effect so far as it provides that the rent for a particular
 
 
period of the tenancy must or may be greater than the rent for the
40

Page 8

 
previous period otherwise than by virtue of a notice, determination
 
 
or agreement mentioned in this subsection.
 
 
(4B)
Except as provided by subsection (4A) , nothing in this section (or in
 
 
sections 14 to 14ZB ) limits any right of the landlord and the tenant
 
 
under an assured tenancy to which this section applies to vary any
5
 
term of the tenancy by agreement.
 
 
(4C)
In this section “relevant low-cost tenancy” means—
 
 
(a)
an assured tenancy of social housing, within the meaning of
 
 
Part 2 of the Housing and Regeneration Act 2008 , where the
 
 
landlord is a private registered provider of social housing, and
10
 
(b)
any other assured tenancy of a description specified in
 
 
regulations made by the Secretary of State.
 
 
(4D)
Regulations under subsection (4C) (b) —
 
 
(a)
may make different provision for different purposes;
 
 
(b)
are to be made by statutory instrument.
15
 
(4E)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (4C) (b)
 
 
is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House
 
 
of Parliament.”
 
 
(8)
Omit subsection (5) .
 
 
(9)
After section 13 of the 1988 Act insert—
20
“13A
Increases of rent under relevant low-cost tenancies
 
 
(1)
This section applies to a relevant low-cost tenancy within the meaning
 
 
given by section 13 (4C) .
 
 
(2)
For the purpose of securing an increase in the rent under a tenancy
 
 
to which this section applies, the landlord may serve on the tenant a
25
 
notice in the prescribed form proposing a new rent to take effect at
 
 
the beginning of a new period of the tenancy specified in the notice,
 
 
being a period beginning not earlier than—
 
 
(a)
one month after the date of the service of the notice, and
 
 
(b)
in the case of an assured agricultural occupancy, the first
30
 
anniversary of the date on which the first period of the tenancy
 
 
began, and
 
 
(c)
if the rent under the tenancy has previously been increased by
 
 
virtue of a notice under this subsection or a determination
 
 
under section 14, either—
35
 
(i)
in the case of an assured agricultural occupancy, the
 
 
first anniversary of the date on which the increased rent
 
 
took effect, or
 
 
(ii)
in any other case, the appropriate date.
 
 
(3)
The appropriate date is—
40

Page 9

 
(a)
in a case to which subsection (4) applies, the date that falls 53
 
 
weeks after the date on which the increased rent took effect;
 
 
(b)
in any other case, the date that falls 52 weeks after the date on
 
 
which the increased rent took effect.
 
 
(4)
This subsection applies where—
5
 
(a)
the rent under the tenancy has been increased by virtue of a
 
 
notice under this section or a determination under section 14
 
 
on at least one occasion after the coming into force of the
 
 
Regulatory Reform (Assured Periodic Tenancies) (Rent
 
 
Increases) Order 2003 , and
10
 
(b)
the fifty-third week after the date on which the last such
 
 
increase took effect begins more than six days before the
 
 
anniversary of the date on which the first such increase took
 
 
effect.
 
 
(5)
Where a notice is served under subsection (2) , a new rent specified in
15
 
the notice takes effect as mentioned in the notice unless, before the
 
 
beginning of the new period specified in the notice—
 
 
(a)
the tenant applies to the tribunal under section 14 (A3) , or
 
 
(b)
the landlord and the tenant agree on a variation of the rent
 
 
which is different from that proposed in the notice or agree
20
 
that the rent should not be varied.
 
 
(6)
Nothing in this section (or in section 14) affects the right of the landlord
 
 
and the tenant under a relevant low-cost tenancy within the meaning
 
 
given by section 13 (4C) to vary by agreement any term of the tenancy
 
 
(including a term relating to rent).
25
13B
Challenge to validity of notice to increase rent
 
 
Where a tenant under an assured tenancy makes an application to the
 
 
appropriate tribunal, the tribunal may determine whether a notice
 
 
served on the tenant under section 13(2) or 13A (2) is valid.”
 
7
Challenging amount or increase of rent
30
 
(1)
Section 14 of the 1988 Act (determination of rent by tribunal) is amended in
 
 
accordance with subsections (3) to (9) .
 
 
(2)
In the title, after “of” insert “open-market”.
 
 
(3)
Before subsection (1) insert—
 
 
“(A1)
A tenant under an assured tenancy other than a relevant low-cost
35
 
tenancy may make an application to the appropriate tribunal for the
 
 
purpose of challenging the rent payable under the tenancy.
 
 
(A2)
No application may be made under subsection (A1) if—
 

Page 10

 
(a)
the rent payable under the tenancy is pursuant to a previous
 
 
determination under this section, or
 
 
(b)
more than six months have elapsed since the beginning of the
 
 
tenancy.
 
 
(A3)
A tenant under any assured tenancy may make an application to the
5
 
appropriate tribunal for the purpose of challenging a new rent
 
 
proposed in a notice under section 13(2) or 13A (2) .”
 
 
(4)
In subsection (1) —
 
 
(a)
for the words from the beginning to “that section,” substitute “Where
 
 
an application is made under subsection (A1) or (A3) ,”;
10
 
(b)
for paragraphs (a) and (b) substitute—
 
 
“(a)
which has the same periods as those of the tenancy to
 
 
which the application relates;
 
 
(b)
which begins—
 
 
(i)
in the case of an application under subsection
15
 
(A1) , on the date of the application;
 
 
(ii)
in the case of an application under subsection
 
 
(A3) , at the beginning of the new period
 
 
specified in the notice; and”;
 
 
(c)
in paragraph (c) for “notice” substitute “application”;
20
 
(d)
omit paragraph (d) and the “and” before it.
 
 
(5)
In subsection (3) —
 
 
(a)
in the words before paragraph (a) —
 
 
(i)
omit the words from “in relation to” to “above,”;
 
 
(ii)
for “notice”, in the second place it occurs, substitute
25
 
“application”;
 
 
(b)
in paragraphs (a) and (b) for “service of the notice” substitute “the
 
 
application”.
 
 
(6)
In subsection (3A) —
 
 
(a)
in the words before paragraph (a) , for the words from “on” to “served,”
30
 
substitute “of the application”;
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (a) , for “that notice was served” substitute “the application
 
 
was made”.
 
 
(7)
Omit subsections (6) and (7) .
 
 
(8)
In subsection (8) omit “of a rent for a dwelling-house”.
35
 
(9)
Omit subsection (9) .
 

Page 11

 
(10)
After section 14 of the 1988 Act insert—
 
“14ZA
Effect of determination: rent payable
 
 
(1)
This section applies where the appropriate tribunal makes a
 
 
determination on an application under section 14 (A1) in relation to a
 
 
tenancy.
5
 
(2)
The rent payable under the tenancy following the determination is—
 
 
(a)
the new rent amount, and
 
 
(b)
the appropriate amount (if any) in respect of rates.
 
 
(3)
The rent payable under the tenancy following the determination takes
 
 
effect from the date that the appropriate tribunal directs.
10
 
(4)
The new rent amount is—
 
 
(a)
the open-market rent, if lower than the tenancy rent, and
 
 
(b)
otherwise, the tenancy rent.
 
 
(5)
The date must not be earlier than the date of the application.
 
 
(6)
In this section—
15
 
“the appropriate amount in respect of rates” means the amount
 
 
of rent attributable to any rates borne as mentioned in section
 
 
14(5);
 
 
“the open-market rent” means the amount of rent determined by
 
 
the appropriate tribunal on the application, in accordance with
20
 
section 14(1);
 
 
“the tenancy rent” means the rent payable under the tenancy
 
 
immediately before the determination is made, excluding the
 
 
appropriate amount in respect of rates (if any).
 
14ZB
Effect of determination: proposed new rent
25
 
(1)
This section applies where the appropriate tribunal makes a
 
 
determination on an application under section 14 (A3) in relation to a
 
 
tenancy.
 
 
(2)
The rent payable under the tenancy following the determination is—
 
 
(a)
the new rent amount, and
30
 
(b)
the appropriate amount (if any) in respect of rates.
 
 
(3)
The rent payable under the tenancy following the determination takes
 
 
effect from—
 
 
(a)
the beginning of the new period specified in the notice under
 
 
section 13(2) or 13A (2) , if that date is on or after the date of
35
 
the determination,
 
 
(b)
the beginning of the first new period of the tenancy which
 
 
begins on or after the date of the determination, if the beginning
 

Page 12

 
of the new period specified in the notice under section 13(2)
 
 
or 13A (2) is before the date of the determination, or
 
 
(c)
if it appears to the tribunal that applying paragraph (a) or (b)
 
 
would cause undue hardship to the tenant, a date that the
 
 
appropriate tribunal directs.
5
 
(4)
A date specified under subsection (3) (c) must fall before the end of
 
 
the period of two months beginning with the date of the determination.
 
 
(5)
The new rent amount is—
 
 
(a)
the open-market rent, if lower than the proposed rent, and
 
 
(b)
otherwise, the proposed rent.
10
 
(6)
The Secretary of State may by regulations make provision so as to
 
 
substitute, in relation to relevant tenancies, a different date as the
 
 
effective date.
 
 
(7)
The effective date may not be earlier than the beginning of the new
 
 
period specified in the notice served on the tenant under section 13(2)
15
 
or 13A (2) .
 
 
(8)
Regulations under subsection (6) —
 
 
(a)
may amend this section;
 
 
(b)
may make different provision for different purposes;
 
 
(c)
may make supplemental, consequential, incidental, transitional,
20
 
transitory or saving provision;
 
 
(d)
are to be made by statutory instrument.
 
 
(9)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (6)
 
 
may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid before
 
 
and approved by a resolution of each House of Parliament.
25
 
(10)
In this section—
 
 
“the appropriate amount in respect of rates” has the meaning
 
 
given by section 14ZA (6) ;
 
 
“the effective date” means a date for the time being specified in
 
 
subsection (3) (b) as the date from which the rent payable takes
30
 
effect;
 
 
“the open-market rent” has the meaning given by section 14ZA (6) ;
 
 
“the proposed rent” means the amount of rent specified in the
 
 
notice under section 13(2) or 13A (2) , excluding the appropriate
 
 
amount in respect of rates (if any);
35
 
“relevant tenancies” means tenancies in relation to which an
 
 
application under section 14 (A3) is made on or after the date
 
 
on which the regulations under subsection (6) come into force.”
 
 
(11)
Omit sections 14A and 14B of the 1988 Act .
 

Page 13

8
Prohibition of rent in advance after lease entered into (except initial rent)
 
 
In the 1988 Act, after section 4A (inserted by section 1 of this Act) insert—
 
“4B
Assured tenancy: prohibition of rent in advance (except initial rent)
 
 
(1)
Terms of an assured tenancy which provide for when rent is due are
 
 
of no effect so far as they provide for rent to be due in advance.
5
 
(2)
But subsection (1) does not apply—
 
 
(a)
to a tenancy entered into before the commencement date (which
 
 
has the same meaning as in section 145 (3) of the Renters’ Rights
 
 
Act 2025),
 
 
(b)
to an excepted tenancy, or
10
 
(c)
to terms of any other assured tenancy so far as they provide
 
 
for initial rent to be due during the permitted pre-tenancy
 
 
period.
 
 
(3)
Where terms of an assured tenancy providing for when the rent for
 
 
a rent period is due are of no effect by virtue of this section, the
15
 
tenancy has effect as if it provided for the rent for that rent period to
 
 
be due on the substitute rent day for that rent period.
 
 
(4)
In a case where the terms of the tenancy (after taking account of section
 
 
4A ) are such that—
 
 
(a)
one or more of the periods of the tenancy will be compliant
20
 
rent periods, and
 
 
(b)
the compliant rent periods have a regular pattern,
 
 
the regular rent day which falls during a rent period is the “substitute
 
 
rent day” for the rent period.
 
 
(5)
In any other case, the first day of a rent period is the “substitute rent
25
 
day” for the rent period.
 
 
(6)
The compliant rent periods of a tenancy “have a regular pattern” if
 
 
those periods meet the following two conditions—
 
 
(a)
all of the compliant rent periods will be the same length (and,
 
 
for this purpose, all periods of one month are the same length);
30
 
(b)
the rent for all of the compliant periods will be due—
 
 
(i)
on the same day during each of the periods (such as
 
 
the same day of the week in a weekly period or the
 
 
same date in the month in a monthly period), or
 
 
(ii)
on the same description of day during each of the
35
 
periods (such as the last day, or first weekday, of a
 
 
period);
 
 
and that day, or day of that description, is the “regular rent
 
 
day”.
 
 
(7)
The condition in subsection (6) (a) is met even if the first period of the
40
 
tenancy is of a different length from all the other compliant periods;
 

Page 14

 
and, in such a case, the condition in subsection (6) (b) is met even if
 
 
the rent for the first period of the tenancy is due on a different day,
 
 
or description of day, from all the other compliant periods.
 
 
(8)
For provision enabling a holding deposit to be used to pay initial rent
 
 
due during the permitted pre-tenancy period, see Schedule 2 to the
5
 
Tenant Fees Act 2019 .
 
 
(9)
The Secretary of State may, by regulations, amend this section for the
 
 
purpose of making provision about the descriptions of rent due in
 
 
advance to which subsection (1) does not apply.
 
 
(10)
Regulations under subsection (9) —
10
 
(a)
may make different provision for different purposes;
 
 
(b)
are to be made by statutory instrument.
 
 
(11)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (9)
 
 
may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid before
 
 
and approved by a resolution of each House of Parliament.
15
 
(12)
In this paragraph—
 
 
“compliant rent period” : a rent period is a compliant rent period
 
 
if the rent for the period is due during the period — and, in
 
 
determining this, the effect of this section on when rent is due
 
 
must be disregarded;
20
 
“due in advance” , in relation to rent, means due before the rent
 
 
period for which it is payable;
 
 
“excepted tenancy” means—
 
 
(a)
an assured tenancy of social housing (within the
 
 
meaning of Part 2 of the Housing and Regeneration Act
25
 
2008 ) if the landlord is a private registered provider of
 
 
social housing;
 
 
(b)
an assured tenancy granted pursuant to Part 7 of the
 
 
Housing Act 1996 (homelessness);
 
 
“initial rent” means rent that is payable for—
30
 
(a)
the first rent period, or
 
 
(b)
any later rent period which ends during the initial 28
 
 
day period;
 
 
and here “initial 28 day period” means the period of 28 days
 
 
beginning with the first day of the first rent period;
35
 
“permitted pre-tenancy period” means the period that—
 
 
(a)
begins when the tenancy is entered into, and
 
 
(b)
ends with the day before the first day of the tenancy;
 
 
“regular rent day” has the meaning given in subsection (6) (b) ;
 
 
“rent period” means a period for which rent is payable under the
40
 
assured tenancy;
 
 
“substitute rent day” means the day determined in accordance
 
 
with subsection (4) or (5) .”
 

Page 15

9
Prohibition of rent in advance before lease entered into
 
 
(1)
Schedule 1 to the Tenant Fees Act 2019 (permitted payments) is amended in
 
 
accordance with subsections (2) and (3) .
 
 
(2)
After paragraph 1(1) (rent is a permitted payment) insert—
 
 
“(1A)
But a payment of rent is a prohibited payment if—
5
 
(a)
it is payable before the tenancy is entered into, and
 
 
(b)
the tenancy is an assured tenancy.
 
 
(1B)
This paragraph is subject to paragraph 1A .”
 
 
(3)
For sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 1 substitute—
 
 
“Increased rent
10
 
1A
(1)
If the amount of rent payable in respect of any relevant period
 
 
(“P1”) is more than the amount of rent payable in respect of any
 
 
later relevant period (“P2”), the additional amount payable in respect
 
 
of P1 is a prohibited payment.
 
 
(2)
That is subject to the following provisions of this paragraph.”
15
 
(4)
After section 5 of the Tenant Fees Act 2019 insert—
 
 
“Other provision about rent in advance
 
5A
Pre-tenancy payments of rent: prohibitions
 
 
(1)
A landlord must not—
 
 
(a)
invite or encourage a relevant person to make a prohibited
20
 
pre-tenancy payment of rent to the landlord in connection with
 
 
an assured tenancy of housing in England,
 
 
(b)
accept an offer from a relevant person to make a prohibited
 
 
pre-tenancy payment of rent to the landlord in connection with
 
 
an assured tenancy of housing in England, or
25
 
(c)
accept from a relevant person a prohibited pre-tenancy payment
 
 
of rent in connection with an assured tenancy of housing in
 
 
England.
 
 
(2)
A landlord must not—
 
 
(a)
invite or encourage a relevant person to make a prohibited
30
 
pre-tenancy payment of rent to a third party in connection with
 
 
an assured tenancy of housing in England,
 
 
(b)
accept an offer from a relevant person to make a prohibited
 
 
pre-tenancy payment of rent to a third party in connection with
 
 
an assured tenancy of housing in England, or
35
 
(c)
accept from a third party a prohibited pre-tenancy payment of
 
 
rent in connection with an assured tenancy of housing in
 
 
England.
 

Page 16

 
(3)
A letting agent must not—
 
 
(a)
invite or encourage a relevant person to make a prohibited
 
 
pre-tenancy payment of rent to the letting agent in connection
 
 
with an assured tenancy of housing in England,
 
 
(b)
accept an offer from a relevant person to make a prohibited
5
 
pre-tenancy payment of rent to the letting agent in connection
 
 
with an assured tenancy of housing in England, or
 
 
(c)
accept from a relevant person a prohibited pre-tenancy payment
 
 
of rent in connection with an assured tenancy of housing in
 
 
England.
10
 
(4)
A letting agent must not—
 
 
(a)
invite or encourage a relevant person to make a prohibited
 
 
pre-tenancy payment of rent to a third party in connection with
 
 
an assured tenancy of housing in England,
 
 
(b)
accept an offer from a relevant person to make a prohibited
15
 
pre-tenancy payment of rent to a third party in connection with
 
 
an assured tenancy of housing in England, or
 
 
(c)
accept from a third party a prohibited pre-tenancy payment of
 
 
rent in connection with an assured tenancy of housing in
 
 
England.
20
 
(5)
The Secretary of State may, by regulations made by statutory
 
 
instrument, amend this section for the purpose of making provision
 
 
about the descriptions of rent due in advance to which any provision
 
 
of subsection (1) , (2) , (3) or (4) applies.
 
 
For this purpose “rent due in advance” means rent due before
25
 
the period for which it is payable.
 
 
(6)
Regulations under subsection (5) —
 
 
(a)
may make different provision for different purposes;
 
 
(b)
may make supplemental, incidental, consequential, transitional,
 
 
transitory or saving provision;
30
 
(c)
are to be made by statutory instrument.
 
 
(7)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (5)
 
 
may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid before
 
 
and approved by a resolution of each House of Parliament.
 
 
(8)
In this section “prohibited pre-tenancy payment of rent” means a
35
 
payment of rent that is prohibited by paragraph 1 (1A) of Schedule 1.
 
5B
Effect of a breach of section
 
 
(1)
A term of an agreement between a letting agent and a relevant person
 
 
which breaches section 5A is not binding on a relevant person.
 

Page 17

 
(2)
Where a term of an agreement is not binding on a relevant person as
 
 
a result of this section, the agreement continues, so far as practicable,
 
 
to have effect in every other respect.”
 
 
(5)
The Tenant Fees Act 2019 is further amended as follows—
 
 
(a)
in section 6 (enforcement by local weights and measures authorities)—
5
 
(i)
in subsection (1) , in paragraph (b) omit “and” and after that
 
 
paragraph insert—
 
 
“(ba)
section 5A (pre-tenancy payments of rent:
 
 
prohibitions), and”;
 
 
(ii)
in subsection (3) , for “or 2” substitute “, 2 or 5A ”;
10
 
(b)
in section 7 (enforcement by district councils), in subsection (1), for
 
 
“and 2” substitute “, 2 and 5A ”;
 
 
(c)
in section 8 (financial penalties), in subsection (1), for “or 2” substitute
 
 
“, 2 or 5A ”;
 
 
(d)
in section 10 (recovery by enforcement authority of amount paid)—
15
 
(i)
in subsection (1) (a) , for “or 2” substitute “, 2 or 5A ”;
 
 
(ii)
after subsection (2) insert—
 
 
“(2A)
But that obligation to pay the amount, or remaining
 
 
part, of the prohibited payment is subject to subsection
 
 
(3), unless it is a case where the payment is prohibited
20
 
by paragraph 1 (1A) of Schedule 1 (pre-tenancy payment
 
 
of rent).”;
 
 
(iii)
in subsection (3) , for “But subsection (2) does not apply in
 
 
relation to a prohibited payment” substitute “Subsection (2)
 
 
does not apply in relation to the prohibited payment”;
25
 
(e)
in section 15 (recovery by relevant person of amount paid), in
 
 
subsection (1)(a), for “or 2” substitute “, 2 or 5A ”.
 
10
Repayment of rent paid for days after end of tenancy
 
 
In the 1988 Act , after section 14ZB (inserted by section 7 of this Act) insert—
 
“14ZC
Repayment of rent paid for days after end of tenancy
30
 
(1)
A person who paid rent as a tenant under an assured tenancy is
 
 
entitled to be repaid any part of that rent that relates to days falling
 
 
after the end of the tenancy.
 
 
(2)
Subsection (1) does not affect any other entitlement to payment arising
 
 
at the end of an assured tenancy.”
35

Page 18

11
Right to request permission to keep a pet
 
 
(1)
In the 1988 Act , after section 16 insert—
 
“16A
Requesting consent to keep a pet
 
 
(1)
It is an implied term of every assured tenancy to which this section
 
 
applies that—
5
 
(a)
a tenant may keep a pet at the dwelling-house if the tenant
 
 
asks to do so in accordance with this section and the landlord
 
 
consents;
 
 
(b)
such consent is not to be unreasonably refused by the landlord;
 
 
(c)
the landlord is to give or refuse consent in writing on or before
10
 
the 28th day after the date of the request, except as provided
 
 
by subsections (2) to (5) .
 
 
(2)
Where the landlord reasonably requests further information from the
 
 
tenant about the pet on or before the 28th day after the date of the
 
 
tenant's request—
15
 
(a)
if the tenant provides that information, the landlord may delay
 
 
giving or refusing consent until the 7th day after the date on
 
 
which the tenant provides any further information that the
 
 
landlord requests;
 
 
(b)
if the tenant does not provide that information, the landlord
20
 
is not required to give or refuse consent.
 
 
(3)
Where—
 
 
(a)
the keeping of the pet at the dwelling-house would require the
 
 
landlord to obtain the consent of a superior landlord under
 
 
the terms of a superior tenancy, and
25
 
(b)
the landlord seeks the consent of the superior landlord on or
 
 
before the 28th day after the date of the tenant’s request,
 
 
the landlord may delay giving or refusing consent until the 7th day
 
 
after the date on which the landlord receives consent or refusal from
 
 
the superior landlord.
30
 
(4)
Where the landlord and the tenant agree that the landlord may delay
 
 
giving or refusing consent, the landlord may delay until whatever
 
 
date is agreed between the landlord and the tenant.
 
 
(5)
Where more than one of subsections (2) to (4) apply, the landlord may
 
 
delay until the latest date to which the landlord may delay giving or
35
 
refusing consent under any of the subsections.
 
 
(6)
This section applies to every assured tenancy other than a tenancy of
 
 
social housing, within the meaning of Part 2 of the Housing and
 
 
Regeneration Act 2008 .
 

Page 19

16B
Requests for consent to keep a pet: further provision
 
 
(1)
For the purposes of section 16A , a tenant keeps a pet at a
 
 
dwelling-house if the tenant permits the pet to live at the
 
 
dwelling-house (whether or not the tenant is the owner of the pet).
 
 
(2)
Section 16A does not limit the terms that may be agreed in relation
5
 
to the presence at the dwelling-house of pets which do not live there.
 
 
(3)
The tenant’s request under section 16A must—
 
 
(a)
be in writing;
 
 
(b)
include a description of the pet for which consent is sought.
 
 
(4)
The circumstances in which it is reasonable for a landlord to refuse
10
 
consent include those in which—
 
 
(a)
the pet being kept at the dwelling-house would cause the
 
 
landlord to be in breach of an agreement with a superior
 
 
landlord;
 
 
(b)
an agreement between the landlord and a superior landlord
15
 
prohibits the keeping of a pet at the dwelling-house without
 
 
consent of the superior landlord, and the landlord has taken
 
 
reasonable steps to obtain that consent but the superior landlord
 
 
has not given it.
 
 
(5)
In proceedings in which a tenant alleges that the landlord has breached
20
 
the implied term created by section 16A , the court may order specific
 
 
performance of the obligation.
 
16C
Pet damage deposit
 
 
(1)
It is an implied term of every assured tenancy to which section 16A
 
 
applies that if, at the time of consenting to the tenant keeping a pet,
25
 
the landlord informs the tenant in writing that the payment of an
 
 
additional pet damage deposit by the tenant is a condition of the
 
 
consent, then the tenant must comply with that condition.
 
 
(2)
The additional pet damage deposit under subsection (1) —
 
 
(a)
can be used to make good pet damage,
30
 
(b)
must be of equivalent value to three weeks of rent,
 
 
(c)
cannot be subject to the limits for deposits in tenancy
 
 
agreements, and
 
 
(d)
is subject to the rules governing deposits in tenancy agreements,
 
 
for purposes of monies handled.”
35
 
(2)
In section 45 (1) of the 1988 Act , in the appropriate place insert—
 
 
““pet” means an animal kept by a person mainly for—
 
 
(a)
personal interest,
 
 
(b)
companionship,
 
 
(c)
ornamental purposes, or
40

Page 20

 
(d)
any combination of paragraphs (a) to (c) ;”
 

Duties of landlords etc

 
12
Duty of landlord and contractor to give statement of terms etc
 
 
In the 1988 Act , after section 16B (inserted by section 11 of this Act) insert—
 
 
“Duties of landlords and persons acting on their behalf
5
16D
Duty of landlord and contractor to give statement of terms etc
 
 
(1)
This section applies to an assured tenancy other than a tenancy granted
 
 
by implication, after an implied surrender of a previous assured
 
 
tenancy between the same parties, where the implied surrender and
 
 
grant result from an agreement to vary the terms of the previous
10
 
tenancy.
 
 
(2)
The landlord under a tenancy to which this section applies must give
 
 
the tenant a written statement of—
 
 
(a)
such terms of the tenancy as are specified in regulations made
 
 
by the Secretary of State, whether in the form of an agreement
15
 
in writing between the landlord and tenant or a record of terms
 
 
otherwise agreed, and
 
 
(b)
any other information in writing about any of the following
 
 
which is required to be given by regulations made by the
 
 
Secretary of State—
20
 
(i)
the tenancy;
 
 
(ii)
the dwelling-house let on the tenancy;
 
 
(iii)
the tenant;
 
 
(iv)
the landlord;
 
 
(v)
the rights of the landlord or the tenant in relation to
25
 
the tenancy or the dwelling-house let on it.
 
 
(3)
The landlord may include in a statement under subsection (2) a
 
 
statement of the landlord’s wish to be able to recover possession on
 
 
one or more of Grounds 1B, 2ZA to 2ZD, 4, 5 to 5H, 6A or 18 in
 
 
Schedule 2 (for the consequences of specifying a ground mentioned
30
 
in this subsection in a notice under section 8 where no statement under
 
 
this subsection is so included, see section 16E (1) (f) and section
 
 
16I (1) (a) ).
 
 
(4)
Subject to subsections (5) to (7) , the statement under subsection (2)
 
 
must be given before the tenancy is entered into.
35
 
(5)
Where a tenancy to which this section applies—
 
 
(a)
arises by succession as mentioned in section 39(5), or
 

Page 21

 
(b)
is an assured agricultural occupancy in respect of which the
 
 
agricultural worker condition is fulfilled by virtue of paragraph
 
 
3 of Schedule 3,
 
 
the statement under subsection (2) must be given within the period
 
 
of 28 days beginning with the date on which the landlord
5
 
acknowledges the tenant’s right to a tenancy.
 
 
(6)
Where a tenancy becomes a tenancy to which this section applies by
 
 
virtue of section 143C(3) of the Housing Act 1996 (demoted tenancies:
 
 
change of landlord), the statement under subsection (2) must be given
 
 
within the period of 28 days beginning with the date on which the
10
 
new landlord becomes the landlord under the tenancy.
 
 
(7)
In any other case where a tenancy becomes a tenancy to which this
 
 
section applies, the statement under subsection (2) must be given
 
 
within the period of 28 days beginning with the date on which the
 
 
tenancy becomes an assured tenancy.
15
 
(8)
Where a landlord has entered into a contract with a person which
 
 
requires that person to ensure compliance with this section (whether
 
 
or not this section is referred to individually), subsection (2) also
 
 
applies to that person, as it applies to the landlord.
 
 
(9)
Regulations under this section—
20
 
(a)
may make different provision for different purposes;
 
 
(b)
are to be made by statutory instrument.
 
 
(10)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is
 
 
subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of
 
 
Parliament.”
25
13
Other duties
 
 
In the 1988 Act , after section 16D (inserted by section 12 of this Act) insert—
 
“16E
Other duties
 
 
(1)
A relevant person must not, in relation to an assured tenancy—
 
 
(a)
purport to let a dwelling-house on the tenancy for a fixed term
30
 
(see section 4A ),
 
 
(b)
purport to bring the tenancy to an end by service of a notice
 
 
to quit (see section 5(1)),
 
 
(c)
purport to bring the tenancy to an end, or require that it is
 
 
brought to an end, orally,
35
 
(d)
serve on the tenant a purported notice of possession,
 
 
(e)
rely on a ground in Schedule 2 where the person does not
 
 
reasonably believe that the landlord is, will or may be able to
 
 
obtain an order for possession on that ground, or
 
 
(f)
where the tenancy is one to which section 16D applies, rely on
40
 
one or more of Grounds 1B, 2ZA to 2ZD, 4, 5 to 5H, 6A or 18
 

Page 22

 
in Schedule 2 if no statement was given to the tenant under
 
 
section 16D (3) in respect of them.
 
 
(2)
Subject to section 16F , where a relevant person relies on Ground 1 or
 
 
1A in Schedule 2 in relation to an assured tenancy, the landlord must
 
 
not, within the restricted period—
5
 
(a)
let the dwelling-house on a tenancy for a term of 21 years or
 
 
less, or
 
 
(b)
permit a person to occupy the dwelling-house—
 
 
(i)
under a licence to occupy, and
 
 
(ii)
for monetary consideration.
10
 
(3)
Subject to section 16F , where a relevant person relies on Ground 1 or
 
 
1A in Schedule 2 in relation to an assured tenancy, a relevant person
 
 
in relation to that tenancy must not—
 
 
(a)
within the restricted period, market the dwelling-house to let
 
 
on a tenancy for a term of 21 years or less,
15
 
(b)
within the restricted period, market the dwelling-house to be
 
 
occupied—
 
 
(i)
under a licence to occupy, and
 
 
(ii)
for monetary consideration,
 
 
(c)
authorise another person to market the dwelling-house to let
20
 
on a tenancy for a term of 21 years or less, so far as the
 
 
authorisation would allow that other person to market it within
 
 
the restricted period, or
 
 
(d)
authorise another person to market the dwelling-house to be
 
 
occupied—
25
 
(i)
under a licence to occupy, and
 
 
(ii)
for monetary consideration,
 
 
so far as the authorisation would allow that other person to
 
 
market it within the restricted period.
 
 
(4)
Where a prohibition in subsection (2) or (3) applies to a person, it
30
 
continues to apply to that person until the end of the restricted period,
 
 
whether or not the tenancy continues during that period.
 
 
(5)
A breach of subsection (1) (f) does not prevent a court from making
 
 
an order for possession of the dwelling-house on the ground in
 
 
question (but see section 16I (1) (a) ).
35
16F
Exceptions from letting and marketing prohibitions
 
 
(1)
Section 16E (2) (prohibition on letting and licensing within restricted
 
 
period) does not apply where—
 
 
(a)
the relevant person relies on Ground 1 and—
 
 
(i)
the tenant or licensee is a person mentioned in
40
 
paragraphs (a) to (d) of that ground, or
 

Page 23

 
(ii)
a person mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (d) of Ground
 
 
1 also occupies the dwelling-house and does so as their
 
 
only or principal home;
 
 
(b)
the relevant person relies on Ground 1A and—
 
 
(i)
the licensee has agreed to purchase the landlord’s
5
 
interest in the dwelling-house and the licence to occupy
 
 
is granted in anticipation of that purchase, or
 
 
(ii)
the licensee has agreed to the landlord granting the
 
 
licensee a lease of the dwelling-house for a term certain
 
 
of more than 21 years which is not terminable before
10
 
the end of that term by notice given by or to the
 
 
landlord, and the licence to occupy is granted in
 
 
anticipation of the grant of that lease, or
 
 
(iii)
the dwelling house has been demonstrably available
 
 
for purchase on the open market at a fair price for not
15
 
less than six months and the landlord has not had any
 
 
suitable offers to purchase the dwelling house.
 
 
(2)
For the purposes of subsection (1) (b) (iii) , the previous tenant or local
 
 
authority retain the right for the courts to require evidence and to
 
 
decide whether genuine attempts have been made to market and sell
20
 
the property at a reasonable price and no offers at or above that price
 
 
have been refused.
 
 
(3)
Section 16E (3) (prohibition on marketing within restricted period) does
 
 
not apply where the marketing is in connection with letting, or
 
 
occupation under a licence, which is permitted as a result of subsection
25
 
(1) .
 
16G
Interpretation of terms related to marketing in section
 
 
(1)
For the purposes of section 16E a person markets a dwelling-house to
 
 
let on a tenancy when—
 
 
(a)
the person advertises that the dwelling-house is or may be
30
 
available to let on a tenancy, or
 
 
(b)
in the course of lettings agency work, the person informs any
 
 
other person that the dwelling is or may be so available.
 
 
(2)
For the purposes of section 16E a person markets a dwelling-house to
 
 
be occupied under a licence when—
35
 
(a)
the person advertises that the dwelling-house is or may be
 
 
available to be occupied under a licence, or
 
 
(b)
in the course of lettings agency work, the person informs any
 
 
other person that the dwelling is or may be so available.
 
 
(3)
But subsections (1) (a) and (2) (a) do not apply in relation to a person
40
 
who publishes an advertisement in the course of a business that does
 
 
not involve lettings agency work if the advertisement has been
 
 
provided by another person.
 

Page 24

 
(4)
For the purposes of this section, “lettings agency work” means things
 
 
done by a person in the course of a business in response to instructions
 
 
received from—
 
 
(a)
a person (“a prospective landlord”) seeking to find another
 
 
person to occupy a dwelling-house, or
5
 
(b)
a person (“a prospective occupier”) seeking to find a
 
 
dwelling-house to occupy.
 
 
(5)
However, “lettings agency work” does not include any of the following
 
 
things when done by a person who does nothing else within subsection
 
 
(4) —
10
 
(a)
publishing advertisements or disseminating information;
 
 
(b)
providing a means by which a prospective landlord or a
 
 
prospective occupier can, in response to an advertisement or
 
 
dissemination of information, make direct contact with a
 
 
prospective occupier or prospective landlord;
15
 
(c)
providing a means by which a prospective landlord and a
 
 
prospective occupier can communicate directly with each other.
 
 
(6)
“Lettings agency work” also does not include things of a description,
 
 
or things done by a person of a description, specified for the purposes
 
 
of this section in regulations made by the Secretary of State.
20
 
(7)
Regulations under this section—
 
 
(a)
may make different provision for different purposes;
 
 
(b)
are to be made by statutory instrument.
 
 
(8)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is
 
 
subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of
25
 
Parliament.
 
16GA
Exemption for shared ownership leaseholders
 
 
(1)
Sections 16E and 16F do not apply to any relevant person who gives
 
 
notice under Ground 1A in Schedule 2 if on the date such notice is
 
 
given that person is a tenant under a shared ownership lease.
30
 
(2)
For the purposes of this section “shared ownership lease” has the same
 
 
meaning as in section 13 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1985 and
 
 
“tenant” shall be construed accordingly.”
 
14
Landlords acting through others
 
 
In the 1988 Act , after section 16G (inserted by section 13 of this Act) insert—
35
“16H
Landlords acting through others
 
 
Nothing in section 16D or 16E prevents a landlord from fulfilling or
 
 
contravening an obligation through another person acting on their
 
 
behalf.”
 

Page 25

Landlords etc: financial penalties and offences

 
15
Landlords etc: financial penalties and offences
 
 
In the 1988 Act , after section 16H (inserted by section 14 of this Act) insert—
 
 
“Landlords etc: financial penalties and offences
 
16I
Financial penalties
5
 
(1)
A local housing authority may impose a financial penalty on a person
 
 
if satisfied beyond reasonable doubt—
 
 
(a)
that the person contravened section 16D or any paragraph of
 
 
section 16E (1) other than paragraph (e) , or
 
 
(b)
that—
10
 
(i)
the person contravened paragraph (e) of section 16E (1)
 
 
, and
 
 
(ii)
the tenant surrendered the tenancy within the period
 
 
of four months beginning with the date of the
 
 
contravention, without an order for possession of the
15
 
dwelling-house being made.
 
 
(2)
Where a landlord fulfils the requirement in section 16D , a local housing
 
 
authority may not impose a financial penalty on a person who
 
 
contravenes section 16D only by virtue of subsection (8) of that section.
 
 
(3)
More than one penalty may be imposed on the same person in relation
20
 
to a contravention of section 16D only if—
 
 
(a)
the contravention continues after the end of 28 days beginning
 
 
with the day after that on which the previous penalty for the
 
 
contravention was imposed, unless the person appeals against
 
 
the decision to impose the penalty within that period, or
25
 
(b)
if the person appeals against that decision within that period,
 
 
the contravention continues after the end of 28 days beginning
 
 
with the day after that on which the appeal is finally
 
 
determined, withdrawn or abandoned.
 
 
(4)
Subsection (3) does not enable a penalty to be imposed after the final
30
 
notice in respect of the previous penalty has been withdrawn or
 
 
quashed on appeal.
 
 
(5)
Where a local housing authority has imposed a financial penalty on
 
 
a person in relation to a contravention of paragraph (b) or (d) of section
 
 
16E (1) , the local housing authority may not impose a financial penalty
35
 
in relation to a contravention of the other of those two paragraphs
 
 
arising from the same conduct.
 
 
(6)
The amount of a financial penalty imposed under this section is to be
 
 
determined by the authority imposing it, but must not be more than
 
 
£7,000.
40

Page 26

 
(7)
Where—
 
 
(a)
a local housing authority is satisfied as mentioned in subsection
 
 
(1) in relation to two or more persons, and
 
 
(b)
the contraventions in relation to which the local housing
 
 
authority is so satisfied arise from the same conduct by one or
5
 
more of the persons acting on behalf of the others,
 
 
the local housing authority may impose a financial penalty under this
 
 
section on the persons (or some of them) jointly, and if the local
 
 
housing authority does so, the persons on whom the penalty is
 
 
imposed are jointly and severally liable to pay it.
10
 
(8)
No financial penalty may be imposed under this section in respect of
 
 
any conduct if—
 
 
(a)
the person has been convicted of an offence under section 16J
 
 
in respect of the conduct,
 
 
(b)
criminal proceedings under that section have been instituted
15
 
against the person in respect of the conduct and the proceedings
 
 
have not been concluded,
 
 
(c)
criminal proceedings under that section in respect of the
 
 
conduct have been concluded and the person has not been
 
 
convicted of the offence, or
20
 
(d)
a financial penalty has been imposed under section 16K in
 
 
respect of that conduct.
 
 
(9)
The Secretary of State may give guidance to local housing authorities
 
 
about the exercise of their functions under this section.
 
 
(10)
Local housing authorities must have regard to any guidance issued
25
 
under subsection (9) .
 
 
(11)
For the purposes of this section and section 16J —
 
 
(a)
a financial penalty is imposed under this section or section 16K
 
 
on the date specified in the final notice as the date on which
 
 
the notice is given, and
30
 
(b)
“final notice” has the meaning given by paragraph 6 of Schedule
 
 
2ZA .
 
16J
Offences
 
 
(1)
A relevant person is guilty of an offence if, in relation to an assured
 
 
tenancy—
35
 
(a)
the person relies on a ground in Schedule 2, knowing that the
 
 
landlord would not be able to obtain an order for possession
 
 
on that ground, or being reckless as to whether the landlord
 
 
would be able to do so, and
 
 
(b)
the tenant surrenders the tenancy within the period of four
40
 
months beginning with the date the ground was relied on,
 

Page 27

 
without an order for possession of the dwelling-house being
 
 
made.
 
 
(2)
A person is guilty of an offence if the person contravenes section
 
 
16E (2) or (3) but it is a defence for a person who contravenes section
 
 
16E (3) otherwise than as a landlord to show that they took all
5
 
reasonable steps to avoid contravening it.
 
 
(3)
A person is guilty of an offence if—
 
 
(a)
a relevant penalty has been imposed on the person and the
 
 
final notice imposing the penalty has not been withdrawn, and
 
 
(b)
the conduct in respect of which the penalty was imposed
10
 
continues after the end of the period of 28 days beginning
 
 
with—
 
 
(i)
the day after that on which the penalty was imposed
 
 
on the person, or
 
 
(ii)
if the person appeals against the final notice in respect
15
 
of the penalty within that period, the day after that on
 
 
which the appeal is finally determined, withdrawn or
 
 
abandoned.
 
 
(4)
A person is guilty of an offence if—
 
 
(a)
the person conducts themselves in a manner giving rise to
20
 
liability to a financial penalty under section 16I , and
 
 
(b)
within the period of five years ending with the day on which
 
 
the conduct occurs—
 
 
(i)
a relevant penalty has been imposed on the person for
 
 
different conduct and the final notice imposing the
25
 
penalty has not been withdrawn, or
 
 
(ii)
the person has been convicted of an offence under this
 
 
section for different conduct.
 
 
(5)
In subsections (3) and (4) “relevant penalty” means a financial penalty
 
 
which is imposed under section 16I or 16K where—
30
 
(a)
the period for bringing an appeal against the penalty
 
 
under paragraph 10 (2) of Schedule 2ZA has expired without
 
 
an appeal being brought,
 
 
(b)
an appeal against the financial penalty under that paragraph
 
 
has been withdrawn or abandoned, or
35
 
(c)
the final notice imposing the penalty has been confirmed or
 
 
varied on appeal.
 
 
(6)
A person may not be convicted of an offence under subsection (1) , (2)
 
 
or (4) in respect of any conduct if a financial penalty has been imposed
 
 
under section 16I or 16K in respect of that conduct.
40
 
(7)
Where an offence under this section committed by a body corporate
 
 
is proved to have been committed with the consent or connivance of
 
 
an officer of a body corporate, the officer as well as the body corporate
 

Page 28

 
commits the offence and is liable to be proceeded against and punished
 
 
accordingly.
 
 
(8)
Where an offence under subsection (2) committed by a body corporate
 
 
is proved to be attributable to any neglect on the part of an officer of
 
 
a body corporate, the officer as well as the body corporate commits
5
 
the offence and is liable to be proceeded against and punished
 
 
accordingly.
 
 
(9)
Where the affairs of a body corporate are managed by its members,
 
 
subsections (7) and (8) apply in relation to the acts and defaults of a
 
 
member in connection with the member's functions of management
10
 
as if the member were an officer of the body corporate.
 
 
(10)
A person guilty of an offence under this section is liable on summary
 
 
conviction to a fine.
 
16K
Financial penalties as an alternative to prosecution under section
 
 
(1)
A local housing authority may impose a financial penalty on a person
15
 
if satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the person is guilty of an
 
 
offence under section 16J .
 
 
(2)
No financial penalty may be imposed under this section in respect of
 
 
any conduct if—
 
 
(a)
the person has been convicted of an offence under section 16J
20
 
in respect of the conduct,
 
 
(b)
criminal proceedings under that section in respect of the
 
 
conduct have been instituted against the person and the
 
 
proceedings have not been concluded, or
 
 
(c)
criminal proceedings under that section in respect of the
25
 
conduct have been concluded and the person has not been
 
 
convicted of the offence.
 
 
(3)
The amount of a financial penalty imposed under this section is to be
 
 
determined by the authority imposing it, but must not be more than
 
 
£40,000.
30
 
(4)
Where—
 
 
(a)
a local housing authority is satisfied as mentioned in subsection
 
 
(1) in relation to two or more persons, and
 
 
(b)
the offences in relation to which the local housing authority is
 
 
so satisfied arise from the same conduct by one or more of the
35
 
persons acting on behalf of the others,
 
 
the local housing authority may impose a financial penalty under this
 
 
section on the persons (or some of them) jointly, and if the local
 
 
housing authority does so, the persons on whom the penalty is
 
 
imposed are jointly and severally liable to pay it.
40

Page 29

 
(5)
The Secretary of State may give guidance to local housing authorities
 
 
about the exercise of their functions under this section.
 
 
(6)
Local housing authorities must have regard to any guidance issued
 
 
under subsection (5) .
 
16L
Financial penalties: supplementary and interpretation
5
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may give financial assistance (by way of grant,
 
 
loan guarantee or in any other form) or make other payments to a
 
 
local housing authority in respect of the local housing authority’s
 
 
functions under or by virtue of sections 16I to 16K .
 
 
(2)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend the amount specified
10
 
in section 16I (6) or 16K (3) to reflect changes in the value of money.
 
 
(3)
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
 
 
(4)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is
 
 
subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of
 
 
Parliament.
15
 
(5)
Schedule 2ZA makes provision about—
 
 
(a)
the procedure for imposing financial penalties under sections
 
 
16I and 16K ,
 
 
(b)
appeals against financial penalties under sections 16I and 16K ,
 
 
(c)
enforcement of financial penalties under sections 16I and 16K
20
 
, and
 
 
(d)
how local housing authorities are to deal with the proceeds of
 
 
financial penalties under sections 16I and 16K .”
 
16
Financial penalties: procedure, appeals and enforcement
 
 
In the 1988 Act , after Schedule 2 insert—
25
 
“Schedule 2ZA
section 16L
 
 
Financial penalties under sections
 
 
Notice of intent
 
 
1
Before imposing a financial penalty on a person under section 16I
 
 
or 16K a local housing authority must give the person notice of its
30
 
proposal to do so (a “notice of intent”).
 
 
2
(1)
The notice of intent must be given before the end of the period of
 
 
6 months beginning with the first day on which the authority has
 
 
sufficient evidence of the conduct to which the financial penalty
 
 
relates.
35

Page 30

 
(2)
But if the person is continuing to engage in the conduct on that
 
 
day, and the conduct continues beyond the end of that day, the
 
 
notice of intent may be given—
 
 
(a)
at any time when the conduct is continuing, or
 
 
(b)
within the period of 6 months beginning with the last day
5
 
on which the conduct occurs.
 
 
3
The notice of intent must set out—
 
 
(a)
the date on which the notice of intent is given,
 
 
(b)
the amount of the proposed financial penalty,
 
 
(c)
the reasons for proposing to impose the financial penalty,
10
 
and
 
 
(d)
information about the right to make representations under
 
 
paragraph 4 .
 
 
Right to make representations
 
 
4
(1)
A person who is given a notice of intent may make written
15
 
representations to the local housing authority about the proposal
 
 
to impose a financial penalty.
 
 
(2)
Any representations must be made within the period of 28 days
 
 
beginning with the day after that on which the notice was given
 
 
(“the period for representations”).
20
 
Final notice
 
 
5
After the end of the period for representations the local housing
 
 
authority must—
 
 
(a)
decide whether to impose a financial penalty on the person,
 
 
and
25
 
(b)
if it decides to impose a financial penalty, decide the amount
 
 
of the penalty.
 
 
6
If the authority decides to impose a financial penalty on the person,
 
 
it must give the person a notice (a “final notice”) imposing that
 
 
penalty.
30
 
7
The final notice must require the penalty to be paid within the
 
 
period of 28 days beginning with the day after that on which the
 
 
notice was given.
 
 
8
The final notice must set out—
 
 
(a)
the date on which the final notice is given,
35
 
(b)
the amount of the financial penalty,
 
 
(c)
the reasons for imposing the penalty,
 
 
(d)
information about how to pay the penalty,
 
 
(e)
the period for payment of the penalty,
 
 
(f)
information about rights of appeal, and
40
 
(g)
the consequences of failure to comply with the notice.
 

Page 31

 
Withdrawal or amendment of notice
 
 
9
(1)
A local housing authority may at any time—
 
 
(a)
withdraw a notice of intent or final notice, or
 
 
(b)
reduce the amount specified in a notice of intent or final
 
 
notice.
5
 
(2)
The power in sub-paragraph (1) is to be exercised by giving notice
 
 
in writing to the person to whom the notice was given.
 
 
Appeals
 
 
10
(1)
A person to whom a final notice is given may appeal to the First-tier
 
 
Tribunal against—
10
 
(a)
the decision to impose the penalty, or
 
 
(b)
the amount of the penalty.
 
 
(2)
An appeal under this paragraph must be brought within the period
 
 
of 28 days beginning with the day after that on which the final
 
 
notice was given.
15
 
(3)
If a person appeals under this paragraph, the final notice is
 
 
suspended until the appeal is finally determined, withdrawn or
 
 
abandoned.
 
 
(4)
An appeal under this paragraph—
 
 
(a)
is to be a re-hearing of the local housing authority’s decision,
20
 
but
 
 
(b)
may be determined having regard to matters of which the
 
 
authority was unaware.
 
 
(5)
On an appeal under this paragraph the First-tier Tribunal may
 
 
confirm, vary or cancel the final notice.
25
 
(6)
The final notice may not be varied under sub-paragraph (5) so as
 
 
to make it impose a financial penalty of more than the local housing
 
 
authority could have imposed.
 
 
Recovery of financial penalty
 
 
11
(1)
This paragraph applies if a person fails to pay the whole or any
30
 
part of a financial penalty which, in accordance with this Schedule,
 
 
the person is liable to pay.
 
 
(2)
The local housing authority which imposed the financial penalty
 
 
may recover the whole or part of the penalty on the order of the
 
 
county court as if it were payable under an order of that court.
35
 
(3)
In proceedings before the county court for the recovery of a financial
 
 
penalty or part of a financial penalty, a certificate which is—
 
 
(a)
signed by the chief finance officer of the local housing
 
 
authority which imposed the penalty, and
 

Page 32

 
(b)
states that the amount due has not been received by a date
 
 
specified in the certificate,
 
 
is conclusive evidence of that fact.
 
 
(4)
A certificate to that effect and purporting to be so signed is to be
 
 
treated as being so signed unless the contrary is proved.
5
 
(5)
In this paragraph “chief finance officer” has the same meaning as
 
 
in section 5 of the Local Government and Housing Act 1989 .
 
 
Proceeds of financial penalties
 
 
12
Where a local housing authority imposes a financial penalty under
 
 
this Act, it may apply the proceeds towards meeting the costs and
10
 
expenses (whether administrative or legal) incurred in, or associated
 
 
with, carrying out any of its enforcement functions under this Act
 
 
or otherwise in relation to the private rented sector.
 
 
13
Any proceeds of a financial penalty imposed under this Act which
 
 
are not applied in accordance with paragraph 12 must be paid to
15
 
the Secretary of State.
 
 
14
(1)
In paragraph 12 , enforcement functions “in relation to the private
 
 
rented sector” means enforcement functions relating to—
 
 
(a)
residential premises in England that are let, or intended to
 
 
be let, under a tenancy,
20
 
(b)
the common parts of such premises,
 
 
(c)
the activities of a landlord under a tenancy of residential
 
 
premises in England,
 
 
(d)
the activities of a superior landlord in relation to such a
 
 
tenancy,
25
 
(e)
the activities of a person carrying on English letting agency
 
 
work within the meaning of section 54 of the Housing and
 
 
Planning Act 2016 in relation to such premises, or
 
 
(f)
the activities of a person carrying on English property
 
 
management work within the meaning of section 55 of the
30
 
Housing and Planning Act 2016 in relation to such premises.
 
 
(2)
For the purposes of this paragraph “residential premises” has the
 
 
meaning given by section 1 of the Housing Act 2004 except that it
 
 
does not include social housing within the meaning of Part 2 of the
 
 
Housing and Regeneration Act 2008 .
35
 
(3)
For the purposes of this paragraph “tenancy” includes a licence to
 
 
occupy.”
 

Page 33

Landlords etc: supplementary

 
17
Duties of landlords etc, penalties and offences: interpretation
 
 
In the 1988 Act, after section 16L (inserted by section 15 of this Act) insert—
 
 
“Duties of landlords etc, penalties and offences: interpretation
 
16M
Duties of landlords etc, penalties and offences: interpretation
5
 
(1)
In sections 16D to 16L , Schedule 2ZA and this section—
 
 
“legal representative” means a person carrying on a legal activity,
 
 
within the meaning of the Legal Services Act 2007, in the course
 
 
of a business, where the person—
 
 
(a)
is an authorised person in relation to a reserved legal
10
 
activity for the purposes of that Act, or
 
 
(b)
is of a description specified for the purposes of this
 
 
section in regulations made by the Secretary of State;
 
 
“local housing authority” means a district council, a county council
 
 
in England for an area for which there is no district council, a
15
 
London borough council, the Common Council of the City of
 
 
London (in its capacity as a local authority) or the Council of
 
 
the Isles of Scilly;
 
 
“purported notice of possession” means any written document
 
 
which is not in accordance with section 8 but which (however
20
 
expressed)—
 
 
(a)
purports to be a notice under section 8, or
 
 
(b)
purports to bring an assured tenancy to an end or to
 
 
require that it is brought to an end (by reference to a
 
 
ground in Schedule 2 or otherwise),
25
 
and is not a claim form or a document produced pursuant to
 
 
proceedings in the court for possession of the dwelling-house;
 
 
“relevant person” , in relation to a tenancy, means—
 
 
(a)
the landlord,
 
 
(b)
a person acting on behalf of the landlord otherwise than
30
 
as a legal representative, or
 
 
(c)
a person purporting to act on behalf of the landlord.
 
 
(2)
For the purposes of 16D to 16L a person relies on a ground in Schedule
 
 
2 in relation to a tenancy where the person—
 
 
(a)
serves on the tenant a notice under section 8, or a purported
35
 
notice of possession, asserting that the landlord is, will or may
 
 
be able to obtain an order for possession on that ground, or
 
 
(b)
having not done anything within paragraph (a) in relation to
 
 
the ground, files a claim form or particulars of claim with the
 
 
court, for the purpose of beginning proceedings for possession
40
 
on that ground.
 

Page 34

 
(3)
In section 16E “the restricted period” is to be read in accordance with
 
 
subsections (4) to (7) .
 
 
(4)
Subject to subsections (5) to (7) “the restricted period” means—
 
 
(a)
in relation to a relevant person relying on Ground 1 or 1A in
 
 
a notice under section 8 or a purported notice of possession
5
 
(see subsection (2) (a) ), the period—
 
 
(i)
beginning with the date on which the notice or
 
 
purported notice is served, and
 
 
(ii)
ending with the last day of the period of twelve months
 
 
beginning with the date specified in the notice or
10
 
purported notice as the earliest date on which
 
 
proceedings for possession will begin;
 
 
(b)
in relation to a relevant person relying on Ground 1 or 1A in
 
 
a claim form or particulars of claim (see subsection (2) (b) ), the
 
 
period of twelve months beginning with the date on which the
15
 
claim form or particulars of claim are filed with the court for
 
 
the purpose of bringing proceedings for possession.
 
 
(5)
Where subsection (6) applies, the reference in subsection (4) (a) (ii) to
 
 
the date specified in the notice or purported notice as the earliest date
 
 
on which proceedings for possession will begin is to be read as a
20
 
reference to the earliest date that could have been validly so specified
 
 
in a notice under section 8, served on the same date, specifying Ground
 
 
1 or 1A alone.
 
 
(6)
This subsection applies—
 
 
(a)
where (because it also specifies Ground 7A or 14) a notice
25
 
under section 8 specifies, as the earliest date on which
 
 
proceedings for possession will begin, an earlier date than the
 
 
earliest date that could have been validly so specified in a
 
 
notice under section 8 specifying Ground 1 or 1A alone;
 
 
(b)
where a purported notice of possession—
30
 
(i)
does not specify a date as the earliest date on which
 
 
proceedings will begin, or
 
 
(ii)
specifies as the earliest date on which proceedings will
 
 
begin a date that could not have been specified in a
 
 
valid notice under section 8 served on the same date,
35
 
specifying Ground 1 or 1A alone.
 
 
(7)
Where, before the end of the restricted period, the court makes an
 
 
order for possession of the dwelling-house on a ground other than
 
 
Ground 1 or 1A, the restricted period ends with the day on which the
 
 
order is made.
40
 
(8)
Regulations under this section—
 
 
(a)
may make different provision for different purposes;
 
 
(b)
are to be made by statutory instrument.
 

Page 35

 
(9)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is
 
 
subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of
 
 
Parliament.”
 
18
No criminal liability of the Crown under Part 1 of 1988 Act
 
 
In section 44 of the 1988 Act (application of Part 1 of that Act to Crown
5
 
property)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (1) , for “subsection (2)” substitute “subsections (1A) and
 
 
(2)”;
 
 
(b)
after subsection (1) insert—
 
 
“(1A)
In Chapter 1—
10
 
(a)
section 16J does not bind the Crown;
 
 
(b)
in section 16K (1) as it applies by virtue of subsection
 
 
(1), the reference to a person being guilty of an offence
 
 
under section 16J is to be read as a reference to the
 
 
person—
15
 
(i)
being a landlord under an assured tenancy, or
 
 
acting or purporting to act on behalf of such a
 
 
landlord, and (in relation to that tenancy)
 
 
satisfying the condition in paragraph (a) of
 
 
section 16J (1) where the condition in paragraph
20
 
(b) of section 16J (1) is also satisfied,
 
 
(ii)
contravening section 16E (2) or (3) ,
 
 
(iii)
satisfying the conditions in paragraphs (a) and
 
 
(b) of section 16J (3) , or
 
 
(iv)
satisfying the conditions in paragraphs (a) and
25
 
(b) (i) of section 16J (4) ,
 
 
and section 16K (4) is to be read accordingly.
 
 
(1B)
Subsection (1A) (a) does not affect the criminal liability of
 
 
persons in the service of the Crown.”
 
19
Guarantor not liable for rent payable after tenant’s death
30
 
In the 1988 Act, after section 16M (inserted by section 17 of this Act) insert—
 
 
“Guarantors
 
16N
Guarantor not liable for rent payable after tenant’s death
 
 
(1)
This section applies where—
 
 
(a)
an individual (the “guarantor”) is a party to an arrangement
35
 
(the “guarantee”) under which the individual guarantees
 
 
payment by the tenant of rent under an assured tenancy
 
 
(“guaranteed rent”), and
 

Page 36

 
(b)
the guarantor became a party to the guarantee on or after the
 
 
commencement date.
 
 
(2)
If—
 
 
(a)
only one person is the tenant under the assured tenancy, and
 
 
(b)
that person dies,
5
 
the guarantee is of no effect if, or to the extent that, it guarantees
 
 
payment of guaranteed rent for the period beginning with the death
 
 
of that person.
 
 
(3)
If—
 
 
(a)
two or more persons are the tenant under the assured tenancy,
10
 
and
 
 
(b)
all of those persons die,
 
 
the guarantee is of no effect if, or to the extent that, it guarantees
 
 
payment of guaranteed rent for the period beginning with the deaths
 
 
of those persons (if they all die on the same day) or beginning with
15
 
the death of the last of those persons to die (if they do not all die on
 
 
the same day).
 
 
(4)
If—
 
 
(a)
two or more persons are the tenant under the assured tenancy,
 
 
(b)
the guarantor is a family member of only one of those persons,
20
 
and
 
 
(c)
that family member of the guarantor dies,
 
 
the guarantee is of no effect if, or to the extent that, it guarantees
 
 
payment of guaranteed rent for the period beginning with the death
 
 
of that family member.
25
 
(5)
If—
 
 
(a)
two or more persons are the tenant under the assured tenancy,
 
 
(b)
the guarantor is a family member of more than one of those
 
 
persons, and
 
 
(c)
all of those family members of the guarantor die,
30
 
the guarantee is of no effect if, or to the extent that, it guarantees
 
 
payment of guaranteed rent for the period beginning with the deaths
 
 
of those family members (if they all die on the same day) or beginning
 
 
with the death of the last of those family members to die (if they do
 
 
not all die on the same day).
35
 
(6)
For the purposes of this section, the guaranteed rent for the period
 
 
beginning with the death of a person, or with the deaths of two or
 
 
more persons, is—
 
 
(a)
guaranteed rent which—
 
 
(i)
is for the rent period during which the person dies or
40
 
persons die (the “relevant rent period”), and
 
 
(ii)
is attributable to the time after the death of the person
 
 
or persons, and
 

Page 37

 
(b)
guaranteed rent for every rent period after the relevant rent
 
 
period.
 
 
(7)
For that purpose, the guaranteed rent for the relevant rent period
 
 
which is attributable to the time after the death of the person or
 
 
persons is the amount calculated in accordance with this formula—
5
 
D T × R
 
 
where—
 
 
D is the total number of days in the relevant rent period which
 
 
fall on and after the day of the death of the person or persons;
 
 
T is the total number of days in the relevant rent period;
10
 
R is the guaranteed rent for the relevant rent period.
 
16P
Section
 
 
(1)
Section 16N applies to a guarantee—
 
 
(a)
whether or not it is in writing;
 
 
(b)
if it is in writing, whether or not it is in the lease;
15
 
(c)
whether or not it also guarantees the payment of any sum
 
 
other than the rent.
 
 
(2)
In section 16N and this section—
 
 
“commencement date” has the meaning given by section 145 (3)
 
 
of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025;
20
 
“family member” is to be read in accordance with subsections (3)
 
 
and (4) ;
 
 
“rent period” means a period for which rent is payable.
 
 
(3)
For the purposes of section 16N , the guarantor is a family member of
 
 
the following persons—
25
 
(a)
the spouse, civil partner or co-habitee of the guarantor;
 
 
(b)
a person who is—
 
 
(i)
a child,
 
 
(ii)
a grandchild,
 
 
(iii)
a parent,
30
 
(iv)
a grandparent,
 
 
(v)
a sibling,
 
 
(vi)
a niece or nephew,
 
 
(vii)
an aunt or uncle, or
 
 
(viii)
a cousin,
35
 
of the guarantor or of the spouse, civil partner or co-habitee
 
 
of the guarantor;
 
 
(c)
a person who is the spouse, civil partner or co-habitee of a
 
 
person falling within paragraph (b) .
 

Page 38

 
(4)
If, in accordance with subsection (3) , a person (F)—
 
 
(a)
is a family member of the guarantor when the guarantee is
 
 
entered into, or
 
 
(b)
becomes a family member of the guarantor after the guarantee
 
 
is entered into,
5
 
F is to be regarded as being a family member of the guarantor at all
 
 
times afterwards (regardless of whether F continues to be so in
 
 
accordance with subsection (3) ).
 
 
(5)
For the purposes of this section—
 
 
(a)
one person (C) is the “co-habitee” of another person (P) if P
10
 
lives with C as if they were married or in a civil partnership;
 
 
(b)
a “niece or nephew” of a person (P) is a child—
 
 
(i)
of a sibling of P, or
 
 
(ii)
of a person who is the spouse, civil partner or co-habitee
 
 
of a sibling of P;
15
 
(c)
an “aunt or uncle” of a person (P) is a sibling of a parent of P;
 
 
(d)
a “cousin” of a person (P) is a child—
 
 
(i)
of an aunt or uncle of P, or
 
 
(ii)
of a person who is the spouse, civil partner or co-habitee
 
 
of an aunt or uncle of P;
20
 
(e)
“sibling” includes a sibling of the half-blood and a step-sibling.”
 

Other changes

 
20
Notices to quit by tenants under assured tenancies: timing
 
 
(1)
Section 5 of the Protection from Eviction Act 1977 (notices to quit) is amended
 
 
as follows.
25
 
(2)
In subsection (1) , for paragraph (b) substitute—
 
 
“(b)
it satisfies subsection (1ZA) .”
 
 
(3)
After subsection (1) insert—
 
 
“(1ZA)
A notice to quit satisfies this subsection—
 
 
(a)
where it is given by a tenant in relation to premises let under
30
 
an assured tenancy, if it is given—
 
 
(i)
not less than any length of time before the date on
 
 
which the notice is to take effect, not exceeding two
 
 
months, that the landlord has agreed to in writing, or
 
 
(ii)
in the absence of agreement under sub-paragraph (i)
35
 
, not less than two months before the date on which the
 
 
notice is to take effect;
 
 
(b)
otherwise, if it is given not less than four weeks before the
 
 
date on which it is to take effect.
 

Page 39

 
But in relation to landlords under assured tenancies see section 5 (1)
 
 
of the Housing Act 1988 (notice to quit by landlord is of no effect).
 
 
(1ZB)
In the case of a joint assured tenancy, an agreement under subsection
 
 
(1ZA) (a) (i) is not valid unless it is made between the landlord and all
 
 
of the tenants.
5
 
(1ZC)
That does not affect the validity of any notice to quit premises let
 
 
under a joint assured tenancy that is given by only one or some of
 
 
the tenants.
 
 
(1ZD)
In this section “joint assured tenancy” means an assured tenancy where
 
 
two or more persons are tenants under the tenancy.”
10
21
Notices to quit by tenants under assured tenancies: other
 
 
After section 5 of the Protection from Eviction Act 1977 insert—
 
“5A
Notices to quit by tenants under assured tenancies
 
 
(1)
Any provision that would bind a tenant as to the means of giving a
 
 
notice in writing to quit premises let under an assured tenancy is of
15
 
no effect.
 
 
(2)
For the purposes of subsection (1) the “means of giving a notice in
 
 
writing” is the mode by which the words of the notice are represented
 
 
or reproduced in a visible form.
 
 
(3)
A notice by a tenant to quit premises let under an assured tenancy
20
 
may be withdrawn before the date on which it takes effect by the
 
 
tenant and landlord agreeing in writing to the withdrawal.
 
 
(4)
In the case of a joint assured tenancy, an agreement under subsection
 
 
(3) is not valid unless it is made between the landlord and all of the
 
 
tenants.
25
 
(5)
That does not affect the validity of any notice to quit premises let
 
 
under a joint assured tenancy that is given by only one or some of
 
 
the tenants.
 
 
(6)
In this section “joint assured tenancy” means an assured tenancy where
 
 
two or more persons are tenants under the tenancy.”
30
22
Limitation on obligation to pay removal expenses
 
 
(1)
Section 11 of the 1988 Act (payment of removal expenses) is amended as
 
 
follows.
 
 
(2)
In the heading, after “expenses” insert “by social landlords”.
 
 
(3)
Before subsection (1) insert—
35
 
“(A1)
This section applies to a dwelling-housing let on an assured tenancy
 
 
if—
 

Page 40

 
(a)
the landlord is a relevant social landlord, and
 
 
(b)
the dwelling-house is social housing.”
 
 
(4)
In subsection (1), for “a dwelling-house let on an assured tenancy on Ground
 
 
6 or Ground 9” substitute “the dwelling-house on Ground 6, 6A or 9”.
 
 
(5)
After subsection (1) insert—
5
 
“(1A)
If the court makes the order for possession on Ground 6 in
 
 
circumstances where—
 
 
(a)
the additional RSL condition is met, and
 
 
(b)
that condition is met in case B (alternative accommodation
 
 
provided temporarily until other alternative accommodation
10
 
becomes available),
 
 
the landlord must also pay to the tenant a sum equal to the reasonable
 
 
expenses likely to be incurred by the tenant in removing from the
 
 
alternative accommodation provided temporarily.”
 
 
(6)
In subsection (2), after “(1)” insert “or (1A) ”.
15
 
(7)
After subsection (3) insert—
 
 
“(4)
In this section—
 
 
“relevant social landlord” means—
 
 
(a)
a private registered provider of social housing,
 
 
(b)
a body registered as a social landlord in the register
20
 
maintained under section 1 of the Housing Act 1996 ,
 
 
(c)
a body registered as a social landlord in the register
 
 
kept under section 20 (1) of the Housing (Scotland) Act
 
 
2010 , or
 
 
(d)
a housing trust, within the meaning of the Housing
25
 
Associations Act 1985 , which is a charity;
 
 
“social housing” has the same meaning as in Part 2 of the Housing
 
 
and Regeneration Act 2008 .”
 
23
Assured agricultural occupancies: grounds for possession
 
 
In section 25 of the 1988 Act (security of tenure in relation to assured
30
 
agricultural occupancies)—
 
 
(a)
omit subsection (1) ;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (2) —
 
 
(i)
for “Part II” substitute “Part 1”;
 
 
(ii)
for “Ground 16” substitute “Grounds 2ZA to 2ZD, 5A and 5C”.
35
24
Assured agricultural occupancies: opting out etc
 
 
(1)
The 1988 Act is amended as follows.
 

Page 41

 
(2)
In section 24 (assured agricultural occupancies), after subsection (1) insert—
 
 
“(1A)
Subsection (1) has effect subject to section 24A (1) (opting out).”
 
 
(3)
In subsection (2) (a) of that section omit “which is not an assured shorthold
 
 
tenancy”.
 
 
(4)
In subsection (3) of that section , for “shall be treated as if it were such a
5
 
tenancy” substitute “, and every opted-out tenancy, is to be treated as if it
 
 
were an assured tenancy”.
 
 
(5)
After that section insert—
 
“24A
Opting out
 
 
(1)
A tenancy that would otherwise be an assured agricultural occupancy
10
 
for the purposes of this Part is not such an occupancy for those
 
 
purposes if—
 
 
(a)
before the tenancy is entered into, an opt-out notice (see
 
 
subsection (2) ) is served by the person who is to be the landlord
 
 
on the person who is to be the tenant, and
15
 
(b)
the tenancy is not the continuation of an existing occupancy
 
 
(see subsection (3) ).
 
 
(2)
An opt-out notice is a notice, in such form as may be prescribed,
 
 
stating that the tenancy is not to be an assured agricultural occupancy.
 
 
(3)
A tenancy is the continuation of an existing occupancy if—
20
 
(a)
the person to whom the tenancy is granted or, as the case may
 
 
be, at least one of the persons to whom it is granted was,
 
 
immediately before it was granted, a tenant under an assured
 
 
agricultural occupancy, and
 
 
(b)
the person by whom it is granted or, as the case may be, at
25
 
least one of the persons by whom it is granted was,
 
 
immediately before it was granted, a landlord under the assured
 
 
agricultural occupancy referred to in paragraph (a) .
 
 
(4)
In this Chapter “opted-out tenancy” means a tenancy that, but for this
 
 
section, would be an assured agricultural occupancy.”
30
25
Accommodation for homeless people: duties of local authority
 
 
(1)
The Housing Act 1996 is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In section 193 (duty to persons with priority need who are not homeless
 
 
intentionally)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (1A) , omit paragraph (b) (exception for notice of refusal
35
 
to co-operate) and the “or” before it;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (6) omit paragraph (cc) ;
 
 
(c)
in subsection (7AB) omit paragraph (c) and the “and” before it;
 
 
(d)
in subsection (7AC) —
 

Page 42

 
(i)
in paragraph (a) omit “shorthold”;
 
 
(ii)
at the end of paragraph (a) insert “and”;
 
 
(iii)
omit paragraph (c) and the “and” before it.
 
 
(3)
In section 193C (consequences of deliberate and unreasonable refusal to
 
 
co-operate) omit subsections (3) to (10) (homelessness relief duty).
5
 
(4)
Omit section 195A (duty to offer accommodation following re-application
 
 
after private sector offer).
 
26
Tenancy deposit requirements
 
 
(1)
Chapter 4 of Part 6 of the Housing Act 2004 (tenancy deposit schemes) is
 
 
amended as follows.
10
 
(2)
In section 212 —
 
 
(a)
in subsection (1) , for “shorthold” substitute “assured”;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (2) , for “shorthold” substitute “assured”;
 
 
(c)
in subsection (8) —
 
 
(i)
at the appropriate place insert—
15
 
““assured tenancy” means an assured tenancy within the
 
 
meaning of Chapter 1 of Part 1 of the Housing Act 1988
 
 
(for transitional provision see Schedule 6 to the Renters’
 
 
Rights Act 2025);”
 
 
(ii)
omit the definition of “shorthold tenancy”;
20
 
(iii)
in the definition of “tenancy deposit”, for “a shorthold”
 
 
substitute “an assured”;
 
 
(d)
in subsection (9) , in paragraph (a) , for “shorthold” substitute “assured”.
 
 
(3)
In section 213 , in each place it occurs, for “a shorthold” substitute “an assured”.
 
 
(4)
In section 214 —
25
 
(a)
in subsection (1) —
 
 
(i)
for “a shorthold” substitute “an assured”;
 
 
(ii)
omit “on or after 6 April 2007”;
 
 
(b)
after subsection (1) insert—
 
 
“(1ZA)
In relation to a tenancy that, immediately before the
30
 
commencement date, was an assured shorthold tenancy,
 
 
subsection (1) applies as if after “assured tenancy”, in the first
 
 
place it occurs, there were inserted “on or after 6 April 2007”.
 
 
(1ZB)
In subsection (1ZA) —
 
 
“assured shorthold tenancy” means an assured shorthold
35
 
tenancy within the meaning of Chapter 2 of Part 1 of
 
 
the Housing Act 1988 as it had effect before the
 
 
amendments made by the Renters’ Rights Act 2025;
 
 
“the commencement date” has the meaning given by
 
 
section 145 (3) of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025.”;
40

Page 43

 
(c)
in subsection (5) , for “a shorthold” substitute “an assured”.
 
 
(5)
For section 215 substitute—
 
“215
Sanctions for non-compliance
 
 
(1)
Where a tenancy deposit has been paid in connection with an assured
 
 
tenancy, the court may make an order for possession of the
5
 
dwelling-house let on the assured tenancy only if the tenancy deposit
 
 
is being held in accordance with an authorised scheme.
 
 
(2)
Where a tenancy deposit has been paid in connection with an assured
 
 
tenancy, the court may make an order for possession of the
 
 
dwelling-house let on the assured tenancy only if such requirements
10
 
of the scheme as fell to be complied with by the landlord on receiving
 
 
the tenancy deposit have been complied with (whether or not within
 
 
the period mentioned by section 213(3)) in relation to the tenancy
 
 
deposit.
 
 
(3)
Where a tenancy deposit has been paid in connection with an assured
15
 
tenancy, the court may make an order for possession of the
 
 
dwelling-house let on the assured tenancy only if the requirements of
 
 
section 213(5) and (6)(a) have been complied with.
 
 
(4)
Subsections (1) to (3) do not apply in relation to an order for possession
 
 
made on Ground 7A or 14 in Schedule 2 to the Housing Act 1988
20
 
(whether or not any other grounds for possession are met).
 
 
(5)
Subsections (1) to (3) do not apply where—
 
 
(a)
the tenancy deposit has been returned to the tenant in full or
 
 
with such deductions as are agreed between the landlord and
 
 
tenant, or
25
 
(b)
an application to the county court has been made under section
 
 
214(1) and has been determined by that court, withdrawn or
 
 
settled by agreement between the parties.
 
 
(6)
If any deposit given in connection with an assured tenancy could not
 
 
be lawfully required as a result of section 213(7), the court may not
30
 
make an order for possession of the dwelling-house let on the assured
 
 
tenancy until the property in question is returned to the person by
 
 
whom it was given as a deposit.
 
 
(7)
In subsection (6) “deposit” has the meaning given by section 213(8).
 
 
(8)
In relation to an assured tenancy that was entered into before the
35
 
commencement date, subsection (2) is to be read as if the words “on
 
 
or after 6 April 2007” were inserted after “assured tenancy” in the first
 
 
place it occurs.
 
 
(9)
See also paragraph 11 of Schedule 6 to the Renters’ Rights Act 2025
 
 
(disapplication of amendments to this Chapter in relation to a tenancy
40

Page 44

 
that immediately before the commencement date was an assured
 
 
tenancy other than an assured shorthold tenancy).
 
 
(10)
In this section—
 
 
“assured shorthold tenancy” means an assured shorthold tenancy
 
 
within the meaning of Chapter 2 of Part 1 of the Housing Act
5
 
1988 as it had effect before the amendments made by the
 
 
Renters’ Rights Act 2025;
 
 
“the commencement date” has the meaning given by section
 
 
145 (3) of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025;
 
 
“the court” means a court having jurisdiction to make an order
10
 
for possession of a dwelling-house let on an assured tenancy
 
 
(see section 40 of the Housing Act 1988 );
 
 
“dwelling-house” has the same meaning as in Part 1 of the
 
 
Housing Act 1988 (see section 45 of that Act).”
 
 
(6)
Omit section 215A .
15
 
(7)
In section 215B —
 
 
(a)
in the title, for “Shorthold” substitute “Assured”;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (1) —
 
 
(i)
in paragraph (a) for “a shorthold” substitute “an assured”;
 
 
(ii)
in paragraph (d) for “shorthold” substitute “assured”.
20
 
(8)
Omit section 215C .
 
 
(9)
In Schedule 10 —
 
 
(a)
for “shorthold tenancies”, in each place it occurs, substitute “assured
 
 
tenancies”;
 
 
(b)
for “a shorthold tenancy”, in each place it occurs, substitute “an assured
25
 
tenancy”.
 
27
Tenant fees
 
 
(1)
The Tenant Fees Act 2019 is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
Omit section 17 .
 
 
(3)
In section 28 (1) (interpretation)—
30
 
(a)
for the definition of “assured shorthold tenancy” substitute—
 
 
““assured tenancy” means an assured tenancy within the meaning
 
 
of Chapter 1 of Part 1 of the Housing Act 1988 (for transitional
 
 
provision see Schedule 6 to the Renters’ Rights Act 2025);”;
 
 
(b)
omit the definition of “long lease”;
35
 
(c)
in the definition of “tenancy”, for paragraph (a) substitute—
 
 
“(a)
an assured tenancy other than a tenancy of social
 
 
housing,”.
 

Page 45

 
(4)
In section 32 (Crown application), in subsection (3) (b) , for “assured shorthold
 
 
tenancy” substitute “assured tenancy”.
 
 
(5)
In Schedule 3 (financial penalties etc), in paragraph 12 (3) (a) , for “assured
 
 
shorthold tenancy” substitute “assured tenancy”.
 

Other amendments

5
28
Liability of tenants under assured tenancies for council tax
 
 
In section 6 (6) of the Local Government Finance Act 1992 , in the definition
 
 
of “material interest”—
 
 
(a)
for “or a” substitute “, a”;
 
 
(b)
after “more” insert “or a tenancy that is or was previously an assured
10
 
tenancy within the meaning of the Housing Act 1988”.
 
29
Other amendments
 
 
Schedule 2 contains amendments relating to this Chapter .
 

Powers of Secretary of State

 
30
Powers of Secretary of State in connection with
15
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend provision made by or under
 
 
an Act passed before or later in the same session as this Act so that the
 
 
provision has effect in relation to periodic assured tenancies in a manner that
 
 
corresponds or is similar to the manner in which it had effect immediately
 
 
before the commencement date in relation to—
20
 
(a)
fixed term assured tenancies, or
 
 
(b)
assured shorthold tenancies.
 
 
(2)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend provision made by or under
 
 
an Act passed before or later in the same session as this Act so that the
 
 
provision has effect, in relation to a ground in Schedule 2 to the 1988 Act as
25
 
amended by this Act, in a manner that corresponds or is similar to the manner
 
 
in which it had effect immediately before the commencement date in relation
 
 
to any ground in that Schedule .
 
 
(3)
The amendments that may be made under subsection (1) (b) include any to
 
 
ensure that provision applying immediately before the commencement date
30
 
in relation to notices under section 21 of the 1988 Act applies on and after
 
 
that day, with or without modifications, in relation to notices under section
 
 
8 of that Act .
 
 
(4)
The transitional provision that may be included in regulations under subsection
 
 
(1) or (2) by virtue of section 139 (1) (a) includes provision for pre-application
35
 
instruments which the Secretary of State considers do not (or will not) operate
 
 
appropriately as a result of any provision of the regulations to—
 

Page 46

 
(a)
have effect with specified modifications, or
 
 
(b)
cease to have effect (in whole or in part).
 
 
(5)
For the purposes of subsection (4) —
 
 
(a)
“pre-application instrument” means an agreement or other instrument
 
 
entered into—
5
 
(i)
before the regulations come into force, or
 
 
(ii)
when or after they come into force under a contract entered
 
 
into before then or by the acceptance of an offer made before
 
 
then;
 
 
(b)
the circumstances in which the Secretary of State may consider that a
10
 
pre-application instrument does not operate appropriately as a result
 
 
of regulations under subsection (1) or (2) include (but are not limited
 
 
to) those in which—
 
 
(i)
as a result of any provision of the regulations, provision made
 
 
by the instrument is to any extent spent, obsolete, unnecessary
15
 
or otherwise not of practical utility;
 
 
(ii)
as a result of any provision of the regulations, it is unclear
 
 
what the effect is of provision made by the instrument;
 
 
(iii)
as a result of any provision of the regulations, a person may
 
 
be placed in breach of obligations arising under the instrument
20
 
or made subject to more burdensome obligations under the
 
 
instrument;
 
 
(iv)
the instrument makes direct or indirect reference to any
 
 
enactment as it had effect before being amended by the
 
 
regulations.
25
 
(6)
Regulations made by virtue of subsection (4) must provide that they do not
 
 
prevent—
 
 
(a)
the variation or revocation of provision modified by the regulations,
 
 
or
 
 
(b)
the re-making of provision that has ceased to have effect as a result
30
 
of the regulations.
 
 
(7)
Regulations made by virtue of subsection (4) may apply to an instrument as
 
 
it has effect in relation to times before the coming into force of the regulations
 
 
but after the commencement date.
 
 
(8)
Nothing in this Chapter limits the provision that may be made by regulations
35
 
under this section .
 
 
(9)
Nothing in this section limits the provision that may be made in regulations
 
 
under Part 5 .
 
 
(10)
In this section —
 
 
“assured shorthold tenancy” is to be read in accordance with Part 1 of
40
 
the 1988 Act as it had effect immediately before the commencement
 
 
date;
 
 
“the commencement date” has the meaning given by section 145 (3) .
 

Page 47

Chapter 2

 

Tenancies that cannot be assured tenancies

 
31
Long tenancies and financial services products
 
 
(1)
In Part 1 of Schedule 1 to the 1988 Act (tenancies which cannot be assured
 
 
tenancies), after paragraph 3C insert—
5
 
“Fixed term tenancies of more than 21 years
 
 
3D
A fixed term tenancy of a term certain of more than 21 years from
 
 
the date of the grant of the tenancy.
 
 
Fixed term tenancies of 7 to 21 years granted before the Renters’ Rights Act 2025
 
 
3E
(1)
A tenancy of a term certain of—
10
 
(a)
21 years or less, but
 
 
(b)
more than 7 years,
 
 
from the date of the grant of the tenancy.
 
 
(2)
This paragraph applies only to tenancies entered into—
 
 
(a)
before the day on which the Renters’ Rights Act 2025 was
15
 
passed,
 
 
(b)
during the period of two months beginning with that day,
 
 
or
 
 
(c)
after the end of that period under a contract entered into
 
 
before the end of that period.
20
 
Regulated home purchase plans
 
 
3F
(1)
A tenancy which, when it is granted, forms part of a regulated home
 
 
purchase plan.
 
 
(2)
In this paragraph “regulated home purchase plan” has the same
 
 
meaning that it has from time to time in regulation 63F(3)(a) of the
25
 
Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Regulated Activities) Order
 
 
2001 (S.I. 2001/544).
 
 
(3)
The Secretary of State may, by regulations, amend this paragraph
 
 
in consequence of an order made under section 22 of the Financial
 
 
Services and Markets Act 2000.
30
 
(4)
Regulations under this paragraph—
 
 
(a)
may make different provision for different purposes;
 
 
(b)
are to be made by statutory instrument.
 
 
(5)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this paragraph
 
 
may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid
35
 
before and approved by a resolution of each House of Parliament.”
 

Page 48

 
(2)
In section 133 of the 1988 Act (consent required for certain subsequent
 
 
disposals), in subsection (11) (f) , for “4” substitute “ 3D ”.
 
 
(3)
In the Landlord and Tenant Act 1985 —
 
 
(a)
in section 9B (leases to which section 9A of that Act applies), in
 
 
subsection (1) (b) —
5
 
(i)
after “subsection (1A)” insert “, (1AA) ”;
 
 
(ii)
for the words from “leases” to “more” substitute “certain leases
 
 
to which section 11 applies”;
 
 
(b)
in section 13 (leases to which section 11 of that Act applies: general
 
 
rule)—
10
 
(i)
after subsection (1) insert—
 
 
“(1AZA)
But that is subject to subsections (1ZA) to (1ZC) .”;
 
 
(ii)
in subsection (1ZA), for “But in” substitute “In”;
 
 
(iii)
after subsection (1ZB) insert—
 
 
“(1ZC)
Section 11 does not apply to a lease of a dwelling-house
15
 
in England which—
 
 
(a)
was an assured tenancy immediately before the
 
 
commencement date (which has the meaning
 
 
given by section 145 (3) of the Renters’ Rights
 
 
Act 2025), and
20
 
(b)
was granted—
 
 
(i)
for a term of seven years or more, and
 
 
(ii)
by a person other than a private
 
 
registered provider of social housing.”;
 
 
(iv)
in subsection (1A) omit paragraph (b) and the word “or”
25
 
preceding it;
 
 
(v)
after subsection (1A) insert—
 
 
“(1AA)
Section 11 also applies to a lease of a dwelling-house
 
 
in England granted on or after the day on which section
 
 
166 of the Localism Act 2011 came into force which is
30
 
a tenancy for a fixed term of more than seven years
 
 
that—
 
 
(a)
would be an assured tenancy if it were not for
 
 
a term of more than seven years,
 
 
(b)
is not a shared ownership lease, and
35
 
(c)
is granted by a private registered provider of
 
 
social housing.”;
 
 
(vi)
in subsection (1B) , for “In subsection (1A)” substitute “In this
 
 
section”.
 
 
(4)
In paragraph 1 of Schedule 10 to the Local Government and Housing Act
40
 
1989 (security of tenure on ending of long residential tenancies), in
 
 
sub-paragraph (1) (a) after “low rent” insert “and were not for a term of more
 
 
than seven years”.
 

Page 49

 
(5)
Where, immediately before the day on which this section comes into force,
 
 
proceedings for an order for possession under section 8 of the 1988 Act in
 
 
reliance on a valid notice given under that section of that Act have been
 
 
commenced in relation to a tenancy and have not been concluded, or have
 
 
not been commenced but have not become time-barred—
5
 
(a)
the tenancy remains an assured tenancy, and the notice remains valid,
 
 
until any time when such proceedings in reliance on the notice become
 
 
time-barred or are concluded, and
 
 
(b)
until that time the amendments made by subsections (1) and (4) do
 
 
not apply in relation to the tenancy.
10
 
(6)
For the purposes of subsection (5) , proceedings are “time-barred” after the
 
 
time limit mentioned in section 8 (3) (c) of the 1988 Act .
 
32
Accommodation for homeless people or students
 
 
(1)
In section 209 of the Housing Act 1996 (interim accommodation in relation
 
 
to which an assured tenancy will not normally arise), in subsection (1) , after
15
 
“190,” insert “199A,”.
 
 
(2)
In Schedule 1 to the 1988 Act, paragraph 8 (lettings to students that are not
 
 
assured tenancies) is amended as follows—
 
 
(a)
for sub-paragraph (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
A tenancy which is granted to a person who is pursuing, or
20
 
intends to pursue, a course of study provided by a specified
 
 
educational institution if—
 
 
(a)
the tenancy is granted—
 
 
(i)
by that institution,
 
 
(ii)
by another specified educational institution,
25
 
or
 
 
(iii)
by a specified body of persons, or
 
 
(b)
either of the following is a member of a specified
 
 
housing management code of practice—
 
 
(i)
a person appointed to act on the landlord’s
30
 
behalf in respect of the tenancy;
 
 
(ii)
a person appointed to discharge management
 
 
functions in respect of the building which
 
 
comprises the dwelling-house or in which the
 
 
dwelling-house is situated.
35
 
(1A)
Subsection (1) is subject to sub-paragraphs (2B) to (2D) and
 
 
(5) to (7) .”;
 
 
(b)
after sub-paragraph (2) insert—
 
 
“(2A)
Regulations under sub-paragraph (2) may, in particular,
 
 
specify as a body of persons—
40
 
(a)
the members, or
 
 
(b)
a class of the members,
 

Page 50

 
from time to time of a housing management code of practice
 
 
which is specified for this purpose by regulations under
 
 
sub-paragraph (2).
 
 
(2B)
The Secretary of State may by regulations made by statutory
 
 
instrument—
5
 
(a)
specify a class of building, and
 
 
(b)
provide that a tenancy—
 
 
(i)
does not fall within this paragraph if the
 
 
dwelling-house is in a building of the
 
 
specified class, or
10
 
(ii)
falls within this paragraph only if the
 
 
dwelling-house is in a building of the
 
 
specified class.
 
 
(2C)
The Secretary of State may by regulations made by statutory
 
 
instrument—
15
 
(a)
specify a student landlord or a class of student
 
 
landlord,
 
 
(b)
specify a class of building in relation to the specified
 
 
student landlord or specified class of student
 
 
landlord, and
20
 
(c)
provide that, where the landlord is the specified
 
 
student landlord, or a student landlord of the
 
 
specified class, the tenancy—
 
 
(i)
does not fall within this paragraph if the
 
 
dwelling-house is in the specified class of
25
 
building, or
 
 
(ii)
falls within this paragraph only if the
 
 
dwelling-house is in the specified class of
 
 
building.
 
 
(2D)
The Secretary of State may by regulations made by statutory
30
 
instrument—
 
 
(a)
specify a person appointed to act on the landlord’s
 
 
behalf in respect of the tenancy or to discharge
 
 
management functions in respect of the building or
 
 
a class of such persons,
35
 
(b)
specify a class of building in relation to the specified
 
 
person or specified class of persons, and
 
 
(c)
provide that a tenancy—
 
 
(i)
does not fall within this paragraph if the
 
 
dwelling-house is in the specified class of
40
 
building and there is a person appointed to
 
 
act on the landlord’s behalf in respect of the
 
 
tenancy or to discharge management functions
 
 
in respect of the building who is specified or
 
 
is in the specified class of such persons, or
45

Page 51

 
(ii)
falls within this paragraph only if the
 
 
dwelling-house is in the specified class of
 
 
building and there is a person appointed to
 
 
act on the landlord’s behalf in respect of the
 
 
tenancy or to discharge management functions
5
 
in respect of the building who is specified or
 
 
is in the specified class of such persons.
 
 
(2E)
Regulations under sub-paragraph (2B) (a) or (2C) (b) or (2D) (b)
 
 
may, in particular, specify as a class of building—
 
 
(a)
the buildings, or
10
 
(b)
a class of the buildings,
 
 
from time to time subject to a housing management code of
 
 
practice which is specified for this purpose by regulations
 
 
under sub-paragraph (1) (b) , (2B) (a) or (2C) (b) .
 
 
(2F)
Regulations under sub-paragraph (2C) (a) may, in particular,
15
 
specify as a class of student landlord—
 
 
(a)
the members, or
 
 
(b)
a class of the members,
 
 
from time to time of a housing management code of practice
 
 
which is specified for this purpose by regulations under
20
 
sub-paragraph (2C) (a) .”;
 
 
(c)
in sub-paragraph (3), for “the power conferred by sub-paragraph (2)
 
 
above” substitute “a power conferred by this section”;
 
 
(d)
after sub-paragraph (3) insert—
 
 
“(4)
Regulations under this paragraph—
25
 
(a)
may make different provision for different purposes;
 
 
(b)
may make supplemental, consequential, incidental,
 
 
transitional, transitory or saving provision.
 
 
(5)
The question of whether or not a tenancy is within this
 
 
paragraph is to be determined by reference to the
30
 
circumstances at the time when the tenancy is granted.
 
 
(6)
A change in the circumstances after that time does not affect
 
 
whether or not a tenancy is within this paragraph, except
 
 
in a case where—
 
 
(a)
the tenant is entitled to possession of the
35
 
dwelling-house at a time after the tenancy was
 
 
granted, and
 
 
(b)
at the time when the tenant is entitled to possession—
 
 
(i)
condition A is met (see sub-paragraph (8) ),
 
 
(ii)
condition B is met (see sub-paragraphs (9)
40
 
and (10) ), or
 
 
(iii)
both of those conditions are met.
 

Page 52

 
(7)
In such a case, the tenancy ceases to fall within this
 
 
paragraph (and accordingly this paragraph ceases to prevent
 
 
the tenancy from being an assured tenancy) at the time when
 
 
the tenant is entitled to possession.
 
 
(8)
Condition A is met if—
5
 
(a)
the tenancy was exempt solely by reference to a code
 
 
of practice, but
 
 
(b)
at the time when the tenant is entitled to possession
 
 
of the dwelling-house, the landlord’s interest under
 
 
the lease does not attract the exemption under this
10
 
paragraph.
 
 
(9)
Condition B is met if—
 
 
(a)
at the time when the tenancy was granted—
 
 
(i)
regulations under sub-paragraph (2B) , (2C) or
 
 
(2D) were in force, but
15
 
(ii)
those regulations did not prevent the tenancy
 
 
from being within this paragraph, but
 
 
(b)
at the time when the tenant is entitled to possession
 
 
of the dwelling-house—
 
 
(i)
regulations under sub-paragraph (2B) , (2C) or
20
 
(2D) are in force, and
 
 
(ii)
those regulations prevent the tenancy from
 
 
being within this paragraph.
 
 
(10)
But condition B is not met in any circumstances that are
 
 
specified, or are of a description specified, for this purpose
25
 
by regulations made by the Secretary of State.
 
 
(11)
For the purposes of this paragraph—
 
 
(a)
“management functions” in respect of a building
 
 
includes functions relating to—
 
 
(i)
the provision of services, or
30
 
(ii)
the repair, maintenance, improvement or
 
 
insurance of the building;
 
 
(b)
“student landlord” means an institution or body of
 
 
persons specified, or of a class specified, for the
 
 
purposes of this paragraph (see sub-paragraph (2));
35
 
(c)
“housing management code of practice” means a code
 
 
of practice approved by the Secretary of State under
 
 
section 233 of the Housing Act 2004 (codes relating
 
 
to the management of HMOs or excepted
 
 
accommodation);
40
 
(d)
a building is “subject to” a housing management code
 
 
of practice if it—
 
 
(i)
is a particular building subject to the code, or
 
 
(ii)
is of a class of buildings subject to the code;
 

Page 53

 
(e)
a reference to—
 
 
(i)
a class of the buildings from time to time
 
 
subject to a housing management code of
 
 
practice, or
 
 
(ii)
a class of the members from time to time of
5
 
a housing management code of practice,
 
 
includes the buildings or members that are from time
 
 
to time in a class provided for in the code of practice;
 
 
(f)
a tenancy is “exempt solely by reference to a code of
 
 
practice” if—
10
 
(i)
the tenancy was granted by a body of persons
 
 
who were, at the time of the grant, a specified
 
 
landlord solely by reference to a code of
 
 
practice, or
 
 
(ii)
at the time of the grant, sub-paragraph (1) (b)
15
 
applied to the tenancy but sub-paragraph
 
 
(1) (a) did not apply to the tenancy;
 
 
(g)
a reference to the landlord’s interest under the lease
 
 
not attracting the exemption under this paragraph is
 
 
a reference to—
20
 
(i)
a case where the landlord is not a student
 
 
landlord and there is no person appointed to
 
 
act on the landlord’s behalf in respect of the
 
 
tenancy or to discharge management functions
 
 
in respect of the relevant building; or
25
 
(ii)
a case where the landlord is not a student
 
 
landlord and there is a person appointed to
 
 
act on the landlord’s behalf in respect of the
 
 
tenancy or to discharge management functions
 
 
in respect of the relevant building, but that
30
 
person is not a member of a specified housing
 
 
management code of practice;
 
 
and for that purpose the “relevant building” is the
 
 
building which the dwelling-house comprises or in
 
 
which the dwelling-house is situated;
35
 
(h)
a body of persons are “a specified landlord solely by
 
 
reference to a code of practice” if they—
 
 
(i)
are a member of a housing management code
 
 
of practice that is specified by regulations
 
 
under sub-paragraph (2A) , and
40
 
(ii)
are not specified by regulations under
 
 
sub-paragraph (2) as a body of persons
 
 
otherwise than as a member of that code of
 
 
practice.”
 

Page 54

Chapter 3

 

Discrimination in the rental market: England

 

Discrimination and discriminatory terms: children and benefits status

 
33
Discrimination relating to children
 
 
(1)
A relevant person must not, in relation to a dwelling that is to be let on an
5
 
agreement which may give rise to a relevant tenancy—
 
 
(a)
on the basis that a child would or may live with or visit a person at
 
 
the dwelling if the dwelling were the person’s home, prevent the
 
 
person from—
 
 
(i)
enquiring whether the dwelling is available for let,
10
 
(ii)
accessing information about the dwelling,
 
 
(iii)
viewing the dwelling in order to consider whether to seek to
 
 
rent it, or
 
 
(iv)
entering into a tenancy of the dwelling, or
 
 
(b)
apply a provision, criterion or practice in order to make people who
15
 
would have a child live with or visit them at the dwelling, if it were
 
 
their home, less likely to enter into a tenancy of the dwelling than
 
 
people who would not.
 
 
(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply if—
 
 
(a)
the relevant person can show that the conduct is a proportionate means
20
 
of achieving a legitimate aim, or
 
 
(b)
the relevant person can show that the prospective landlord of the
 
 
dwelling, or a person who would be a superior landlord in relation
 
 
to the dwelling, is insured under a contract of insurance—
 
 
(i)
to which section 38 does not apply, and
25
 
(ii)
which contains a term which makes provision (however
 
 
expressed) requiring the insured to prohibit a tenant under a
 
 
relevant tenancy from having a child live with or visit them
 
 
at the dwelling or to restrict the circumstances in which such
 
 
a tenant may have a child live with or visit them at the
30
 
dwelling,
 
 
and the conduct is a means of preventing the insured from breaching
 
 
that term.
 
 
(3)
Conduct does not breach the prohibition in subsection (1) if it consists only
 
 
of—
35
 
(a)
one or more of the following things done by a person who does
 
 
nothing in relation to the dwelling that is not mentioned in this
 
 
paragraph —
 
 
(i)
publishing advertisements or disseminating information;
 
 
(ii)
providing a means by which a prospective landlord can
40
 
communicate directly with a prospective tenant;
 

Page 55

 
(iii)
providing a means by which a prospective tenant can
 
 
communicate directly with a prospective landlord, or
 
 
(b)
things of a description, or things done by a person of a description,
 
 
specified for the purposes of this section in regulations made by the
 
 
Secretary of State.
5
34
Discrimination relating to benefits status
 
 
(1)
A relevant person must not, in relation to a dwelling that is to be let on an
 
 
agreement which may give rise to a relevant tenancy—
 
 
(a)
on the basis that a person is or may be a benefits claimant, prevent
 
 
the person from—
10
 
(i)
enquiring whether the dwelling is available for let,
 
 
(ii)
accessing information about the dwelling,
 
 
(iii)
viewing the dwelling in order to consider whether to seek to
 
 
rent it, or
 
 
(iv)
entering into a tenancy of the dwelling, or
15
 
(b)
apply a provision, criterion or practice in order to make benefits
 
 
claimants less likely to enter into a tenancy of the dwelling than people
 
 
who are not benefits claimants.
 
 
(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply if the relevant person can show that the
 
 
prospective landlord of the dwelling, or a person who would be a superior
20
 
landlord in relation to the dwelling, is insured under a contract of insurance—
 
 
(a)
to which section 38 does not apply, and
 
 
(b)
which contains a term which makes provision (however expressed)
 
 
requiring the insured to prohibit a tenant under a relevant tenancy
 
 
from being a benefits claimant,
25
 
and the conduct is a means of preventing the insured from breaching that
 
 
term.
 
 
(3)
Conduct does not breach the prohibition in subsection (1) if it consists only
 
 
of—
 
 
(a)
one or more of the following things done by a person who does
30
 
nothing in relation to the dwelling that is not mentioned in this
 
 
paragraph —
 
 
(i)
publishing advertisements or disseminating information;
 
 
(ii)
providing a means by which a prospective landlord can
 
 
communicate directly with a prospective tenant;
35
 
(iii)
providing a means by which a prospective tenant can
 
 
communicate directly with a prospective landlord, or
 
 
(b)
things of a description, or things done by a person of a description,
 
 
specified for the purposes of this section in regulations made by the
 
 
Secretary of State.
40

Page 56

35
Discriminatory terms in a tenancy relating to children or benefits status
 
 
(1)
A term of a relevant tenancy or regulated tenancy is of no effect so far as the
 
 
term makes provision (however expressed) prohibiting the tenant from having
 
 
a child live with or visit them at the dwelling or restricting the circumstances
 
 
in which the tenant may have a child do so.
5
 
(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply if—
 
 
(a)
the provision is a proportionate means of achieving a legitimate aim,
 
 
or
 
 
(b)
the landlord or a superior landlord is insured under a contract of
 
 
insurance—
10
 
(i)
to which section 38 does not apply, and
 
 
(ii)
which contains a term which makes provision (however
 
 
expressed) requiring the insured to prohibit the tenant from
 
 
having a child live with or visit them at the dwelling or to
 
 
restrict the circumstances in which the tenant may have a child
15
 
live with or visit them at the dwelling,
 
 
and the provision in the tenancy is a means of preventing the insured
 
 
from breaching that term.
 
 
(3)
A term of a relevant tenancy or regulated tenancy is of no effect so far as the
 
 
term makes provision (however expressed) prohibiting the tenant from being
20
 
a benefits claimant.
 
 
(4)
Subsection (3) does not apply if the landlord or a superior landlord is insured
 
 
under a contract of insurance—
 
 
(a)
to which section 38 does not apply, and
 
 
(b)
which contains a term which makes provision (however expressed)
25
 
requiring the insured to prohibit the tenant from being a benefits
 
 
claimant,
 
 
and the provision in the tenancy is a means of preventing the insured from
 
 
breaching that term.
 
36
Terms in superior leases relating to children or benefits status
30
 
(1)
A term of a lease of premises that consist of or include a dwelling is of no
 
 
effect so far as the term makes provision (however expressed) requiring a
 
 
tenant under that or any inferior lease to—
 
 
(a)
prohibit a sub-tenant under a relevant tenancy or regulated tenancy
 
 
from having a child live with or visit them at the dwelling, or
35
 
(b)
restrict the circumstances in which a sub-tenant under a relevant
 
 
tenancy or regulated tenancy may have a child live with or visit them
 
 
at the dwelling.
 
 
(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply if—
 
 
(a)
the provision is a proportionate means of achieving a legitimate aim,
40
 
or
 

Page 57

 
(b)
the landlord under the lease or a superior landlord is insured under
 
 
a contract of insurance—
 
 
(i)
to which section 38 does not apply, and
 
 
(ii)
which contains a term which makes provision (however
 
 
expressed) requiring the insured to prohibit a sub-tenant from
5
 
having a child live with or visit them at the dwelling or to
 
 
restrict the circumstances in which a sub-tenant may have a
 
 
child live with or visit them at the dwelling,
 
 
and the provision in the lease is a means of preventing the insured
 
 
from breaching that term.
10
 
(3)
A term of a lease of premises that consist of or include a dwelling is of no
 
 
effect so far as the term makes provision (however expressed) requiring a
 
 
tenant under that or any inferior lease to prohibit a sub-tenant under a relevant
 
 
tenancy or regulated tenancy from being a benefits claimant.
 
 
(4)
Subsection (3) does not apply if the landlord under the lease or a superior
15
 
landlord is insured under a contract of insurance—
 
 
(a)
to which section 38 does not apply, and
 
 
(b)
which contains a term which makes provision (however expressed)
 
 
requiring the insured to prohibit a sub-tenant from being a benefits
 
 
claimant,
20
 
and the provision in the lease is a means of preventing the insured from
 
 
breaching that term.
 
 
(5)
For the purposes of this section, the terms of a lease include—
 
 
(a)
the terms of any agreement relating to the lease, and
 
 
(b)
any document or communication from the landlord that gives or
25
 
refuses consent for sub-letting under the lease to a category or
 
 
description of person.
 
37
Terms in mortgages relating to children or benefits status
 
 
(1)
A term of a mortgage of premises that consist of or include a dwelling is of
 
 
no effect so far as the term makes provision (however expressed) requiring
30
 
the mortgagor to—
 
 
(a)
prohibit a tenant under a relevant tenancy or regulated tenancy from
 
 
having a child live with or visit them at the dwelling, or
 
 
(b)
restrict the circumstances in which a tenant under a relevant tenancy
 
 
or regulated tenancy may have a child live with or visit them at the
35
 
dwelling.
 
 
(2)
A term of a mortgage of premises that consist of or include a dwelling is of
 
 
no effect so far as the term makes provision (however expressed) requiring
 
 
a mortgagor to prohibit a tenant under a relevant tenancy or regulated tenancy
 
 
from being a benefits claimant.
40

Page 58

38
Terms in insurance contracts relating to children or benefits status
 
 
(1)
A term of a contract of insurance to which this section applies is of no effect
 
 
so far as the term makes provision (however expressed) requiring the insured
 
 
to—
 
 
(a)
prohibit a tenant under a relevant tenancy or regulated tenancy from
5
 
having a child live with or visit them at the dwelling, or
 
 
(b)
restrict the circumstances in which a tenant under a relevant tenancy
 
 
or a regulated tenancy may have a child live with or visit them at the
 
 
dwelling.
 
 
(2)
A term of a contract of insurance to which this section applies is of no effect
10
 
so far as the term makes provision (however expressed) requiring the insured
 
 
to prohibit a tenant under a relevant tenancy or regulated tenancy from being
 
 
a benefits claimant.
 
 
(3)
This section applies to contracts of insurance which were entered into or
 
 
whose duration was extended on or after the day on which this section comes
15
 
into force.
 

Discrimination and discriminatory terms: power to protect others

 
39
Power of the Secretary of State to protect others
 
 
(1)
If the Secretary of State is satisfied that—
 
 
(a)
a discriminatory rental practice exists in relation to dwellings that are
20
 
to be let on agreements which may give rise to relevant tenancies
 
 
(“relevant rental dwellings”), and
 
 
(b)
because of that discriminatory rental practice, the victims of that
 
 
practice are significantly less likely to enter into relevant tenancies of
 
 
dwellings than other people,
25
 
the Secretary of State may make regulations prohibiting that discriminatory
 
 
rental practice.
 
 
(2)
A “discriminatory rental practice” exists in relation to relevant rental dwellings
 
 
if some or all relevant persons—
 
 
(a)
on the basis that people are members of a particular group, prevent
30
 
those people from—
 
 
(i)
enquiring whether relevant rental dwellings are available for
 
 
let,
 
 
(ii)
accessing information about relevant rental dwellings,
 
 
(iii)
viewing relevant rental dwellings in order to consider whether
35
 
to seek to rent them, or
 
 
(iv)
entering into tenancies of relevant rental dwellings, or
 
 
(b)
apply a provision, criterion or practice in order to make a particular
 
 
group of people less likely to enter into tenancies of relevant rental
 
 
dwellings than people not in that group.
40
 
(3)
The “victims” of a discriminatory rental practice are—
 

Page 59

 
(a)
where a particular group of people are prevented from doing the
 
 
things mentioned in subsection (2) (a) , the people in that group;
 
 
(b)
where a provision, criterion or practice is applied in order to make a
 
 
particular group of people less likely to enter into tenancies as
 
 
mentioned in subsection (2) (b) , the people in that group.
5
 
(4)
Regulations “prohibiting” a discriminatory rental practice are regulations
 
 
relating to—
 
 
(a)
the discriminatory rental practice, and
 
 
(b)
the persons who are the victims of it,
 
 
which make provision corresponding to the other anti-discrimination legislation
10
 
in this Chapter
 
 
(5)
The “other anti-discrimination legislation in this Chapter ” is—
 
 
(a)
sections 33 and 34 , except for sections 33 (3) (b) and 34 (3) (b) , and
 
 
(b)
sections 35 to 38 ;
 
 
but regulations under this section may make provision corresponding to the
15
 
provision that may be made under section 33 (3) (b) or 34 (3) (b) .
 
 
(6)
Before making regulations prohibiting a discriminatory rental practice, the
 
 
Secretary of State must consult such of the following persons as the Secretary
 
 
of State considers appropriate—
 
 
(a)
victims of the discriminatory rental practice or one or more
20
 
representatives of such persons;
 
 
(b)
landlords and prospective landlords under relevant tenancies or one
 
 
or more representatives of such persons;
 
 
(c)
landlords under regulated tenancies or one or more representatives
 
 
of such persons;
25
 
(d)
other landlords and prospective landlords under leases of premises
 
 
that consist of or include a dwelling or one or more representatives
 
 
of such persons;
 
 
(e)
mortgagees of dwellings or one or more representatives of such
 
 
persons;
30
 
(f)
insurers of dwellings or one or more representatives of such persons;
 
 
(g)
local housing authorities or one or more representatives of local
 
 
housing authorities.
 
 
(7)
For that purpose a “representative” of persons of a particular kind, or of local
 
 
housing authorities, is a body or other person which appears to the Secretary
35
 
of State to represent the interests of persons of that kind, or of local housing
 
 
authorities.
 

Page 60

Discrimination: financial penalties

 
40
Financial penalties for breach of anti-discrimination provisions
 
 
(1)
A local housing authority may impose a financial penalty under this subsection
 
 
on a person if satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the person has breached
 
 
a requirement imposed by—
5
 
(a)
section 33 or 34 , or
 
 
(b)
provision in regulations made under section 39 .
 
 
(2)
More than one financial penalty may be imposed under subsection (1) on the
 
 
same person in respect of the same conduct only if—
 
 
(a)
the conduct continues after the end of 28 days beginning with the day
10
 
after that on which the previous penalty in respect of the conduct was
 
 
imposed on the person, unless the person appeals against the decision
 
 
to impose the penalty within that period, or
 
 
(b)
if the person appeals against the decision to impose the penalty within
 
 
that period, the conduct continues after the end of 28 days beginning
15
 
with the day after that on which the appeal is finally determined,
 
 
withdrawn or abandoned.
 
 
(3)
Where a person applies a single provision, criterion or practice on more than
 
 
one occasion in relation to the same dwelling, each application of that
 
 
provision, criterion or practice is to be treated as the same conduct for the
20
 
purposes of subsection (2) .
 
 
(4)
If—
 
 
(a)
the local housing authority imposes a financial penalty under
 
 
subsection (1) on a person, and
 
 
(b)
within the period of five years ending with the date on which that
25
 
penalty was imposed, a previous financial penalty under subsection
 
 
(1) was imposed on that person in relation to a breach of the same
 
 
section or provision in regulations made under section 39 ,
 
 
then the local housing authority may impose an additional financial penalty
 
 
under this subsection on that person.
30
 
(5)
The amount of a financial penalty imposed under this section is to be
 
 
determined by the authority imposing it, but must not be more than £7,000.
 
 
(6)
Neither subsection (2) nor subsection (4) enables a penalty to be imposed
 
 
after the final notice in respect of the previous penalty has been withdrawn
 
 
or quashed on appeal.
35
 
(7)
Where—
 
 
(a)
a local housing authority is satisfied as mentioned in subsection (1)
 
 
in relation to two or more persons, and
 
 
(b)
the breaches in relation to which the local housing authority is so
 
 
satisfied arise from the same conduct by one or more of the persons
40
 
acting on behalf of the others,
 

Page 61

 
the local housing authority may impose a financial penalty under that
 
 
subsection on the persons (or some of them) jointly, and if the local housing
 
 
authority does so, the persons on whom the penalty is imposed are jointly
 
 
and severally liable to pay it.
 
 
(8)
The Secretary of State may give guidance to local housing authorities about
5
 
the exercise of their functions under this section .
 
 
(9)
Local housing authorities must have regard to any guidance issued under
 
 
subsection (8) .
 
 
(10)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend the amount specified in
 
 
subsection (5) to reflect changes in the value of money.
10
 
(11)
For the purposes of this section —
 
 
(a)
a financial penalty is imposed under this section on the date specified
 
 
in the final notice as the date on which the notice is given, and
 
 
(b)
“final notice” has the meaning given by paragraph 6 of Schedule 5 .
 

Supplementary

15
41
No prohibition on taking income into account
 
 
Nothing in this Chapter prohibits taking a person’s income into account when
 
 
considering whether that person would be able to afford to pay rent under
 
 
a relevant tenancy.
 
42
Interpretation of
20
 
(1)
In this Chapter —
 
 
“benefits claimant” means a person who—
 
 
(a)
is entitled to payments (including payments made directly to
 
 
a landlord) under or by virtue of the Social Security
 
 
Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or the Welfare Reform Act
25
 
2012 , or would be so entitled were a relevant tenancy to be
 
 
granted to the person,
 
 
(b)
is entitled to payments (including payments made directly to
 
 
a landlord) under or by virtue of the Jobseekers Act 1995 , the
 
 
State Pension Credit Act 2002 , the Tax Credits Act 2002 , the
30
 
Welfare Reform Act 2007 or the Pensions Act 2014 ,
 
 
(c)
is in receipt of a reduction in the amount of council tax payable
 
 
in respect of the person’s current home under a scheme made
 
 
by a billing authority under or by virtue of section 13A of the
 
 
Local Government Finance Act 1992 , or
35
 
(d)
would be entitled to a reduction in the amount of council tax
 
 
payable in respect of the dwelling in question under a scheme
 
 
made by the billing authority in whose area the dwelling is
 
 
situated under or by virtue of section 13A of the Local
 
 
Government Finance Act 1992 , if the person were to—
40

Page 62

 
(i)
rent the dwelling on a relevant tenancy, and
 
 
(ii)
if an application is a precondition of entitlement, apply
 
 
to the billing authority for a reduction under the
 
 
scheme;
 
 
“child” means a person under the age of 18;
5
 
“dwelling” means a “dwelling-house” within the meaning of Part 1 of
 
 
the 1988 Act (see section 45 of that Act) in England;
 
 
“prospective landlord” means a person who proposes to let a dwelling
 
 
on an agreement which may give rise to a relevant tenancy;
 
 
“prospective tenant” means a person seeking to find a dwelling to rent;
10
 
“regulated tenancy” has the same meaning as in the Rent Act 1977 (see
 
 
section 18 of that Act);
 
 
“relevant person” , in relation to a relevant tenancy, means—
 
 
(a)
the prospective landlord;
 
 
(b)
a person acting or purporting to act directly or indirectly on
15
 
behalf of the prospective landlord;
 
 
“relevant tenancy” means an assured tenancy within the meaning of the
 
 
1988 Act , other than a tenancy that is—
 
 
(a)
a tenancy of social housing, within the meaning of Part 2 of
 
 
the Housing and Regeneration Act 2008 , or
20
 
(b)
a tenancy of supported accommodation, within the meaning
 
 
given by paragraph 12 of Schedule 2 to the 1988 Act .
 
 
(2)
In this Chapter a reference to doing something on the basis of particular facts
 
 
includes reference to doing it on the basis of a belief in those facts.
 

Chapter 4

25

Discrimination in the rental market: Wales

 

Prohibitions of discrimination

 
43
Discrimination relating to children or benefits status: Welsh language
 
 
(1)
The Welsh language text of the Renting Homes (Fees etc.) (Wales) Act 2019
 
 
(anaw 2) is amended as follows.
30
 
(2)
In section 1 , after subsection (2) , insert—
 
 
“(2A)
Mae Rhan 2A yn ei gwneud yn drosedd i landlord neu berson sy’n
 
 
gweithredu ar ran landlord neu’n honni ei fod yn gweithredu ar ran
 
 
landlord wahaniaethu mewn perthynas â chontractau meddiannaeth
 
 
yn erbyn personau a fyddai â phlant yn byw gyda hwy neu’n ymweld
35
 
â hwy neu sy’n hawlyddion budd-daliadau, ac yn gwneud darpariaeth
 
 
arall ynghylch gwahaniaethu o’r math hwnnw.”
 

Page 63

 
(3)
After section 8 insert—
 

Rhan 2A

 
 
Gwahardd gwahaniaethu
 
8A
Gwahardd gwahaniaethu yn ymwneud â phlant
 
 
(1)
Mae’n drosedd i berson perthnasol, mewn perthynas ag annedd sydd
5
 
i fod yn destun contract meddiannaeth—
 
 
(a)
ar y sail y byddai plentyn yn byw gyda pherson neu’n ymweld
 
 
â pherson yn yr annedd, neu y gallai plentyn fyw gyda pherson
 
 
neu ymweld â pherson yn yr annedd, pe bai’r annedd, yn
 
 
gartref i’r person, atal y person rhag—
10
 
(i)
ymholi a yw’r annedd ar gael i’w rhentu,
 
 
(ii)
cael mynediad at wybodaeth am yr annedd,
 
 
(iii)
gweld yr annedd er mwyn ystyried a ddylai geisio ei
 
 
rhentu, neu
 
 
(iv)
sicrhau contract meddiannaeth mewn cysylltiad â’r
15
 
annedd neu sicrhau bod contract o’r fath yn cael ei
 
 
adnewyddu neu ei barhau, neu
 
 
(b)
cymhwyso darpariaeth, maen prawf neu arfer er mwyn peri
 
 
bod pobl a fyddai â phlentyn yn byw gyda hwy neu’n ymweld
 
 
â hwy yn yr annedd yn llai tebygol o sicrhau contract
20
 
meddiannaeth mewn cysylltiad â’r annedd neu’n llai tebygol
 
 
o sicrhau bod contract o’r fath yn cael ei adnewyddu neu ei
 
 
barhau na phobl a fyddai heb blentyn yn byw gyda hwy neu’n
 
 
ymweld â hwy.
 
 
(2)
Mae’n amddiffyniad i’r person perthnasol brofi bod yr ymddygiad
25
 
yn fodd cymesur o gyflawni nod dilys.
 
 
(3)
Mae’n amddiffyniad i’r person perthnasol brofi bod darpar landlord
 
 
yr annedd, neu berson a fyddai’n uwchlandlord mewn perthynas â’r
 
 
annedd, wedi ei yswirio o dan gontract yswiriant—
 
 
(a)
nad yw adran 8H yn gymwys iddo, a
30
 
(b)
sy’n cynnwys teler sy’n ei gwneud yn ofynnol i’r sawl sydd
 
 
wedi ei yswirio wahardd deiliad contract rhag bod â phlentyn
 
 
yn byw gydag ef neu’n ymweld ag ef yn yr annedd neu sy’n
 
 
ei gwneud yn ofynnol i’r landlord gyfyngu’r amgylchiadau lle
 
 
caniateir i ddeiliad contract wneud hynny,
35
 
a bod yr ymddygiad yn fodd i atal y person sydd wedi ei yswirio
 
 
rhag torri’r teler hwnnw.
 
 
(4)
Mae person sy’n euog o drosedd o dan is-adran (1) yn agored ar
 
 
euogfarn ddiannod i ddirwy.
 

Page 64

8B
Gwahardd gwahaniaethu yn ymwneud â statws o ran budd-daliadau
 
 
(1)
Mae’n drosedd i berson perthnasol, mewn perthynas ag annedd sydd
 
 
i fod yn destun contract meddiannaeth—
 
 
(a)
ar y sail bod person yn hawlydd budd-daliadau neu y gallai
 
 
fod yn hawlydd budd-daliadau, atal y person rhag—
5
 
(i)
ymholi a yw’r annedd ar gael i’w rhentu,
 
 
(ii)
cael mynediad at wybodaeth am yr annedd,
 
 
(iii)
gweld yr annedd er mwyn ystyried a ddylai geisio ei
 
 
rhentu, neu
 
 
(iv)
sicrhau contract meddiannaeth mewn cysylltiad â’r
10
 
annedd neu sicrhau bod contract o’r fath yn cael ei
 
 
adnewyddu neu ei barhau, neu
 
 
(b)
cymhwyso darpariaeth, maen prawf neu arfer er mwyn peri
 
 
bod hawlyddion budd-daliadau yn llai tebygol o sicrhau
 
 
contract meddiannaeth mewn cysylltiad â’r annedd neu’n llai
15
 
tebygol o sicrhau bod contract o’r fath yn cael ei adnewyddu
 
 
neu ei barhau na phobl nad ydynt yn hawlyddion
 
 
budd-daliadau.
 
 
(2)
Mae’n amddiffyniad i’r person perthnasol brofi bod darpar landlord
 
 
yr annedd, neu berson a fyddai’n uwchlandlord mewn perthynas â’r
20
 
annedd, wedi ei yswirio o dan gontract yswiriant—
 
 
(a)
nad yw adran 8H yn gymwys iddo, a
 
 
(b)
sy’n cynnwys teler sy’n ei gwneud yn ofynnol i’r sawl sydd
 
 
wedi ei yswirio wahardd deiliad contract ar yr annedd rhag
 
 
bod yn hawlydd budd-daliadau,
25
 
a bod yr ymddygiad yn fodd i atal y person sydd wedi ei yswirio
 
 
rhag torri’r teler hwnnw.
 
 
(3)
Mae person sy’n euog o drosedd o dan is-adran (1) yn agored ar
 
 
euogfarn ddiannod i ddirwy.
 
8C
Eithriad ar gyfer cyhoeddi hysbysiadau etc
30
 
Nid yw ymddygiad yn gyfystyr a throsedd o dan adran 8A (1) nac
 
 
adran 8B (1) os nad yw ond yn cynnwys—
 
 
(a)
un neu ragor o’r pethau a ganlyn a wneir gan berson nad yw’n
 
 
gwneud dim mewn perthynas â’r annedd sydd heb ei grybwyll
 
 
yn y paragraff hwn—
35
 
(i)
cyhoeddi hysbysiadau neu ledaenu gwybodaeth;
 
 
(ii)
darparu cyfrwng y gall darpar landlord gyfathrebu
 
 
drwyddo yn uniongyrchol â darpar ddeiliad contract;
 
 
(iii)
darparu cyfrwng y gall darpar ddeiliad contract
 
 
gyfathrebu drwyddo yn uniongyrchol â darpar landlord,
40
 
neu
 

Page 65

 
(b)
pethau o ddisgrifiad, neu bethau a wneir gan berson o
 
 
ddisgrifiad, a bennir at ddibenion yr adran hon mewn
 
 
rheoliadau.
 
8D
Parhau i dorri gwaharddiad ar ôl cosb benodedig
 
 
(1)
Mae person yn cyflawni trosedd—
5
 
(a)
os oes hysbysiad cosb benodedig wedi ei roi i’r person o dan
 
 
adran 13 am drosedd o dan y Rhan hon mewn perthynas ag
 
 
annedd ac nad yw wedi ei dynnu’n ôl, a
 
 
(b)
os yw’r ymddygiad y rhoddwyd yr hysbysiad cosb benodedig
 
 
mewn cysylltiad ag ef yn parhau mewn perthynas â’r annedd
10
 
honno ar ôl diwedd y cyfnod o 28 o ddiwrnodau sy’n dechrau
 
 
â’r dyddiad y rhoddwyd yr hysbysiad o dan adran 13.
 
 
(2)
Mae person sy’n euog o drosedd o dan is-adran (1) yn agored ar
 
 
euogfarn ddiannod i ddirwy.
 
8E
Ailadrodd tor gwaharddiad ar ôl cosb benodedig
15
 
(1)
Mae person yn cyflawni trosedd—
 
 
(a)
os oes hysbysiad cosb benodedig wedi ei roi i’r person o dan
 
 
adran 13 am drosedd o dan y Rhan hon ac nad yw wedi ei
 
 
dynnu’n ôl, a
 
 
(b)
os yw’r person yn cyflawni trosedd arall o dan yr un adran o
20
 
fewn y cyfnod o 5 mlynedd sy’n dechrau â’r dyddiad y
 
 
rhoddwyd yr hysbysiad o dan adran 13.
 
 
(2)
Mae person sy’n euog o drosedd o dan is-adran (1) yn agored ar
 
 
euogfarn ddiannod i ddirwy.
 
 
8F
Telerau mewn uwchlesau yn ymwneud â phlant neu statws o ran
25
 
budd-daliadau
 
 
(1)
Nid yw teler mewn les ar fangre sy’n ffurfio annedd neu sy’n cynnwys
 
 
annedd yn rhwymo i’r graddau y byddai (oni bai am yr adran hon)
 
 
yn ei gwneud yn ofynnol i denant o dan y les honno neu unrhyw
 
 
is-les—
30
 
(a)
gwahardd deiliad contract rhag bod â phlentyn yn byw gydag
 
 
ef neu’n ymweld ag ef yn yr annedd, neu
 
 
(b)
cyfyngu’r amgylchiadau lle caniateir i ddeiliad contract fod â
 
 
phlentyn yn byw gydag ef neu’n ymweld ag ef yn yr annedd,
 
 
(ond mae’r les yn parhau, i’r graddau y bo hynny’n ymarferol, i gael
35
 
effaith ym mhob cyswllt arall).
 
 
(2)
Nid yw is-adran (1) yn gymwys—
 
 
(a)
os yw’r gofyniad yn fodd cymesur o gyflawni nod dilys, neu
 

Page 66

 
(b)
os yw’r landlord o dan y les neu uwchlandlord wedi ei yswirio
 
 
o dan gontract yswiriant—
 
 
(i)
nad yw adran 8H yn gymwys iddo, a
 
 
(ii)
sy’n cynnwys teler sy’n gwneud darpariaeth (sut
 
 
bynnag y’i mynegir) yn ei gwneud yn ofynnol i’r sawl
5
 
sydd wedi ei yswirio wahardd deiliad contract rhag
 
 
bod â phlentyn yn byw gydag ef neu’n ymweld ag ef
 
 
yn yr annedd neu gyfyngu’r amgylchiadau lle caniateir
 
 
i ddeiliad contract fod â phlentyn yn byw gydag ef
 
 
neu’n ymweld ag ef yn yr annedd,
10
 
a bod y gofyniad yn y les yn fodd i atal y sawl sydd wedi ei
 
 
yswirio rhag torri’r teler hwnnw.
 
 
(3)
Nid yw teler mewn les ar fangre sy’n ffurfio annedd neu sy’n cynnwys
 
 
annedd yn rhwymo i’r graddau y byddai (oni bai am yr adran hon)
 
 
yn ei gwneud yn ofynnol i denant o dan y les honno neu unrhyw
15
 
is-les wahardd deiliad contract rhag bod yn hawlydd budd-daliadau
 
 
(ond mae’r les yn parhau, i’r graddau y bo hynny’n ymarferol, i gael
 
 
effaith ym mhob cyswllt arall).
 
 
(4)
Nid yw is-adran (3) yn gymwys os yw’r landlord o dan y les neu
 
 
uwchlandlord wedi ei yswirio o dan gontract yswiriant—
20
 
(a)
nad yw adran 8H yn gymwys iddo, a
 
 
(b)
sy’n cynnwys teler sy’n gwneud darpariaeth (sut bynnag y’i
 
 
mynegir) yn ei gwneud yn ofynnol i’r sawl sydd wedi ei
 
 
yswirio wahardd deiliad contract rhag bod yn hawlydd
 
 
budd-daliadau,
25
 
a bod y gofyniad yn y les yn fodd i atal y sawl sydd wedi ei yswirio
 
 
rhag torri’r teler hwnnw.
 
 
(5)
At ddibenion yr adran hon, mae telerau les yn cynnwys—
 
 
(a)
telerau unrhyw gytundeb sy’n ymwneud â’r les, a
 
 
(b)
unrhyw ddogfen neu gyfathrebiad oddi wrth y landlord sy’n
30
 
rhoi neu’n gwrthod cydsyniad i isosod o dan y les i gategori
 
 
neu ddisgrifiad o berson.
 
 
8G
Telerau mewn morgeisi yn ymwneud â phlant neu statws o ran
 
 
budd-daliadau
 
 
(1)
Nid yw teler mewn morgais ar fangre sy’n ffurfio annedd neu sy’n
35
 
cynnwys annedd yn rhwymo i’r graddau y byddai (oni bai am yr
 
 
adran hon) yn ei gwneud yn ofynnol i’r morgeisiwr—
 
 
(a)
gwahardd deiliad contract rhag bod â phlentyn yn byw gydag
 
 
ef neu’n ymweld ag ef yn yr annedd, neu
 
 
(b)
cyfyngu’r amgylchiadau lle caniateir i ddeiliad contract fod â
40
 
phlentyn yn byw gydag ef neu’n ymweld ag ef yn yr annedd,
 
 
(ond mae’r morgais yn parhau, i’r graddau y bo hynny’n ymarferol,
 
 
i gael effaith ym mhob cyswllt arall).
 

Page 67

 
(2)
Nid yw teler mewn morgais ar fangre sy’n ffurfio annedd neu sy’n
 
 
cynnwys annedd yn rhwymo i’r graddau y byddai (oni bai am yr
 
 
adran hon) yn ei gwneud yn ofynnol i’r morgeisiwr wahardd deiliad
 
 
contract rhag bod yn hawlydd budd-daliadau (ond mae’r morgais yn
 
 
parhau, i’r graddau y bo hynny’n ymarferol, i gael effaith ym mhob
5
 
cyswllt arall).
 
 
8H
Telerau mewn contractau yswiriant yn ymwneud â phlant neu statws
 
 
o ran budd-daliadau
 
 
(1)
Nid yw teler mewn contract yswiriant y mae’r adran hon yn gymwys
 
 
iddo yn rhwymo i’r graddau y byddai (oni bai am yr adran hon) yn
10
 
ei gwneud yn ofynnol i’r sawl sydd wedi ei yswirio—
 
 
(a)
gwahardd deiliad contract rhag bod â phlentyn yn byw gydag
 
 
ef neu’n ymweld ag ef yn yr annedd sy’n destun contract
 
 
meddiannaeth, neu
 
 
(b)
cyfyngu’r amgylchiadau lle caniateir i ddeiliad contract fod â
15
 
phlentyn yn byw gydag ef neu’n ymweld ag ef yn yr annedd
 
 
sy’n destun contract meddiannaeth,
 
 
(ond mae’r contract yswiriant yn parhau, i’r graddau y bo hynny’n
 
 
ymarferol, i gael effaith ym mhob cyswllt arall).
 
 
(2)
Nid yw teler mewn contract yswiriant y mae’r adran hon yn gymwys
20
 
iddo yn rhwymo i’r graddau y byddai (oni bai am yr adran hon) yn
 
 
ei gwneud yn ofynnol i’r sawl sydd wedi ei yswirio wahardd deiliad
 
 
contract annedd sy’n destun contract meddiannaeth rhag bod yn
 
 
hawlydd budd-daliadau (ond mae’r contract yswiriant yn parhau, i’r
 
 
graddau y bo hynny’n ymarferol, i gael effaith ym mhob cyswllt arall).
25
 
(3)
Mae’r adran hon yn gymwys i gontractau yswiriant a wnaed neu yr
 
 
estynnwyd eu cyfnod ar neu ar ôl y diwrnod y daw’r adran hon i
 
 
rym.
 
8I
Dim gwaharddiad ar roi ystyriaeth i incwm
 
 
Nid oes dim yn y Rhan hon yn gwahardd rhoi ystyriaeth i incwm
30
 
person wrth ystyried a fyddai’r person hwnnw yn gallu fforddio talu
 
 
rhent o dan gontract meddiannaeth.
 
8J
Dehongli Rhan 2A
 
 
(1)
Yn y Rhan hon—
 
 
mae i “contract meddiannaeth” (“ occupation contract ”) yr un ystyr
35
 
ag yn Neddf Rhentu Cartrefi (Cymru) 2016 (dccc 1) (gweler
 
 
adran 7 o’r Ddeddf honno);
 
 
ystyr “darpar ddeiliad contract” (“ prospective contract-holder ”) yw
 
 
person sy’n ceisio dod o hyd i annedd i’w rhentu o dan
 
 
gontract meddiannaeth;
40

Page 68

 
ystyr “darpar landlord” (“ prospective landlord ”) yw person sy’n
 
 
bwriadu gosod annedd o dan gontract meddiannaeth;
 
 
ystyr “hawlydd budd-daliadau” (“ benefits claimant ”) yw person—
 
 
(a)
sydd â hawl i gael taliadau (gan gynnwys taliadau a
 
 
wneir yn uniongyrchol i landlord) o dan Ddeddf
5
 
Cyfraniadau a Budd-daliadau Nawdd Cymdeithasol
 
 
1992 neu Ddeddf Diwygio Lles 2012 neu yn rhinwedd
 
 
y deddfau hynny, neu a fyddai â hawl o’r fath pe bai’r
 
 
person yn dod yn ddeiliad contract o dan gontract
 
 
meddiannaeth,
10
 
(b)
sydd â hawl i gael taliadau (gan gynnwys taliadau a
 
 
wneir yn uniongyrchol i landlord) o dan neu yn
 
 
rhinwedd Deddf Ceiswyr Gwaith 1995, Deddf Credyd
 
 
Pensiwn y Wladwriaeth 2002, Deddf Credydau Treth
 
 
2002, Deddf Diwygio Lles 2007 neu Ddeddf Pensiynau
15
 
2014,
 
 
(c)
sy’n cael gostyngiad yn swm y dreth gyngor sy’n
 
 
daladwy mewn perthynas â chartref presennol y person
 
 
o dan gynllun a wneir gan awdurdod bilio o dan neu
 
 
yn rhinwedd adran 13A o Ddeddf Cyllid Llywodraeth
20
 
Leol 1992, neu
 
 
(d)
a fyddai â’r hawl i gael gostyngiad yn swm y dreth
 
 
gyngor sy’n daladwy mewn perthynas â’r annedd o
 
 
dan sylw o dan gynllun a wneir gan yr awdurdod bilio
 
 
y mae’r annedd yn ei ardal o dan neu yn rhinwedd
25
 
adran 13A o Ddeddf Cyllid Llywodraeth Leol 1992, pe
 
 
bai’r person—
 
 
(i)
yn rhentu’r annedd o dan gontract
 
 
meddiannaeth, a
 
 
(ii)
os yw gwneud cais yn rhagamod ar gyfer hawlio
30
 
gostyngiad, yn gwneud cais i’r awdurdod bilio
 
 
am ostyngiad o dan y cynllun;
 
 
ystyr “person perthnasol” (“ relevant person ”), mewn perthynas â
 
 
chontract meddiannaeth, yw—
 
 
(a)
y darpar landlord;
35
 
(b)
person sy’n gweithredu’n uniongyrchol neu’n
 
 
anuniongyrchol ar ran y darpar landlord neu sy’n honni
 
 
ei fod yn gweithredu’n uniongyrchol neu’n
 
 
anuniongyrchol ar ran y darpar landlord;
 
 
ystyr “plentyn” (“ child ”) yw person o dan 18 oed.
40
 
(2)
Yn y Rhan hon, mae cyfeiriad at wneud rhywbeth ar sail ffeithiau
 
 
penodol yn cynnwys cyfeiriad at wneud hynny ar sail cred yn y
 
 
ffeithiau hynny.”
 
 
(4)
In section 10 (4) —
 

Page 69

 
(a)
after the opening words insert—
 
 
“(za)
mewn perthynas â throsedd o dan Ran 2A neu o dan
 
 
reoliadau o dan adran 47 neu 48 o Ddeddf Hawliau
 
 
Rhentwyr 2025—
 
 
(i)
person sy’n landlord o dan gontract
5
 
meddiannaeth neu sydd wedi bod yn landlord
 
 
o dan gontract o’r fath;
 
 
(ii)
person sy’n ddeiliad contract o dan gontract
 
 
meddiannaeth neu sydd wedi bod yn ddeiliad
 
 
contract o dan gontract o’r fath;
10
 
(iii)
person sy’n berson perthnasol mewn perthynas
 
 
â chontract meddiannaeth neu sydd wedi bod
 
 
yn berson perthnasol mewn perthynas â
 
 
chontract o’r fath;
 
 
(zb)
mewn perthynas â throsedd o dan unrhyw ddarpariaeth
15
 
arall o’r Ddeddf hon—”;
 
 
(b)
paragraphs (a) to (c) become paragraphs (i) to (iii) of paragraph (zb) .
 
 
(5)
After section 10 (4) insert—
 
 
“(4A)
Yn is-adran (4)—
 
 
mae i “contract meddiannaeth” (“ occupation contract ”) yr un ystyr
20
 
ag yn Neddf Rhentu Cartrefi (Cymru) 2016 (dccc 1) (gweler
 
 
adran 7 o’r Ddeddf honno);
 
 
mae i “person perthnasol” (“ relevant person ”) yr ystyr a roddir yn
 
 
adran 8J .”
 
 
(6)
In section 13 (1) after “3” insert “neu Ran 2A o’r Ddeddf hon neu o dan
25
 
reoliadau o dan adran 47 neu 48 o Ddeddf Hawliau Rhentwyr 2025”.
 
 
(7)
In section 17 —
 
 
(a)
after subsection (3) insert—
 
 
“(3A)
At ddibenion y Rhan hon fel y mae’n ymwneud â throseddau
 
 
o dan Ran 2A neu o dan reoliadau o dan adran 47 neu 48 o
30
 
Ddeddf Hawliau Rhentwyr 2025, mae awdurdod pwysau a
 
 
mesurau lleol yn awdurdod gorfodi ychwanegol mewn
 
 
perthynas â’r ardal y mae’n awdurdod pwysau a mesurau ar
 
 
ei chyfer.”;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (4) the words from “ystyr” to the end become a definition;
35
 
(c)
at the end of subsection (4) insert—
 
 
“mae i “awdurdod pwysau a mesurau lleol” yr ystyr a roddir i
 
 
“local weights and measures authority” gan adran 69(2) o
 
 
Ddeddf Pwysau a Mesurau 1985.”
 
 
(8)
In section 27 (3) after “adran 7,” insert “adran 8C ,”.
40

Page 70

44
Discrimination relating to children or benefits status: English language
 
 
(1)
The English language text of the Renting Homes (Fees etc.) (Wales) Act 2019
 
 
(anaw 2) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In section 1 , after subsection (2) , insert—
 
 
“(2A)
Part 2A makes it an offence for a landlord or person acting or
5
 
purporting to act on a landlord’s behalf to discriminate in relation to
 
 
occupation contracts against persons who would have children live
 
 
with or visit them or who are benefits claimants, and makes other
 
 
provision about discrimination of that kind.”
 
 
(3)
After section 8 insert—
10

Part 2A

 
 
Prohibition of discrimination
 
8A
Prohibition of discrimination relating to children
 
 
(1)
It is an offence for a relevant person, in relation to a dwelling that is
 
 
to be the subject of an occupation contract—
15
 
(a)
on the basis that a child would or may live with or visit a
 
 
person at the dwelling if the dwelling were the person’s home,
 
 
to prevent the person from—
 
 
(i)
enquiring whether the dwelling is available for rent,
 
 
(ii)
accessing information about the dwelling,
20
 
(iii)
viewing the dwelling in order to consider whether to
 
 
seek to rent it, or
 
 
(iv)
obtaining the grant, renewal or continuance of an
 
 
occupation contract in respect of the dwelling, or
 
 
(b)
to apply a provision, criterion or practice in order to make
25
 
people who would have a child live with or visit them at the
 
 
dwelling less likely to obtain the grant, renewal or continuance
 
 
of an occupation contract in respect of the dwelling than people
 
 
who would not.
 
 
(2)
It is a defence for the relevant person to prove that the conduct is a
30
 
proportionate means of achieving a legitimate aim.
 
 
(3)
It is a defence for the relevant person to prove that the prospective
 
 
landlord of the dwelling, or a person who would be a superior landlord
 
 
in relation to the dwelling, is insured under a contract of insurance—
 
 
(a)
to which section 8H does not apply, and
35
 
(b)
which contains a term which requires the insured to prohibit
 
 
a contract-holder from having a child live with or visit them
 
 
at the dwelling or requires the landlord to restrict the
 
 
circumstances in which a contract-holder may do so,
 

Page 71

 
and the conduct is a means of preventing the insured from breaching
 
 
that term.
 
 
(4)
A person guilty of an offence under subsection (1) is liable on summary
 
 
conviction to a fine.
 
8B
Prohibition of discrimination relating to benefits status
5
 
(1)
It is an offence for a relevant person, in relation to a dwelling that is
 
 
to be the subject of an occupation contract—
 
 
(a)
on the basis that a person is or may be a benefits claimant, to
 
 
prevent the person from—
 
 
(i)
enquiring whether the dwelling is available for rent,
10
 
(ii)
accessing information about the dwelling,
 
 
(iii)
viewing the dwelling in order to consider whether to
 
 
seek to rent it, or
 
 
(iv)
obtaining the grant, renewal or continuance of an
 
 
occupation contract in respect of the dwelling, or
15
 
(b)
to apply a provision, criterion or practice in order to make
 
 
benefits claimants less likely to obtain the grant, renewal or
 
 
continuance of an occupation contract in respect of the dwelling
 
 
than people who are not benefits claimants.
 
 
(2)
It is a defence for the relevant person to prove that the prospective
20
 
landlord of the dwelling, or a person who would be a superior landlord
 
 
in relation to the dwelling, is insured under a contract of insurance—
 
 
(a)
to which section 8H does not apply, and
 
 
(b)
which contains a term which requires the insured to prohibit
 
 
a contract-holder of the dwelling from being a benefits claimant,
25
 
and the conduct is a means of preventing the insured from breaching
 
 
that term.
 
 
(3)
A person guilty of an offence under subsection (1) is liable on summary
 
 
conviction to a fine.
 
8C
Exception for publication of advertisements etc
30
 
Conduct does not constitute an offence under section 8A (1) or section
 
 
8B (1) if it consists only of—
 
 
(a)
one or more of the following things done by a person who
 
 
does nothing in relation to the dwelling that is not mentioned
 
 
in this paragraph—
35
 
(i)
publishing advertisements or disseminating information;
 
 
(ii)
providing a means by which a prospective landlord can
 
 
communicate directly with a prospective contract-holder;
 
 
(iii)
providing a means by which a prospective
 
 
contract-holder can communicate directly with a
40
 
prospective landlord, or
 

Page 72

 
(b)
things of a description, or things done by a person of a
 
 
description, specified for the purposes of this section in
 
 
regulations.
 
8D
Continuing breach of prohibition after fixed penalty
 
 
(1)
A person commits an offence if—
5
 
(a)
a fixed penalty notice has been given to the person under
 
 
section 13 for an offence under this Part in relation to a
 
 
dwelling and has not been withdrawn, and
 
 
(b)
the conduct in respect of which the fixed penalty notice was
 
 
given continues in relation to that dwelling after the end of
10
 
the period of 28 days beginning with the date on which the
 
 
notice under section 13 was given.
 
 
(2)
A person guilty of an offence under subsection (1) is liable on summary
 
 
conviction to a fine.
 
8E
Repeated breach of prohibition after fixed penalty
15
 
(1)
A person commits an offence if—
 
 
(a)
a fixed penalty notice has been given to the person under
 
 
section 13 for an offence under this Part and has not been
 
 
withdrawn, and
 
 
(b)
the person commits another offence under the same section
20
 
within the period of 5 years beginning with the date on which
 
 
the notice under section 13 was given.
 
 
(2)
A person guilty of an offence under subsection (1) is liable on summary
 
 
conviction to a fine.
 
8F
Terms in superior leases relating to children or benefits status
25
 
(1)
A term of a lease of premises that consist of or include a dwelling is
 
 
not binding to the extent that (but for this section) it would require a
 
 
tenant under that or any inferior lease to—
 
 
(a)
prohibit a contract-holder from having a child live with or visit
 
 
them at the dwelling, or
30
 
(b)
restrict the circumstances in which a contract-holder may have
 
 
a child live with or visit them at the dwelling,
 
 
(but the lease continues, so far as practicable, to have effect in every
 
 
other respect).
 
 
(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply if—
35
 
(a)
the requirement is a proportionate means of achieving a
 
 
legitimate aim, or
 
 
(b)
the landlord under the lease or a superior landlord is insured
 
 
under a contract of insurance—
 

Page 73

 
(i)
to which section 8H does not apply, and
 
 
(ii)
which contains a term which makes provision (however
 
 
expressed) requiring the insured to prohibit a
 
 
contract-holder from having a child live with or visit
 
 
them at the dwelling or to restrict the circumstances in
5
 
which a contract-holder may have a child live with or
 
 
visit them at the dwelling,
 
 
and the requirement in the lease is a means of preventing the
 
 
insured from breaching that term.
 
 
(3)
A term of a lease of premises that consist of or include a dwelling is
10
 
not binding to the extent that (but for this section) it would require a
 
 
tenant under that or any inferior lease to prohibit a contract-holder
 
 
from being a benefits claimant (but the lease continues, so far as
 
 
practicable, to have effect in every other respect).
 
 
(4)
Subsection (3) does not apply if the landlord under the lease or a
15
 
superior landlord is insured under a contract of insurance—
 
 
(a)
to which section 8H does not apply, and
 
 
(b)
which contains a term which makes provision (however
 
 
expressed) requiring the insured to prohibit a contract-holder
 
 
from being a benefits claimant,
20
 
and the requirement in the lease is a means of preventing the insured
 
 
from breaching that term.
 
 
(5)
For the purposes of this section, the terms of a lease include—
 
 
(a)
the terms of any agreement relating to the lease, and
 
 
(b)
any document or communication from the landlord that gives
25
 
or refuses consent for sub-letting under the lease to a category
 
 
or description of person.
 
8G
Terms in mortgages relating to children or benefits status
 
 
(1)
A term of a mortgage of premises that consist of or include a dwelling
 
 
is not binding to the extent that (but for this section) it would require
30
 
the mortgagor to—
 
 
(a)
prohibit a contract-holder from having a child live with or visit
 
 
them at the dwelling, or
 
 
(b)
restrict the circumstances in which a contract-holder may have
 
 
a child live with or visit them at the dwelling,
35
 
(but the mortgage continues, so far as practicable, to have effect in
 
 
every other respect).
 
 
(2)
A term of a mortgage of premises that consist of or include a dwelling
 
 
is not binding to the extent that (but for this section) it would require
 
 
the mortgagor to prohibit a contract-holder from being a benefits
40
 
claimant (but the mortgage continues, so far as practicable, to have
 
 
effect in every other respect).
 

Page 74

8H
Terms in insurance contracts relating to children or benefits status
 
 
(1)
A term of a contract of insurance to which this section applies is not
 
 
binding to the extent that (but for this section) it would require the
 
 
insured to—
 
 
(a)
prohibit a contract-holder from having a child live with or visit
5
 
them at the dwelling subject to an occupation contract, or
 
 
(b)
restrict the circumstances in which a contract-holder may have
 
 
a child live with or visit them at the dwelling subject to an
 
 
occupation contract,
 
 
(but the insurance contract continues, so far as practicable, to have
10
 
effect in every other respect).
 
 
(2)
A term of a contract of insurance to which this section applies is not
 
 
binding to the extent that (but for this section) it would require the
 
 
insured to prohibit a contract-holder of a dwelling that is subject to
 
 
an occupation contract from being a benefits claimant (but the
15
 
insurance contract continues, so far as practicable, to have effect in
 
 
every other respect).
 
 
(3)
This section applies to contracts of insurance which were entered into
 
 
or whose duration was extended on or after the day on which this
 
 
section comes into force.
20
8I
No prohibition on taking income into account
 
 
Nothing in this Part prohibits taking a person’s income into account
 
 
when considering whether that person would be able to afford to pay
 
 
rent under an occupation contract.
 
8J
Interpretation of
25
 
(1)
In this Part—
 
 
“benefits claimant” (“ ceisydd budd-daliadau ”) means a person who—
 
 
(a)
is entitled to payments (including payments made
 
 
directly to a landlord) under or by virtue of the Social
 
 
Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or the
30
 
Welfare Reform Act 2012 , or would be so entitled were
 
 
the person to become a contract-holder under an
 
 
occupation contract,
 
 
(b)
is entitled to payments (including payments made
 
 
directly to a landlord) under or by virtue of the
35
 
Jobseekers Act 1995 , the State Pension Credit Act 2002
 
 
, the Tax Credits Act 2002 , the Welfare Reform Act 2007
 
 
or the Pensions Act 2014 ,
 
 
(c)
is in receipt of a reduction in the amount of council tax
 
 
payable in respect of the person’s current home under
40
 
a scheme made by a billing authority under or by virtue
 

Page 75

 
of section 13A of the Local Government Finance Act
 
 
1992 , or
 
 
(d)
would be entitled to a reduction in the amount of
 
 
council tax payable in respect of the dwelling in
 
 
question under a scheme made by the billing authority
5
 
in whose area the dwelling is situated under or by
 
 
virtue of section 13A of the Local Government Finance
 
 
Act 1992 , if the person were to—
 
 
(i)
rent the dwelling under an occupation contract,
 
 
and
10
 
(ii)
if an application is a precondition of entitlement,
 
 
apply to the billing authority for a reduction
 
 
under the scheme;
 
 
“child” (“ plentyn ”) means a person under the age of 18;
 
 
“occupation contract” (“ contract meddiannaeth ”) has the same
15
 
meaning as in the Renting Homes (Wales) Act 2016 (anaw 1)
 
 
(see section 7 of that Act );
 
 
“prospective contract-holder” (“ darpar ddeiliad contract ”) means a
 
 
person seeking to find a dwelling to rent under an occupation
 
 
contract;
20
 
“prospective landlord” (“ darpar landlord ”) means a person who
 
 
proposes to let a dwelling under an occupation contract;
 
 
“relevant person” (“ person perthnasol ”), in relation to an occupation
 
 
contract, means—
 
 
(a)
the prospective landlord;
25
 
(b)
a person acting or purporting to act directly or indirectly
 
 
on behalf of the prospective landlord.
 
 
(2)
In this Part a reference to doing something on the basis of particular
 
 
facts includes reference to doing it on the basis of a belief in those
 
 
facts.”
30
 
(4)
In section 10 (4) —
 
 
(a)
after the opening words insert—
 
 
“(za)
in respect of an offence under Part 2A or under
 
 
regulations under section 47 or 48 of the Renters’ Rights
 
 
Act 2025—
35
 
(i)
a person who is or has been a landlord under
 
 
an occupation contract;
 
 
(ii)
a person who is or has been a contract-holder
 
 
under an occupation contract;
 
 
(iii)
a person who is or has been a relevant person
40
 
in relation to an occupation contract;
 
 
(zb)
in respect of an offence under any other provision of
 
 
this Act—”;
 
 
(b)
paragraphs (a) to (c) become paragraphs (i) to (iii) of paragraph (zb) .
 

Page 76

 
(5)
After section 10 (4) insert—
 
 
“(4A)
In subsection (4)—
 
 
“occupation contract” (“ contract meddiannaeth ”) has the same
 
 
meaning as in the Renting Homes (Wales) Act 2016 (anaw 1)
 
 
(see section 7 of that Act );
5
 
“relevant person” (“ person perthnasol ”) has the meaning given in
 
 
section 8J .”
 
 
(6)
In section 13 (1) after “3” insert “or Part 2A of this Act or under regulations
 
 
under section 47 or 48 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025”.
 
 
(7)
In section 17 —
10
 
(a)
after subsection (3) insert—
 
 
“(3A)
For the purposes of this Part as it relates to offences under Part
 
 
2A or under regulations under section 47 or 48 of the Renters’
 
 
Rights Act 2025, a local weights and measures authority is an
 
 
additional enforcement authority in relation to the area for
15
 
which it is the local weights and measures authority.”;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (4) the words from ““licensing” to the end become a
 
 
definition;
 
 
(c)
at the end of subsection (4) insert—
 
 
““local weights and measures authority” has the meaning given
20
 
by section 69 (2) of the Weights and Measures Act 1985 .”
 
 
(8)
In section 27 (3) after “section 7,” insert “section 8C ,”.
 
45
Amendment of short title of
 
 
(1)
Deddf Rhentu Cartrefi (Ffioedd etc.) (Cymru) 2019 may be cited as Deddf
 
 
Rhentu Cartrefi (Ffioedd, Gwahaniaethu etc.) (Cymru) 2019.
25
 
(2)
The Renting Homes (Fees etc.) (Wales) Act 2019 (anaw 2) may be cited as the
 
 
Renting Homes (Fees, Discrimination etc.) (Wales) Act 2019.
 
 
(3)
In the Welsh language text of the following provisions, for “Deddf Rhentu
 
 
Cartrefi (Ffioedd etc.) (Cymru) 2019” substitute “Deddf Rhentu Cartrefi
 
 
(Ffioedd, Gwahaniaethu etc.) (Cymru) 2019”—
30
 
(a)
section 41 (2A) of the Housing (Wales) Act 2014 (anaw 7);
 
 
(b)
in Schedule 9A to the Renting Homes (Wales) Act 2016 (anaw 1)—
 
 
(i)
the italic heading before paragraph 5;
 
 
(ii)
paragraph 5(1)(a);
 
 
(iii)
paragraph 5(2)(a);
35
 
(c)
in regulation 2 of the Renting Homes (Rent Determination) (Converted
 
 
Contracts) (Wales) Regulations 2022 (S.I. 2022/781 (W. 170)), paragraph
 
 
(b) of the definition of “rhent”;
 

Page 77

 
(d)
in Schedule 2 to the Renting Homes (Model Written Statements of
 
 
Contract) (Wales) Regulations 2022 (S.I. 2022/28 (W. 13)), in Part 3 of
 
 
the model written statement, in term 68—
 
 
(i)
the heading;
 
 
(ii)
paragraphs (1)(a) and (2)(a).
5
 
(4)
In the English language text of the following provisions, for “Renting Homes
 
 
(Fees etc.) (Wales) Act 2019” substitute “Renting Homes (Fees, Discrimination
 
 
etc.) (Wales) Act 2019”—
 
 
(a)
section 41 (2A) of the Housing (Wales) Act 2014 ;
 
 
(b)
in Schedule 9A to the Renting Homes (Wales) Act 2016 —
10
 
(i)
the italic heading before paragraph 5;
 
 
(ii)
paragraph 5(1)(a);
 
 
(iii)
paragraph 5(2)(a);
 
 
(c)
in regulation 2 of the Renting Homes (Rent Determination) (Converted
 
 
Contracts) (Wales) Regulations 2022 , paragraph (b) of the definition
15
 
of “rent”;
 
 
(d)
in Schedule 2 to the Renting Homes (Model Written Statements of
 
 
Contract) (Wales) Regulations 2022 , in Part 3 of the model written
 
 
statement, in term 68—
 
 
(i)
the heading;
20
 
(ii)
paragraphs (1)(a) and (2)(a).
 
 
(5)
In section 31 of the Renting Homes (Fees etc.) (Wales) Act 2019 —
 
 
(a)
in the Welsh language text after “Ffioedd” insert “, Gwahaniaethu”;
 
 
(b)
in the English language text after “Fees” insert “, Discrimination”.
 

Discriminatory terms

25
46
Amendments of
 
 
(1)
The Welsh language text of the Renting Homes (Wales) Act 2016 (anaw 1) is
 
 
amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In section 30 , after paragraph (d) insert—
 
 
“(da)
mae’n gwahardd landlordiaid rhag ymyrryd â hawl deiliaid
30
 
contract i gael plant yn byw gyda hwy neu’n ymweld â hwy,
 
 
neu i’ hawlio budd-daliadau,”.
 

Page 78

 
(3)
After section 54 insert—
 

Pennod 6A

 
 
Gwahardd gwahaniaethu yn erbyn pobl sydd â phlant neu sy’n
 
 
hawlyddion budd-daliadau
 
54A
Yr hawl i blant fyw yn yr annedd neu ymweld â hi
5
 
(1)
Yn ddarostyngedig i is-adran (2) , caniateir i ddeiliad y contract o dan
 
 
gontract meddiannaeth ganiatáu i berson nad yw wedi cyrraedd 18
 
 
oed fyw yn yr annedd neu ymweld â hi.
 
 
(2)
Ni chaniateir i’r landlord o dan gontract meddiannaeth ymyrryd â
 
 
hawl deiliad y contract o dan is-adran (1) na chyfyngu ar arfer yr hawl
10
 
honno, oni bai bod yr ymyrryd neu'r cyfyngu yn fodd cymesur o
 
 
gyflawni nod dilys.
 
 
(3)
Mae’r adran hon yn ddarpariaeth sylfaenol sydd wedi ei hymgorffori
 
 
fel un o delerau pob contract meddiannaeth, ac eithrio pan fo’r
 
 
landlord neu uwchlandlord wedi ei yswirio o dan gontract yswiriant—
15
 
(a)
nad yw adran 8H o Ddeddf Rhentu Cartrefi (Ffioedd,
 
 
Gwahaniaethu etc.) (Cymru) 2019 yn gymwys iddo, a
 
 
(b)
sy’n cynnwys teler sy’n gwneud darpariaeth (sut bynnag y’i
 
 
mynegir) yn ei gwneud yn ofynnol i’r sawl sydd wedi ei
 
 
yswirio wahardd y deiliad contract rhag bod â pherson nad
20
 
yw wedi cyrraedd 18 oed yn byw gydag ef neu’n ymweld ag
 
 
ef yn yr annedd neu gyfyngu’r amgylchiadau lle caniateir i
 
 
ddeiliad y contract fod â pherson o’r fath yn byw gydag ef
 
 
neu’n ymweld ag ef yn yr annedd.
 
54B
Yr hawl i hawlio budd-daliadau
25
 
(1)
Ni chaniateir i’r landlord o dan gontract meddiannaeth wahardd
 
 
deiliad y contract rhag bod yn hawlydd budd-daliadau o fewn yr
 
 
ystyr a roddir gan adran 8J o Ddeddf Rhentu Cartrefi (Ffioedd,
 
 
Gwahaniaethu etc.) (Cymru) 2019.
 
 
(2)
Mae’r adran hon yn ddarpariaeth sylfaenol sydd wedi ei hymgorffori
30
 
fel un o delerau pob contract meddiannaeth, ac eithrio pan fo’r
 
 
landlord neu uwchlandlord wedi ei yswirio o dan gontract yswiriant—
 
 
(a)
nad yw adran 8H o Ddeddf Rhentu Cartrefi (Ffioedd,
 
 
Gwahaniaethu etc.) (Cymru) 2019 yn gymwys iddo, a
 
 
(b)
sy’n cynnwys teler sy’n gwneud darpariaeth (sut bynnag y’i
35
 
mynegir) yn ei gwneud yn ofynnol i’r sawl sydd wedi ei
 
 
yswirio wahardd deiliad y contract rhag hawlio taliadau a
 
 
grybwyllir yn is-adran (1) .”
 

Page 79

 
(4)
In Schedule 1 (overview of fundamental provisions incorporated as terms of
 
 
occupation contracts), in Table 3 in Part 1 , Table 4 in Part 2 and Table 5 in
 
 
Part 3 , at the appropriate place in each insert—
 
 
“Adran 54A
 
 
Rhaid i L beidio ag ymyrryd â hawl
 
 
D-C i fod â phersonau o dan 18 oed
5
 
yn ymweld â’r annedd neu’n byw
 
 
yno
 
 
Adran 54B
 
 
Rhaid i L beidio â gwahardd D-C
 
 
rhag hawlio budd-daliadau lles”.
 
 
(5)
The English language text of the Renting Homes (Wales) Act 2016 (anaw 1)
10
 
is amended as follows.
 
 
(6)
In section 30 , after paragraph (d) insert—
 
 
“(da)
it prohibits landlords from interfering with contract-holders
 
 
having children live with or visit them, or claiming benefits,”.
 
 
(7)
After section 54 insert—
15

Chapter 6A

 
 
Prohibition of discrimination against people with children and benefits
 
 
claimants
 
54A
Right for children to live at or visit dwelling
 
 
(1)
Subject to subsection (2) , the contract-holder under an occupation
20
 
contract may permit a person who has not reached the age of 18 to
 
 
live in or visit the dwelling.
 
 
(2)
The landlord under an occupation contract must not interfere with or
 
 
restrict the exercise of the contract-holder’s right under subsection (1)
 
 
, unless the interference or restriction is a proportionate means of
25
 
achieving a legitimate aim.
 
 
(3)
This section is a fundamental provision which is incorporated as a
 
 
term of all occupation contracts, except where the landlord or a
 
 
superior landlord is insured under a contract of insurance—
 
 
(a)
to which section 8H of the Renting Homes (Fees, Discrimination
30
 
etc.) (Wales) Act 2019 does not apply, and
 
 
(b)
which contains a term which makes provision (however
 
 
expressed) requiring the insured to prohibit the contract-holder
 
 
from having a person who has not reached the age of 18 live
 
 
with or visit them at the dwelling or to restrict the
35
 
circumstances in which the contract-holder may have such a
 
 
person live with or visit them at the dwelling.
 

Page 80

54B
Right to claim benefits
 
 
(1)
The landlord under an occupation contract must not prohibit the
 
 
contract-holder from being a benefits claimant within the meaning
 
 
given by section 8J of the Renting Homes (Fees, Discrimination etc.)
 
 
(Wales) Act 2019.
5
 
(2)
This section is a fundamental provision which is incorporated as a
 
 
term of all occupation contracts, unless the landlord or a superior
 
 
landlord is insured under a contract of insurance—
 
 
(a)
to which section 8H of the Renting Homes (Fees, Discrimination
 
 
etc.) (Wales) Act 2019 does not apply, and
10
 
(b)
which contains a term which makes provision (however
 
 
expressed) requiring the insured to prohibit the contract-holder
 
 
from claiming payments mentioned in subsection (1) .”
 
 
(8)
In Schedule 1 (overview of fundamental provisions incorporated as terms of
 
 
occupation contracts), in Table 3 in Part 1 , Table 4 in Part 2 and Table 5 in
15
 
Part 3 , at the appropriate place in each insert—
 
 
“Section 54A
 
 
L must not interfere with C-H's right
 
 
to have persons under 18 visit or live
 
 
at the dwelling
 
 
Section 54B
20
 
L must not prohibit C-H from
20
 
claiming welfare benefits”.
 

Supplementary

 
47
Power of Welsh Ministers to protect others
 
 
(1)
If the Welsh Ministers are satisfied that—
 
 
(a)
a discriminatory rental practice exists in relation to dwellings that may
25
 
be the subject of occupation contracts (“relevant rental dwellings”),
 
 
and
 
 
(b)
because of that discriminatory rental practice, the victims of that
 
 
practice are significantly less likely to obtain the grant, renewal or
 
 
continuance of occupation contracts than other people,
30
 
the Welsh Ministers may make regulations prohibiting that discriminatory
 
 
rental practice.
 
 
(2)
A “discriminatory rental practice” exists in relation to relevant rental dwellings
 
 
if some or all relevant persons—
 
 
(a)
on the basis that people are members of a particular group, prevent
35
 
those people from—
 
 
(i)
enquiring whether relevant rental dwellings are available for
 
 
rent,
 
 
(ii)
accessing information about relevant rental dwellings,
 

Page 81

 
(iii)
viewing relevant rental dwellings in order to consider whether
 
 
to seek to rent them, or
 
 
(iv)
obtaining the grant, renewal or continuance of occupation
 
 
contracts in respect of relevant rental dwellings, or
 
 
(b)
apply a provision, criterion or practice in order to make a particular
5
 
group of people less likely to obtain the grant, renewal or continuance
 
 
of occupation contracts of relevant rental dwellings than people not
 
 
in that group.
 
 
(3)
The “victims” of a discriminatory rental practice are—
 
 
(a)
where a particular group of people are prevented from doing the
10
 
things mentioned in subsection (2) (a) , the people in that group;
 
 
(b)
where a provision, criterion or practice is applied in order to make a
 
 
particular group of people less likely to obtain the grant, renewal or
 
 
continuance of occupation contracts as mentioned in subsection (2) (b)
 
 
, the people in that group.
15
 
(4)
Regulations “prohibiting” a discriminatory rental practice are regulations
 
 
relating to—
 
 
(a)
the discriminatory rental practice, and
 
 
(b)
the persons who are the victims of it,
 
 
which make provision corresponding to the relevant anti-discrimination
20
 
legislation.
 
 
(5)
The relevant anti-discrimination legislation is—
 
 
(a)
Part 2A of the Renting Homes (Fees, Discrimination etc.) (Wales) Act
 
 
2019, except for section 8C (b) , and
 
 
(b)
Chapter 6A of Part 3 of the Renting Homes (Wales) Act 2016 ;
25
 
but regulations under this section may make provision corresponding to the
 
 
provision that may be made under section 8C (b) of the Renting Homes (Fees,
 
 
Discrimination etc.) (Wales) Act 2019.
 
 
(6)
Before making regulations prohibiting a discriminatory rental practice, the
 
 
Welsh Ministers must consult such of the following persons as the Welsh
30
 
Ministers consider appropriate—
 
 
(a)
victims of the discriminatory rental practice or one or more
 
 
representatives of such persons;
 
 
(b)
landlords and prospective landlords under occupation contracts or
 
 
one or more representatives of such persons;
35
 
(c)
other landlords and prospective landlords under leases of premises
 
 
that consist of or include a dwelling or one or more representatives
 
 
of such persons;
 
 
(d)
mortgagees of dwellings or one or more representatives of such
 
 
persons;
40
 
(e)
insurers of dwellings or one or more representatives of such persons;
 
 
(f)
local housing authorities or one or more representatives of local
 
 
housing authorities.
 

Page 82

 
(7)
For that purpose a “representative” of persons of a particular kind, or of local
 
 
housing authorities, is a body or other person which appears to the Welsh
 
 
Ministers to represent the interests of persons of that kind, or of local housing
 
 
authorities.
 
 
(8)
Regulations under this section may amend, repeal or revoke provision made
5
 
from time to time by or under the relevant anti-discrimination legislation.
 
 
(9)
In this section —
 
 
“benefits claimant” has the meaning given by section 8J of the Renting
 
 
Homes (Fees, Discrimination etc.) (Wales) Act 2019;
 
 
“local housing authority” means the council for a county or county
10
 
borough in Wales;
 
 
“occupation contract” has the same meaning as in the Renting Homes
 
 
(Wales) Act 2016 (see section 7 of that Act);
 
 
“relevant person” has the meaning given by section 8J of the Renting
 
 
Homes (Fees, Discrimination etc.) (Wales) Act 2019.
15
48
Power of Secretary of State to protect others
 
 
The Secretary of State may by regulations make provision that the Welsh
 
 
Ministers could make under section 47 but for the limitation in section 49 .
 
49
Regulations
 
 
Regulations under section 8C of the Renting Homes (Fees, Discrimination
20
 
etc.) (Wales) Act 2019 (as inserted by this Act) or section 47 of this Act may
 
 
only make provision which would be within the legislative competence of
 
 
Senedd Cymru if contained in an Act of the Senedd.
 

Chapter 5

 

Discrimination in the rental market: Scotland

25

Discrimination and discriminatory terms: children and benefits status

 
50
Discrimination relating to children or benefits status
 
 
(1)
The Private Housing (Tenancies) (Scotland) Act 2016 (asp 19) is amended in
 
 
accordance with subsections (2) to (4) .
 

Page 83

 
(2)
After section 6 insert—
 

Part 1A

 
 
Choice of tenant
 
6A
Offence of discriminating in relation to children
 
 
(1)
It is an offence for a relevant person to, in relation to a property that
5
 
is to be let on an agreement which may give rise to a private residential
 
 
tenancy—
 
 
(a)
prevent a person, on the basis that the relevant person believes
 
 
that the property would or may be used by a child if the
 
 
property were the person’s home, from—
10
 
(i)
enquiring whether the property is available for let,
 
 
(ii)
accessing information about the property,
 
 
(iii)
viewing the property in order to consider whether to
 
 
seek to rent it, or
 
 
(iv)
entering into a tenancy of the property, or
15
 
(b)
apply a provision, criterion or practice in order to make people
 
 
who would allow the property to be used by a child less likely
 
 
to enter into a tenancy of the property than people who would
 
 
not.
 
 
(2)
It is a defence for the relevant person to show—
20
 
(a)
that the conduct is a proportionate means of achieving a
 
 
legitimate aim, or
 
 
(b)
that the property is insured under an excluded contract of
 
 
insurance and the conduct is a means of preventing the insured
 
 
from breaching the term which causes the contract to be an
25
 
excluded contract of insurance.
 
 
(3)
Conduct does not constitute an offence under subsection (1) if it
 
 
consists only of—
 
 
(a)
things done by a person who does nothing in relation to the
 
 
property other than one or more of the following things—
30
 
(i)
publishing advertisements or disseminating information,
 
 
(ii)
providing a means by which a prospective landlord can
 
 
communicate directly with a prospective tenant,
 
 
(iii)
providing a means by which a prospective tenant can
 
 
communicate directly with a prospective landlord, or
35
 
(b)
things of a description, or things done by a person of a
 
 
description, specified for the purposes of this section in
 
 
regulations made by the Scottish Ministers.
 
 
(4)
A person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on
 
 
summary conviction to a fine not exceeding level 3 on the standard
40
 
scale.
 

Page 84

 
(5)
For the purpose of this section—
 
 
(a)
a property is used by a child if a child lives with or visits a
 
 
person at the property,
 
 
(b)
a contract of insurance is an excluded contract of insurance
 
 
if—
5
 
(i)
section 52 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025 (terms in
 
 
insurance contracts relating to children or benefits
 
 
status) does not apply to it, and
 
 
(ii)
it contains a term which makes provision (however
 
 
expressed) requiring the insured to prohibit a tenant
10
 
under a private residential tenancy from allowing a
 
 
child to use the property, or to restrict the circumstances
 
 
in which such a tenant may allow a child to do so.
 
6B
Offence of discriminating in relation to benefits status
 
 
(1)
It is an offence for a relevant person to, in relation to a property that
15
 
is to be let on an agreement which may give rise to a private residential
 
 
tenancy—
 
 
(a)
prevent a person, on the basis of the person’s benefits status,
 
 
from—
 
 
(i)
enquiring whether the property is available for let,
20
 
(ii)
accessing information about the property,
 
 
(iii)
viewing the property in order to consider whether to
 
 
seek to rent it, or
 
 
(iv)
entering into a tenancy of the property, or
 
 
(b)
apply a provision, criterion or practice in order to make people
25
 
who are or who, if the property were their home, may become
 
 
benefits claimants less likely to enter into a tenancy of the
 
 
property than people who are not.
 
 
(2)
It is a defence for the relevant person to show that the property is
 
 
insured under an excluded contract of insurance and the conduct is
30
 
a means of preventing the insured from breaching the term which
 
 
causes the contract to be an excluded contract of insurance.
 
 
(3)
Conduct does not constitute an offence under subsection (1) if it
 
 
consists only of—
 
 
(a)
things done by a person who does nothing in relation to the
35
 
property other than one or more of the following things—
 
 
(i)
publishing advertisements or disseminating information,
 
 
(ii)
providing a means by which a prospective landlord can
 
 
communicate directly with a prospective tenant,
 
 
(iii)
providing a means by which a prospective tenant can
40
 
communicate directly with a prospective landlord, or
 

Page 85

 
(b)
things of a description, or things done by a person of a
 
 
description, specified for the purposes of this section in
 
 
regulations made by the Scottish Ministers.
 
 
(4)
A person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable on
 
 
summary conviction to a fine not exceeding level 3 on the standard
5
 
scale.
 
 
(5)
For the purpose of this section—
 
 
(a)
something is done on the basis of a person’s benefits status if
 
 
it is done on the basis that the relevant person believes that
 
 
the person is, or may be or, if the property were the person’s
10
 
home, may become a benefits claimant,
 
 
(b)
a contract of insurance is an excluded contract of insurance
 
 
if—
 
 
(i)
section 52 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025 (terms in
 
 
insurance contracts relating to children or benefits
15
 
status) does not apply to it, and
 
 
(ii)
it contains a term which makes provision (however
 
 
expressed) requiring the insured to prohibit a tenant
 
 
under a private residential tenancy from being a benefits
 
 
claimant.
20
6C
Discriminatory terms relating to children or benefits status
 
 
(1)
A term of a private residential tenancy is of no effect so far as the
 
 
term makes provision (however expressed)—
 
 
(a)
prohibiting the tenant from having a child live with or visit
 
 
the tenant at the property or restricting the circumstances in
25
 
which the tenant may have a child do so, or
 
 
(b)
prohibiting the tenant from being a benefits claimant.
 
 
(2)
But—
 
 
(a)
subsection (1) (a) does not apply if the provision is a
 
 
proportionate means of achieving a legitimate aim,
30
 
(b)
subsection (1) (a) and (b) does not apply to the extent that the
 
 
landlord is insured under an excluded contract of insurance
 
 
and the provision in the tenancy is a means of preventing the
 
 
landlord from breaching the term which causes the contract to
 
 
be an excluded contract of insurance.
35
 
(3)
For the purpose of subsection (2) (b) , a contract of insurance is an
 
 
excluded contract of insurance if—
 
 
(a)
section 52 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025 (terms in insurance
 
 
contracts relating to children or benefits status) does not apply
 
 
to it, and
40
 
(b)
it contains a term which makes provision (however expressed)
 
 
requiring the landlord—
 

Page 86

 
(i)
to prohibit the tenant from having a child live with or
 
 
visit the tenant at the property or to restrict the
 
 
circumstances in which the tenant may have a child
 
 
live with or visit the tenant at the property, or
 
 
(ii)
to prohibit the tenant from being a benefits claimant.
5
6D
No prohibition on taking income into account
 
 
Nothing in this Part prohibits taking a person’s income into account
 
 
when considering whether that person would be able to afford to pay
 
 
rent under a private residential tenancy.
 
6E
Interpretation of
10
 
In this Part—
 
 
“benefits claimant” means a person who—
 
 
(a)
is entitled to payments (including payments made
 
 
directly to a landlord) under or by virtue of benefits
 
 
and welfare legislation, or
15
 
(b)
is entitled, by virtue of section 80 of the Local
 
 
Government Finance Act 1992 , to a reduction in the
 
 
amount of council tax payable in respect of the property
 
 
on the basis of income or an entitlement to a payment
 
 
mentioned in paragraph (a) ,
20
 
“benefits and welfare legislation” means—
 
 
(a)
the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 ,
 
 
(b)
the Jobseekers Act 1995 ,
 
 
(c)
the State Pension Credit Act 2002 ,
 
 
(d)
the Tax Credits Act 2002 ,
25
 
(e)
the Welfare Reform Act 2007 ,
 
 
(f)
the Welfare Reform Act 2012 ,
 
 
(g)
the Pensions Act 2014 ,
 
 
(h)
the Social Security (Scotland) Act 2018 ,
 
 
“child” means a person under the age of 18,
30
 
“prospective landlord” means a person who proposes to let a
 
 
property on an agreement which may give rise to a private
 
 
residential tenancy,
 
 
“prospective tenant” means a person seeking to find a property
 
 
to rent,
35
 
“relevant person” , in relation to a property, means—
 
 
(a)
the prospective landlord,
 
 
(b)
a person acting or purporting to act directly or indirectly
 
 
on behalf of the prospective landlord.”
 

Page 87

 
(3)
Before section 76 , insert—
 
“75A
Crown application
 
 
(1)
Nothing in Part 1A makes the Crown criminally liable.
 
 
(2)
But the Court of Session may, on an application by the Lord Advocate,
 
 
declare unlawful any act or omission for which the Crown would be
5
 
criminally liable were it not for subsection (1) .
 
 
(3)
Subsection (1) does not affect the criminal liability of persons in the
 
 
service of the Crown.”
 
 
(4)
In section 77 (regulation-making powers), in subsection (4) , after “sections”
 
 
insert “6A(3)(b), 6B(3)(b),”.
10
 
(5)
The Housing (Scotland) Act 1988 is amended in accordance with subsection
 
 
(6) .
 
 
(6)
After section 26 insert—
 
“26A
Discriminatory terms relating to children or benefits status
 
 
(1)
A term of an assured tenancy is of no effect so far as the term makes
15
 
provision (however expressed)—
 
 
(a)
prohibiting the tenant from having a child live with or visit
 
 
the tenant at the dwelling or restricting the circumstances in
 
 
which the tenant may have a child do so, or
 
 
(b)
prohibiting the tenant from being a benefits claimant.
20
 
(2)
But—
 
 
(a)
subsection (1) (a) does not apply if the provision is a
 
 
proportionate means of achieving a legitimate aim, and
 
 
(b)
subsection (1) (a) and (b) does not apply to the extent that the
 
 
landlord is insured under an excluded contract of insurance
25
 
and the provision in the tenancy is a means of preventing the
 
 
landlord from breaching the term which causes the contract to
 
 
be an excluded contract of insurance.
 
 
(3)
For the purpose of subsection (2) (b) , a contract of insurance is an
 
 
excluded contract of insurance if—
30
 
(a)
section 52 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025 (terms in insurance
 
 
contracts relating to children or benefits status) does not apply
 
 
to it, and
 
 
(b)
it contains a term which makes provision (however expressed)
 
 
requiring the landlord—
35
 
(i)
to prohibit the tenant from having a child live with or
 
 
visit the tenant at the dwelling or to restrict the
 
 
circumstances in which the tenant may have a child
 
 
live with or visit the tenant at the dwelling, or
 
 
(ii)
to prohibit the tenant from being a benefits claimant.
40

Page 88

 
(4)
In this section—
 
 
“benefits claimant” means a person who—
 
 
(a)
is entitled to payments (including payments made
 
 
directly to a landlord) under or by virtue of benefits
 
 
and welfare legislation, or
5
 
(b)
is entitled, by virtue of section 80 of the Local
 
 
Government Finance Act 1992 , to a reduction in the
 
 
amount of council tax payable in respect of the property
 
 
on the basis of income or an entitlement to a payment
 
 
mentioned in paragraph (a),
10
 
“benefits and welfare legislation” means—
 
 
(a)
the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 ,
 
 
(b)
the Jobseekers Act 1995 ,
 
 
(c)
the State Pension Credit Act 2002 ,
 
 
(d)
the Tax Credits Act 2002 ,
15
 
(e)
the Welfare Reform Act 2007 ,
 
 
(f)
the Welfare Reform Act 2012 ,
 
 
(g)
the Pensions Act 2014 ,
 
 
(h)
the Social Security (Scotland) Act 2018 ,
 
 
“child” means a person under the age of 18.”
20
 
(7)
The Rent (Scotland) Act 1984 is amended in accordance with subsection (8) .
 
 
(8)
After section 101 insert—
 
“101A
Discriminatory terms relating to children or benefits status
 
 
(1)
A term of a protected or statutory tenancy is of no effect so far as the
 
 
term makes provision (however expressed)—
25
 
(a)
prohibiting the tenant from having a child live with or visit
 
 
the tenant at the dwelling or restricting the circumstances in
 
 
which the tenant may have a child do so, or
 
 
(b)
prohibiting the tenant from being a benefits claimant.
 
 
(2)
But—
30
 
(a)
subsection (1) (a) does not apply if the provision is a
 
 
proportionate means of achieving a legitimate aim, and
 
 
(b)
subsection (1) (a) and (b) does not apply to the extent that the
 
 
landlord is insured under an excluded contract of insurance
 
 
and the provision in the tenancy is a means of preventing the
35
 
landlord from breaching the term which causes the contract to
 
 
be an excluded contract of insurance.
 
 
(3)
For the purpose of subsection (2) (b) , a contract of insurance is an
 
 
excluded contract of insurance if—
 
 
(a)
section 52 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025 (terms in insurance
40
 
contracts relating to children or benefits status) does not apply
 
 
to it, and
 

Page 89

 
(b)
it contains a term which makes provision (however expressed)
 
 
requiring the landlord—
 
 
(i)
to prohibit the tenant from having a child live with or
 
 
visit the tenant at the dwelling or to restrict the
 
 
circumstances in which the tenant may have a child
5
 
live with or visit the tenant at the dwelling, or
 
 
(ii)
to prohibit the tenant from being a benefits claimant.
 
 
(4)
In this section—
 
 
“benefits claimant” means a person who—
 
 
(a)
is entitled to payments (including payments made
10
 
directly to a landlord) under or by virtue of benefits
 
 
and welfare legislation, or
 
 
(b)
is entitled, by virtue of section 80 of the Local
 
 
Government Finance Act 1992 , to a reduction in the
 
 
amount of council tax payable in respect of the property
15
 
on the basis of income or an entitlement to a payment
 
 
mentioned in paragraph (a) ,
 
 
“benefits and welfare legislation” means—
 
 
(a)
the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 ,
 
 
(b)
the Jobseekers Act 1995 ,
20
 
(c)
the State Pension Credit Act 2002 ,
 
 
(d)
the Tax Credits Act 2002 ,
 
 
(e)
the Welfare Reform Act 2007 ,
 
 
(f)
the Welfare Reform Act 2012 ,
 
 
(g)
the Pensions Act 2014 ,
25
 
(h)
the Social Security (Scotland) Act 2018 ,
 
 
“child” means a person under the age of 18.”
 
51
Terms in standard securities relating to children or benefits status
 
 
(1)
A term of a standard security over land that consists of or includes a dwelling
 
 
is of no effect so far as the term makes provision (however expressed)
30
 
requiring the debtor in the standard security to—
 
 
(a)
prohibit a tenant under a relevant tenancy from having a child live
 
 
with or visit the tenant at the dwelling, or
 
 
(b)
restrict the circumstances in which a tenant under a relevant tenancy
 
 
may have a child live with or visit the tenant at the dwelling.
35
 
(2)
A term of a standard security over land that consists of or includes a dwelling
 
 
is of no effect so far as the term makes provision (however expressed)
 
 
requiring the debtor in the standard security to prohibit a benefits claimant
 
 
from being a tenant under a relevant tenancy.
 

Page 90

52
Terms in insurance contracts relating to children or benefits status
 
 
(1)
A term of a contract of insurance to which this section applies is of no effect
 
 
so far as the term makes provision (however expressed) requiring the insured
 
 
to—
 
 
(a)
prohibit a tenant under a relevant tenancy from having a child live
5
 
with or visit the tenant at the dwelling which forms the subject of the
 
 
tenancy, or
 
 
(b)
restrict the circumstances in which a tenant under a relevant tenancy
 
 
may have a child live with or visit the tenant at the dwelling.
 
 
(2)
A term of a contract of insurance to which this section applies is of no effect
10
 
so far as the term makes provision (however expressed) requiring the insured
 
 
to prohibit a benefits claimant from being a tenant under a relevant tenancy.
 
 
(3)
This section applies to contracts of insurance which are entered into or whose
 
 
duration is extended on or after the day on which this section comes into
 
 
force.
15

Discrimination and discriminatory terms: power to protect others

 
53
Power of Scottish Ministers to protect others
 
 
(1)
The Scottish Ministers may by regulations make provision about relevant
 
 
tenancies, corresponding to the provision made by this Chapter in relation
 
 
to persons who would have a child live with or visit them or persons who
20
 
are benefits claimants, in relation to persons of another description.
 
 
(2)
Before making regulations under subsection (1) , the Scottish Ministers must
 
 
consult such persons as they consider appropriate.
 
 
(3)
Regulations under subsection (1) —
 
 
(a)
may amend, repeal or revoke provision made by or under—
25
 
(i)
an Act of the Scottish Parliament,
 
 
(ii)
an Act (including this Act),
 
 
whenever passed or made;
 
 
(b)
may only make provision which would be within the legislative
 
 
competence of the Scottish Parliament if contained in an Act of that
30
 
Parliament.
 
54
Power of Secretary of State to protect others
 
 
The Secretary of State may by regulations make provision that the Scottish
 
 
Ministers could make under section 53 (1) but for the limitation in section
 
 
53 (3) (b) .
35

Page 91

Supplementary

 
55
Interpretation of
 
 
In this Chapter—
 
 
“benefits claimant” means a person who—
 
 
(a)
is entitled to payments (including payments made directly to
5
 
a landlord) under or by virtue of benefits and welfare
 
 
legislation or would be so entitled were the person to become
 
 
a tenant under a private residential tenancy, or
 
 
(b)
is entitled, or would (on application or otherwise), if the person
 
 
were to rent the property, be entitled, by virtue of section 80
10
 
of the Local Government Finance Act 1992 , to a reduction in
 
 
the amount of council tax payable in respect of the property
 
 
on the basis of income or an entitlement to a payment
 
 
mentioned in paragraph (a) ;
 
 
“benefits and welfare legislation” means—
15
 
(a)
the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 ;
 
 
(b)
the Jobseekers Act 1995 ;
 
 
(c)
the State Pension Credit Act 2002 ;
 
 
(d)
the Tax Credits Act 2002 ;
 
 
(e)
the Welfare Reform Act 2007 ;
20
 
(f)
the Welfare Reform Act 2012 ;
 
 
(g)
the Pensions Act 2014 ;
 
 
(h)
the Social Security (Scotland) Act 2018 (asp 9);
 
 
“child” means a person under the age of 18;
 
 
“relevant tenancy” means—
25
 
(a)
a private residential tenancy under the Private Housing
 
 
(Tenancies) (Scotland) Act 2016 (asp 19);
 
 
(b)
an assured tenancy under the Housing (Scotland) Act 1988 ;
 
 
(c)
a protected or statutory tenancy under the Rent (Scotland) Act
 
 
1984 ;
30
 
“tenant” includes sub-tenant.
 

Chapter 6

 

Stating the proposed rent and rental bidding

 
56
Requirement to state rent and to avoid rental bidding
 
 
(1)
This section applies to a letting of a dwelling (a “proposed letting”) if the
35
 
letting is to be on an agreement which may give rise to a relevant tenancy.
 
 
(2)
A relevant person must not advertise in writing, or otherwise offer in writing,
 
 
the proposed letting unless—
 

Page 92

 
(a)
the rent that is to be payable under the letting is a specific amount
 
 
(the “proposed rent”), and
 
 
(b)
the advertisement or offer states the proposed rent.
 
 
(3)
A relevant person must not—
 
 
(a)
invite or encourage any person to offer to pay an amount of rent under
5
 
the proposed letting that exceeds the stated rent, or
 
 
(b)
accept an offer from any person to pay an amount of rent under the
 
 
proposed letting that exceeds the stated rent.
 
 
(4)
For the purposes of subsection (3) (a) or (b) , the “stated rent” is the proposed
 
 
rent which is stated—
10
 
(a)
by the relevant person who is inviting or encouraging, or accepting,
 
 
the offer of rent, or
 
 
(b)
by any other relevant person,
 
 
in any written advertisement for, or written offer of, the proposed letting.
 
 
(5)
Subsection (2) does not apply to a sign displayed at the dwelling, or at
15
 
premises in which the dwelling is situated, which merely advertises that the
 
 
dwelling is to let.
 
 
(6)
In this section —
 
 
“prospective landlord” means the person who proposes to make a
 
 
proposed letting;
20
 
“relevant person” , in relation to a proposed letting, means—
 
 
(a)
the prospective landlord, or
 
 
(b)
a person acting or purporting to act directly or indirectly on
 
 
behalf of the prospective landlord;
 
 
“relevant tenancy” means an assured tenancy within the meaning of the
25
 
1988 Act , other than a tenancy that is—
 
 
(a)
a tenancy of social housing, within the meaning of Part 2 of
 
 
the Housing and Regeneration Act 2008 , or
 
 
(b)
a tenancy of supported accommodation, within the meaning
 
 
given by paragraph 12 of Schedule 2 to the 1988 Act .
30
57
Financial penalties
 
 
(1)
A local housing authority may impose a financial penalty under this subsection
 
 
on a person if satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the person has breached
 
 
the prohibition imposed by section 56 (2) or (3) .
 
 
(2)
If—
35
 
(a)
the local housing authority imposes a financial penalty under
 
 
subsection (1) on a person, and
 
 
(b)
within the period of five years ending with the date on which that
 
 
penalty was imposed, a previous financial penalty under subsection
 
 
(1) was imposed on that person in relation to a breach of the same
40
 
subsection of section 56 ,
 

Page 93

 
then the local housing authority may impose an additional financial penalty
 
 
under this subsection on that person.
 
 
(3)
The amount of a financial penalty imposed under this section is to be
 
 
determined by the authority imposing it, but must not be more than £7,000.
 
 
(4)
Subsection (2) does not enable a penalty to be imposed after the final notice
5
 
in respect of the previous penalty has been withdrawn or quashed on appeal.
 
 
(5)
Where—
 
 
(a)
a local housing authority is satisfied as mentioned in subsection (1)
 
 
in relation to two or more persons, and
 
 
(b)
the breaches in relation to which the local housing authority is so
10
 
satisfied arise from the same conduct by one or more of the persons
 
 
acting on behalf of the others,
 
 
the local housing authority may impose a financial penalty under that
 
 
subsection on the persons (or some of them) jointly, and if the local housing
 
 
authority does so, the persons on whom the penalty is imposed are jointly
15
 
and severally liable to pay it.
 
 
(6)
The Secretary of State may give guidance to local housing authorities about
 
 
the exercise of their functions under this section .
 
 
(7)
Local housing authorities must have regard to any guidance issued under
 
 
subsection (6) .
20
 
(8)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend the amount specified in
 
 
subsection (3) to reflect changes in the value of money.
 
 
(9)
For the purposes of this section —
 
 
(a)
a financial penalty is imposed under this section on the date specified
 
 
in the final notice as the date on which the notice is given, and
25
 
(b)
“final notice” has the meaning given by paragraph 6 of Schedule 5 .
 

Chapter 7

 

Miscellaneous

 
58
Penalties for unlawful eviction or harassment of occupier
 
 
(1)
The Protection from Eviction Act 1977 is amended as follows.
30
 
(2)
In section 1 , after subsection (6) insert—
 
 
“(7)
A person may not be convicted of an offence under this section in
 
 
respect of any conduct if a financial penalty has been imposed under
 
 
section 1A in respect of that conduct.”
 

Page 94

 
(3)
After section 1 insert—
 
“1A
Financial penalty for offence under section 1
 
 
(1)
A local housing authority may impose a financial penalty on a person
 
 
if satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the person has committed
 
 
an offence under section 1 in relation to premises in England.
5
 
(2)
No financial penalty may be imposed in respect of any conduct
 
 
amounting to an offence under section 1 if—
 
 
(a)
the person has been convicted of an offence under that section
 
 
in respect of the conduct,
 
 
(b)
criminal proceedings for an offence under that section in respect
10
 
of the conduct have been instituted against the person and the
 
 
proceedings have not been concluded, or
 
 
(c)
criminal proceedings for an offence under that section in respect
 
 
of the conduct have been concluded and the person has not
 
 
been convicted of the offence.
15
 
(3)
The amount of a financial penalty imposed under this section is to be
 
 
determined by the authority imposing it, but must not be more than
 
 
£40,000.
 
 
(4)
The Secretary of State may give guidance to local housing authorities
 
 
about the exercise of their functions under this section.
20
 
(5)
Local housing authorities must have regard to any guidance issued
 
 
under subsection (4) .
 
 
(6)
Schedule A1 makes provision about—
 
 
(a)
the procedure for imposing financial penalties,
 
 
(b)
appeals against financial penalties,
25
 
(c)
enforcement of financial penalties, and
 
 
(d)
how local housing authorities are to deal with the proceeds of
 
 
financial penalties.
 
 
(7)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend the amount specified
 
 
in subsection (3) to reflect changes in the value of money.
30
 
(8)
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
 
 
(9)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is
 
 
subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of
 
 
Parliament.
 
 
(10)
In this section and Schedule A1 , “local housing authority” means a
35
 
district council, a county council in England for an area for which
 
 
there is no district council, a London borough council, the Common
 
 
Council of the City of London or the Council of the Isles of Scilly.”
 

Page 95

 
(4)
Before Schedule 1 insert—
 
 
“Schedule A1
Section 1A
 
 
Financial penalty for offence under section 1
 
 
Notice of intent
 
 
1
Before imposing a financial penalty on a person under section 1A
5
 
a local housing authority must give the person notice of its proposal
 
 
to do so (a “notice of intent”).
 
 
2
(1)
The notice of intent must be given before the end of the period of
 
 
6 months beginning with the first day on which the authority has
 
 
sufficient evidence of the conduct to which the financial penalty
10
 
relates.
 
 
(2)
But if the person is continuing to engage in the conduct on that
 
 
day, and the conduct continues beyond the end of that day, the
 
 
notice of intent may be given—
 
 
(a)
at any time when the conduct is continuing, or
15
 
(b)
within the period of 6 months beginning with the last day
 
 
on which the conduct occurs.
 
 
3
The notice of intent must set out—
 
 
(a)
the date on which the notice of intent is given,
 
 
(b)
the amount of the proposed financial penalty,
20
 
(c)
the reasons for proposing to impose the financial penalty,
 
 
and
 
 
(d)
information about the right to make representations under
 
 
paragraph 4 .
 
 
Right to make representations
25
 
4
(1)
A person who is given a notice of intent may make written
 
 
representations to the local housing authority about the proposal
 
 
to impose a financial penalty.
 
 
(2)
Any representations must be made within the period of 28 days
 
 
beginning with the day after that on which the notice was given
30
 
(“the period for representations”).
 
 
Final notice
 
 
5
After the end of the period for representations the local housing
 
 
authority must—
 
 
(a)
decide whether to impose a financial penalty on the person,
35
 
and
 
 
(b)
if it decides to impose a financial penalty, decide the amount
 
 
of the penalty.
 

Page 96

 
6
If the authority decides to impose a financial penalty on the person,
 
 
it must give the person a notice (a “final notice”) imposing that
 
 
penalty.
 
 
7
The final notice must require the penalty to be paid within the
 
 
period of 28 days beginning with the day after that on which the
5
 
notice was given.
 
 
8
The final notice must set out—
 
 
(a)
the date on which the final notice is served,
 
 
(b)
the amount of the financial penalty,
 
 
(c)
the reasons for imposing the penalty,
10
 
(d)
information about how to pay the penalty,
 
 
(e)
the period for payment of the penalty,
 
 
(f)
information about rights of appeal, and
 
 
(g)
the consequences of failure to comply with the notice.
 
 
Withdrawal or amendment of notice
15
 
9
(1)
A local housing authority may at any time—
 
 
(a)
withdraw a notice of intent or final notice, or
 
 
(b)
reduce the amount specified in a notice of intent or final
 
 
notice.
 
 
(2)
The power in sub-paragraph (1) is to be exercised by giving notice
20
 
in writing to the person to whom the notice was given.
 
 
Appeals
 
 
10
(1)
A person to whom a final notice is given may appeal to the First-tier
 
 
Tribunal against—
 
 
(a)
the decision to impose the penalty, or
25
 
(b)
the amount of the penalty.
 
 
(2)
An appeal under this paragraph must be brought within the period
 
 
of 28 days beginning with the day after that on which the final
 
 
notice was given.
 
 
(3)
If a person appeals under this paragraph, the final notice is
30
 
suspended until the appeal is finally determined, withdrawn or
 
 
abandoned.
 
 
(4)
An appeal under this paragraph—
 
 
(a)
is to be a re-hearing of the local housing authority’s decision,
 
 
but
35
 
(b)
may be determined having regard to matters of which the
 
 
authority was unaware.
 
 
(5)
On an appeal under this paragraph the First-tier Tribunal may
 
 
confirm, vary or cancel the final notice.
 

Page 97

 
(6)
The final notice may not be varied under sub-paragraph (5) so as
 
 
to make it impose a financial penalty of more than the local housing
 
 
authority could have imposed.
 
 
Recovery of financial penalty
 
 
11
(1)
This paragraph applies if a person fails to pay the whole or any
5
 
part of a financial penalty which, in accordance with this Schedule,
 
 
the person is liable to pay.
 
 
(2)
The local housing authority which imposed the financial penalty
 
 
may recover the whole or part of the penalty on the order of the
 
 
county court as if it were payable under an order of that court.
10
 
(3)
In proceedings before the county court for the recovery of a financial
 
 
penalty or part of a financial penalty, a certificate which is—
 
 
(a)
signed by the chief finance officer of the local housing
 
 
authority which imposed the penalty, and
 
 
(b)
states that the amount due has not been received by a date
15
 
specified in the certificate,
 
 
is conclusive evidence of that fact.
 
 
(4)
A certificate to that effect and purporting to be so signed is to be
 
 
treated as being so signed unless the contrary is proved.
 
 
(5)
In this paragraph “chief finance officer” has the same meaning as
20
 
in section 5 of the Local Government and Housing Act 1989 .
 
 
Proceeds of financial penalties
 
 
12
Where a local housing authority imposes a financial penalty under
 
 
this Act, it may apply the proceeds towards meeting the costs and
 
 
expenses (whether administrative or legal) incurred in, or associated
25
 
with, carrying out any of its enforcement functions under this Act
 
 
or otherwise in relation to the private rented sector.
 
 
13
Any proceeds of a financial penalty imposed under this Act which
 
 
are not applied in accordance with paragraph 12 must be paid to
 
 
the Secretary of State.
30
 
14
(1)
In paragraph 12 , enforcement functions “in relation to the private
 
 
rented sector” means enforcement functions relating to—
 
 
(a)
residential premises in England that are let, or intended to
 
 
be let, under a tenancy,
 
 
(b)
the common parts of such premises,
35
 
(c)
the activities of a landlord under a tenancy of residential
 
 
premises in England,
 
 
(d)
the activities of a person carrying on English letting agency
 
 
work within the meaning of section 54 of the Housing and
 
 
Planning Act 2016 in relation to such premises, or
40

Page 98

 
(e)
the activities of a person carrying on English property
 
 
management work within the meaning of section 55 of the
 
 
Housing and Planning Act 2016 in relation to such premises.
 
 
(2)
For the purposes of this paragraph “residential premises” has the
 
 
meaning given by section 1 of the Housing Act 2004 except that it
5
 
does not include social housing within the meaning of Part 2 of the
 
 
Housing and Regeneration Act 2008 .
 
 
(3)
For the purposes of this paragraph, “tenancy” includes a licence to
 
 
occupy.”
 
59
Abandoned premises under assured shorthold tenancies
10
 
In the Housing and Planning Act 2016 , omit Part 3 (recovering abandoned
 
 
premises under assured shorthold tenancies).
 
60
Remedying of hazards occurring in dwelling-houses in England
 
 
(1)
The Landlord and Tenant Act 1985 is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In section 10A (remedying of hazards occurring in dwellings let on social
15
 
housing leases)—
 
 
(a)
in the heading, for “dwellings let on relevant social housing leases”
 
 
substitute “dwelling-houses in England”;
 
 
(b)
for subsection (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
This section applies to a lease of a dwelling-house in England
20
 
if either of the following applies—
 
 
(a)
the lease is a lease for a term of less than 7 years, or
 
 
(b)
the lease is of a kind mentioned in section 13(1A), (1AA)
 
 
or (1AB);
 
 
but this is subject to subsection (1A) .
25
 
(1A)
This section does not apply to any lease of a kind mentioned
 
 
in section 14 (exceptions).”;
 
 
(c)
in subsection (3) , for “dwelling” substitute “dwelling-house”;
 
 
(d)
after subsection (5) insert—
 
 
“(5A)
For the purposes of subsection (1) it is immaterial that the lease
30
 
also demises other property (which may consist of or include
 
 
one or more other dwelling-houses).
 
 
(5B)
In determining for the purposes of subsection (1) (a) whether
 
 
a lease is for a term of less than 7 years—
 
 
(a)
any part of the term falling before the grant or creation
35
 
is to be ignored and the lease is to be treated as a lease
 
 
for a term commencing with the grant or creation;
 
 
(b)
a lease which is determinable at the option of the lessor
 
 
before the expiry of 7 years from the commencement
 

Page 99

 
of the term is to be treated as a lease for a term of less
 
 
than 7 years;
 
 
(c)
a lease (other than one to which paragraph (b) applies)
 
 
is not to be treated as a lease for a term of less than 7
 
 
years if it confers on the lessee an option for renewal
5
 
for a term which, together with the original term,
 
 
amounts to 7 years or more.”;
 
 
(e)
omit subsection (6) ;
 
 
(f)
in subsection (7) —
 
 
(i)
for the definitions of “lease”, “lessor” and “lessee” substitute—
10
 
““lease” does not include a mortgage term;
 
 
“lease of a dwelling-house” means a lease by which a
 
 
building or part of a building is let wholly or mainly
 
 
as a private residence, and “dwelling-house” means that
 
 
building or part of a building, together with any yard,
15
 
garden, outhouses and appurtenances belonging to it
 
 
or usually enjoyed with it;
 
 
“lessee” means the person for the time being entitled to
 
 
the term of a lease;
 
 
“lessor” means the person for the time being entitled to
20
 
the reversion expectant on a lease;”;
 
 
(ii)
omit the definitions of “low cost home ownership
 
 
accommodation” and “social housing”.
 
 
(3)
In section 10B (regulations under section 10A: supplementary provision)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (1) (a) , for the words from “42” to “2023” substitute “ 60
25
 
of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025”;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (3) (b) (i) , for “dwelling” substitute “dwelling-house”;
 
 
(c)
for subsection (4) (a) substitute—
 
 
“(a)
limit the application of section 10A by reference to leases
 
 
or dwelling-houses of particular descriptions;”;
30
 
(d)
omit subsection (6) .
 
 
(4)
In section 39 (index of defined expressions), for the entry for “dwelling-house”
 
 
substitute—
 
 
“dwelling-house—
 
 
(in the provisions relating to remedying of hazards)
35
 
section 10A
35
 
(in the provisions relating to repairing obligations)
 
 
section 16 ”.
 

Page 100

 
61
Remedying of hazards occurring in accommodation in England occupied
 

under licence

 
 
(1)
After section 10B of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1985 insert—
 
 
“10C
Remedying of hazards occurring in accommodation in England
 
 
occupied under licence
5
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may make—
 
 
(a)
regulations which specify a description of licences to occupy
 
 
residential premises; and
 
 
(b)
regulations which require the licensor under a regulated licence
 
 
to take action, in relation to prescribed hazards which affect
10
 
or may affect the licensed accommodation, within the period
 
 
or periods specified in the regulations.
 
 
(2)
There is implied in a regulated licence a term that the licensor will
 
 
comply with all prescribed requirements that are applicable to that
 
 
licence.
15
 
(3)
Regulations under subsection (1) (b) are enforceable against licensors
 
 
only through actions for breach of the term that is implied by
 
 
subsection (2) .
 
 
(4)
In any proceedings for a breach of the term that is implied by
 
 
subsection (2) , it is a defence for the licensor to prove that they used
20
 
all reasonable endeavours to avoid that breach.
 
 
(5)
In this section and section 10D —
 
 
“prescribed hazard” has the same meaning as in section 10 (see
 
 
section 10(2) and (3));
 
 
“prescribed requirement” means a requirement prescribed in
25
 
regulations under subsection (1) (b) ;
 
 
“regulated licence” means a licence to occupy that is of a
 
 
description specified in regulations under subsection (1) (a) ;
 
 
“residential premises” has the same meaning as in section 1 (4) of
 
 
the Housing Act 2004 (but disregarding paragraph (e)(ii) of
30
 
that subsection).
 
10D
Regulations under
 
 
(1)
Regulations under section 10C (1) (a) may (in particular) specify a
 
 
description of licences to occupy by reference to any of the following—
 
 
(a)
the nature of the licensor;
35
 
(b)
the nature of the licensee;
 
 
(c)
the nature of the accommodation occupied;
 
 
(d)
the purpose of the occupation of the accommodation;
 
 
(e)
the legal nature of the licence.
 
 
(2)
Regulations under section 10C (1) (b) may apply to—
40

Page 101

 
(a)
licences granted before the day when section 10C came into
 
 
force;
 
 
(b)
prescribed hazards which began before that day;
 
 
(c)
only some descriptions of prescribed hazards.
 
 
(3)
Regulations under section 10C (1) (b) may—
5
 
(a)
specify a period that is not of a specific duration (for example
 
 
a reasonable or appropriate period, including a period decided
 
 
by the licensor, or another person);
 
 
(b)
specify two (or more) periods in relation to particular action.
 
 
(4)
Regulations under section 10C (1) (b) may (in particular)—
10
 
(a)
require the licensor to take particular action, or action that is
 
 
intended to produce a particular outcome, in relation to a
 
 
prescribed hazard;
 
 
(b)
require the licensor to take action in relation to a prescribed
 
 
hazard that is not of itself intended to remedy the hazard, for
15
 
example by requiring the licensor—
 
 
(i)
to investigate whether or how a prescribed hazard is
 
 
affecting the licensed accommodation, or
 
 
(ii)
to secure that the licensee and any other members of
 
 
their household are provided with alternative
20
 
accommodation at no cost to them;
 
 
(c)
require the licensor to take action in relation to a prescribed
 
 
hazard only—
 
 
(i)
in particular circumstances, or
 
 
(ii)
if particular conditions are met;
25
 
(d)
provide that the licensor is not required to take action in
 
 
relation to a prescribed hazard—
 
 
(i)
in particular circumstances, or
 
 
(ii)
if particular conditions are met.
 
 
(5)
The Secretary of State may by regulations make provision, in relation
30
 
to a term that is implied by section 10C (2) , which corresponds to any
 
 
provision made in relation to an implied covenant by section 9A(4)
 
 
to (8).
 
 
(6)
A power to make regulations under section 10C or this section includes
 
 
power to make—
35
 
(a)
incidental, transitional or saving provision;
 
 
(b)
different provision for different purposes.
 
 
(7)
Regulations under section 10C or this section are to be made by
 
 
statutory instrument.
 
 
(8)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under section 10C or
40
 
this section may not be made unless a draft of it has been laid before
 
 
and approved by resolution of each House of Parliament.”
 

Page 102

 
(2)
Until section 100 (3) (decent homes standard) comes into force, the definition
 
 
of “residential premises” in section 1 (4) of the Housing Act 2004 has effect
 
 
for the purposes of section 10C and 10D of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1985
 
 
as if it were amended in accordance with section 100 (3) .
 
62
Student accommodation that is not an HMO
5
 
(1)
Schedule 14 to the Housing Act 2004 (buildings which are not HMOs) is
 
 
amended in accordance with subsections (2) and (4) .
 
 
(2)
After paragraph 3 insert—
 
 
“Buildings occupied by students: England
 
 
3A
(1)
Any building in England—
10
 
(a)
which is occupied solely or principally by persons who
 
 
occupy it for the purpose of undertaking a full-time course
 
 
of further or higher education at a specified educational
 
 
establishment, or at an educational establishment of a
 
 
specified description, and where the person managing or
15
 
having control of it is the educational establishment in
 
 
question, or
 
 
(b)
which is occupied solely or principally by persons who
 
 
occupy it for the purpose of undertaking a full-time course
 
 
of further or higher education at an educational establishment
20
 
and where the person managing or having control of it is a
 
 
specified person or a person of a specified description.
 
 
(2)
In—
 
 
(a)
sub-paragraph (1) (a) “specified” means specified for the
 
 
purposes of that sub-paragraph in regulations made by the
25
 
Secretary of State;
 
 
(b)
sub-paragraph (1) (b) “specified” means specified for the
 
 
purposes of that sub-paragraph in regulations made by the
 
 
Secretary of State;
 
 
and the regulations may (in particular) provide that an educational
30
 
establishment is specified, or of a specified description, for the
 
 
purposes of sub-paragraph (1) (b) .
 
 
(3)
Those regulations may, in particular, specify—
 
 
(a)
as a description of educational establishment for the purposes
 
 
of sub-paragraph (1) (a) , or
35
 
(b)
as a description of person for the purposes of sub-paragraph
 
 
(1) (b) ,
 
 
the members from time to time, or a description of the members
 
 
from time to time, of a housing management code of practice which
 
 
is specified in the regulations.
40
 
(4)
The Secretary of State may by regulations—
 
 
(a)
specify a class of building, and
 

Page 103

 
(b)
provide that a building—
 
 
(i)
does not fall within this paragraph if it is of the
 
 
specified class, or
 
 
(ii)
falls within this paragraph only if it is of the specified
 
 
class.
5
 
(5)
The Secretary of State may by regulations—
 
 
(a)
specify a building manager or a class of building manager,
 
 
(b)
specify a class of building in relation to the specified building
 
 
manager or the specified class of building manager, and
 
 
(c)
provide that a building which the specified building
10
 
manager, or a building manager of the specified class,
 
 
manages or has control of—
 
 
(i)
does not fall within this paragraph if the building is
 
 
of the specified class, or
 
 
(ii)
falls within this paragraph only if the building is of
15
 
the specified class.
 
 
(6)
Regulations under sub-paragraph (4) (a) or (5) (b) may, in particular,
 
 
specify as a class of building—
 
 
(a)
the buildings, or
 
 
(b)
a class of the buildings,
20
 
from time to time subject to a housing management code of practice
 
 
which is specified for this purpose by regulations under
 
 
sub-paragraph (4) (a) or (5) (b) .
 
 
(7)
Regulations under sub-paragraph (5) (a) may, in particular, specify
 
 
as a class of building manager—
25
 
(a)
the members, or
 
 
(b)
a class of the members,
 
 
from time to time of a housing management code of practice which
 
 
is specified for this purpose by regulations under sub-paragraph
 
 
(5) (a) .
30
 
(8)
For the purposes of this paragraph—
 
 
(a)
“building manager” means an educational establishment or
 
 
other person managing or having control of a building;
 
 
(b)
“housing management code of practice” means a code of
 
 
practice approved by the Secretary of State under section
35
 
233 (codes relating to the management of HMOs or excepted
 
 
accommodation);
 
 
(c)
a building is “subject to” a housing management code of
 
 
practice if it—
 
 
(i)
is a particular building subject to the code, or
40
 
(ii)
is of a class of buildings subject to the code;
 
 
(d)
a reference to—
 
 
(i)
a class of the buildings from time to time subject to
 
 
a housing management code of practice, or
 

Page 104

 
(ii)
a class of the members from time to time of a housing
 
 
management code of practice,
 
 
includes the buildings or members that are from time to
 
 
time in a class provided for in the code of practice.”
 
 
(3)
Any regulations made by the Secretary of State under paragraph 4 of Schedule
5
 
14 to the Housing Act 2004 before the coming into force of this section are
 
 
to continue to have effect on and after the coming into force of this section
 
 
as if made under paragraph 3A of that Schedule (inserted by this section).
 
 
(4)
In paragraph 4 (buildings occupied by students)—
 
 
(a)
in the heading, after “students” insert “: Wales”;
10
 
(b)
in sub-paragraph (1), in the words before paragraph (a), after
 
 
“building” insert “in Wales”.
 
 
(c)
in sub-paragraph (2), for “appropriate national authority” substitute
 
 
“Welsh Ministers”.
 
 
(d)
in sub-paragraph (3), for “appropriate national authority” substitute
15
 
“Welsh Ministers”.
 
 
(e)
in sub-paragraph (4)—
 
 
(i)
in the words before paragraph (a), for “appropriate national
 
 
authority may have regard to the extent to which, in its
 
 
opinion” substitute “Welsh Ministers may have regard to the
20
 
extent to which, in their opinion”;
 
 
(ii)
in paragraph (a), for “authority” substitute “Welsh Ministers”.
 
 
(5)
In consequence of the other amendments made by this section—
 
 
(a)
in paragraph 16E(3) of Schedule 2 to the Finance Act 2019 (inserted
 
 
by Schedule 1 to the Finance Act 2025) (meaning of “institutional
25
 
building”), in paragraph (i)(i) and (ii) (buildings occupied by students),
 
 
for “paragraph 4” substitute “paragraph 3A or 4”;
 
 
(b)
in the Capital Allowances Act 2001, in section 270CF (exclusion from
 
 
qualifying use: residential use), in subsection (1)(b), for “paragraph 4”
 
 
substitute “paragraph 3A or 4”.
30
 
(6)
Any regulations made by the Treasury under paragraph 16E(3)(i)(ii) of
 
 
Schedule 2 to the Finance Act 2019 before the coming into force of this section
 
 
which designate provision as provision corresponding to paragraph 4 of
 
 
Schedule 14 to the Housing Act 2004 are to continue to have effect on and
 
 
after the coming into force of this section as if they designated the provision
35
 
as provision corresponding to paragraph 3A or 4 of that Schedule.
 

Page 105

Part 2

 

Residential landlords

 

Chapter 1

 

Meaning of “residential landlord”

 
63
Meaning of “residential landlord”
5
 
(1)
In this Part —
 
 
“residential landlord” means the landlord under a relevant tenancy of a
 
 
dwelling in England that is not social housing;
 
 
“residential tenancy” and “residential tenant” are to be read accordingly.
 
 
(2)
In subsection (1) —
10
 
“dwelling” means a building or part of a building which is occupied or
 
 
intended to be occupied as a separate dwelling;
 
 
“social housing” has the same meaning as in Part 2 of the Housing and
 
 
Regeneration Act 2008 .
 
 
(3)
In this section , “relevant tenancy” means—
15
 
(a)
an assured tenancy within the meaning of the 1988 Act , or
 
 
(b)
a regulated tenancy within the meaning of the Rent Act 1977 .
 
 
(4)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend this Chapter so as to—
 
 
(a)
change the meaning of “residential landlord” in relation to a relevant
 
 
tenancy—
20
 
(i)
so that, in addition to or instead of the landlord under the
 
 
relevant tenancy, it includes any or all superior landlords in
 
 
relation to that tenancy, or
 
 
(ii)
so that it does not include superior landlords added by virtue
 
 
of this paragraph ;
25
 
(b)
change the meaning of “relevant tenancy” so as to add or remove a
 
 
particular kind of—
 
 
(i)
tenancy of a dwelling that is periodic or granted for a term of
 
 
less than 21 years, or
 
 
(ii)
licence to occupy a dwelling;
30
 
(c)
change the meaning of “dwelling”—
 
 
(i)
so that, in addition to a building or part of a building, it
 
 
includes any other structure, vehicle or vessel,
 
 
(ii)
so that it includes a building or part of a building, and anything
 
 
for the time being included in the meaning of “dwelling” by
35
 
virtue of sub-paragraph (i) , which is occupied or intended to
 
 
be occupied as a dwelling that is not a separate dwelling, or
 
 
(iii)
so that it does not include anything added by virtue of this
 
 
paragraph .
 

Page 106

 
(5)
Kinds of tenancy or licence added or removed under subsection (4) (b) may
 
 
be identified by reference to any matters connected directly or indirectly with
 
 
a tenancy or licence, including the characteristics or circumstances of any
 
 
person who is so connected.
 
 
(6)
In subsection (4) (b) —
5
 
(a)
the reference to a tenancy of a dwelling includes a tenancy under
 
 
which the dwelling is occupied for the purposes of either House of
 
 
Parliament, and
 
 
(b)
the reference to a licence to occupy a dwelling includes such a licence
 
 
under which the dwelling is occupied for the purposes of either House
10
 
of Parliament.
 
 
(7)
The provision that may be made in regulations under subsection (4) by virtue
 
 
of section 139 (1) (a) includes provision amending section 99 .
 
 
(8)
The provision that may be made in regulations under subsection (4) by virtue
 
 
of section 139 (1) (b) includes different provision for the purposes of different
15
 
Chapters of this Part .
 

Chapter 2

 

Landlord redress schemes

 

Landlord redress schemes

 
64
Landlord redress schemes
20
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may make regulations requiring a residential landlord
 
 
to be a member of a landlord redress scheme.
 
 
(2)
A “landlord redress scheme” means a scheme—
 
 
(a)
which provides for a complaint made by or on behalf of a prospective,
 
 
current or former residential tenant against a member of the scheme
25
 
to be independently investigated and determined by an independent
 
 
individual, and
 
 
(b)
which is—
 
 
(i)
approved by the Secretary of State for the purposes of
 
 
regulations under subsection (1) , or
30
 
(ii)
administered by or on behalf of the Secretary of State and
 
 
designated by the Secretary of State for those purposes.
 
 
(3)
A scheme must not be approved or designated under subsection (2) (b) unless
 
 
it satisfies the conditions set out in regulations made under section 65 (1) .
 
 
(4)
In subsection (2) (a) “prospective residential tenant” means a person who—
35
 
(a)
offers to become a residential tenant of a dwelling that is marketed
 
 
for the purpose of creating a residential tenancy, or
 
 
(b)
with a view to deciding whether to become a residential tenant of a
 
 
dwelling that is marketed for that purpose—
 

Page 107

 
(i)
requests information about the dwelling from a person
 
 
marketing it, or
 
 
(ii)
visits or requests to visit such a dwelling by arrangement with
 
 
a person marketing it.
 
 
(5)
Regulations under subsection (1) may—
5
 
(a)
require a person to be a member of a landlord redress scheme before
 
 
a dwelling is marketed for the purpose of creating a residential tenancy
 
 
under which that person will be a residential landlord;
 
 
(b)
prohibit a person from marketing a dwelling for the purpose of
 
 
creating a residential tenancy unless the person who will be a
10
 
residential landlord if the tenancy is granted is a member of a landlord
 
 
redress scheme;
 
 
(c)
require a person to remain a member of the scheme after ceasing to
 
 
be a residential landlord, for a period specified in the regulations.
 
 
(6)
Regulations under subsection (1) may require a person—
15
 
(a)
to provide relevant property information to the administrator of a
 
 
landlord redress scheme, on applying to become a member of the
 
 
scheme;
 
 
(b)
at any time after becoming a member of a landlord redress scheme,
 
 
to notify the administrator of the scheme of any change to relevant
20
 
property information previously provided by the person as soon as
 
 
reasonably practicable, or within a period, as specified in the
 
 
regulations.
 
 
(7)
For the purposes of subsection (6) , “relevant property information” means
 
 
such information as may be specified in the regulations relating to—
25
 
(a)
any residential tenancy under which the person is the residential
 
 
landlord;
 
 
(b)
any dwelling which is proposed to be marketed for the purpose of
 
 
creating a residential tenancy under which the person will be the
 
 
residential landlord.
30
 
(8)
Before making regulations under subsection (1) , the Secretary of State must
 
 
be satisfied that all persons who are to be required to be a member of a
 
 
landlord redress scheme will be eligible to join such a scheme before being
 
 
so required (subject to any provision in the scheme about expulsion, as to
 
 
which see section 65 (2) (l) ).
35
 
(9)
Nothing in this Chapter prevents a landlord redress scheme from providing
 
 
(subject to regulations under section 65 )—
 
 
(a)
for membership to be open to persons who wish to join as voluntary
 
 
members;
 
 
(b)
for the investigation or determination of any complaints under a
40
 
voluntary jurisdiction;
 
 
(c)
for voluntary mediation services;
 

Page 108

 
(d)
for the exclusion from investigation and determination under the
 
 
scheme of any complaint in such cases or circumstances as may be
 
 
specified in or determined under the scheme.
 
 
(10)
In subsection (9) —
 
 
“complaints under a voluntary jurisdiction” means complaints in relation
5
 
to which there is no duty to be a member of a landlord redress scheme,
 
 
where the members against whom the complaints are made have
 
 
voluntarily accepted the jurisdiction of the scheme over those
 
 
complaints;
 
 
“voluntary mediation services” means mediation, conciliation or similar
10
 
processes provided at the request of a member in relation to complaints
 
 
made—
 
 
(a)
against the member, or
 
 
(b)
by the member against another person;
 
 
“voluntary members” means members who are not subject to a duty to
15
 
be a member of a landlord redress scheme.
 
65
Approval and designation of landlord redress schemes
 
 
(1)
The Secretary of State must by regulations set out conditions which are to be
 
 
satisfied for a scheme to be approved or designated under section 64 (2) (b) .
 
 
(2)
The conditions must include conditions requiring the scheme to include
20
 
provision in accordance with the regulations—
 
 
(a)
for the appointment of an individual to be responsible for overseeing
 
 
and monitoring the investigation and determination of complaints
 
 
under the scheme,
 
 
(b)
about the terms and conditions of that individual and the termination
25
 
of their appointment,
 
 
(c)
about the complaints that may be made under the scheme, which must
 
 
include provision enabling the making of complaints about
 
 
non-compliance with any codes of practice for residential landlords
 
 
that are issued or approved by the Secretary of State,
30
 
(d)
about the time to be allowed for scheme members to resolve matters
 
 
before a complaint is accepted under the scheme in relation to those
 
 
matters,
 
 
(e)
about the circumstances in which a complaint may be rejected,
 
 
(f)
about co-operation (which may include the joint exercise of functions)
35
 
of an individual who is investigating or determining a complaint with
 
 
persons who have functions in relation to other kinds of complaint
 
 
and with local housing authorities,
 
 
(g)
about the provision of information to the persons mentioned in
 
 
paragraph (f) and the Secretary of State,
40
 
(h)
if members are required to pay fees in respect of compulsory aspects
 
 
of the scheme, about the amount or amounts of those fees,
 
 
(i)
if there are voluntary aspects of the scheme—
 

Page 109

 
(i)
for fees to be payable in respect of those aspects of the scheme,
 
 
and
 
 
(ii)
about the amount or amounts of those fees,
 
 
(j)
for the individual determining a complaint to be able to require
 
 
members to provide redress of the following types to the
5
 
complainant—
 
 
(i)
providing an apology or explanation,
 
 
(ii)
paying compensation, and
 
 
(iii)
taking such other actions in the interests of the complainant
 
 
as the individual determining the complaint may specify,
10
 
(k)
about the enforcement of the scheme and decisions made under the
 
 
scheme,
 
 
(l)
for a person to be expelled from the scheme only—
 
 
(i)
in circumstances specified in the regulations,
 
 
(ii)
once steps to secure compliance that are specified in the
15
 
regulations have been taken, and
 
 
(iii)
once the decision to expel the person has been reviewed by an
 
 
independent person in accordance with the regulations,
 
 
(m)
for an expulsion to be revoked in circumstances specified in the
 
 
regulations,
20
 
(n)
prohibiting a person from joining the scheme when the person has
 
 
been expelled from another landlord redress scheme, except in
 
 
circumstances specified in the regulations,
 
 
(o)
for circumstances in which the administration of the scheme is to be
 
 
transferred to a different administrator, and
25
 
(p)
about the closure of the scheme by the administrator.
 
 
(3)
Conditions set out in regulations under subsection (1) may include conditions
 
 
requiring the administrator or proposed administrator of a scheme to
 
 
undertake to do things on an ongoing basis following approval or designation.
 
 
(4)
Fee conditions relating to—
30
 
(a)
fees payable in respect of compulsory aspects of the scheme may
 
 
provide for the amount or amounts of the fees to be calculated by
 
 
reference to such of the scheme costs as may be specified in the
 
 
regulations, which may include scheme costs relating to the voluntary
 
 
aspects of the scheme;
35
 
(b)
fees payable in respect of voluntary aspects of the scheme must provide
 
 
for the amount or amounts of the fees to be calculated so that (taking
 
 
one year with another) they are sufficient to meet such of the costs of
 
 
the voluntary aspects of the scheme as may be specified in the
 
 
regulations.
40
 
(5)
Conditions set out in regulations by virtue of subsection (2) (o) may require
 
 
an approved scheme to provide for the administration of that scheme to be
 
 
transferred to the Secretary of State or a person acting on behalf of the
 
 
Secretary of State in circumstances specified in the regulations.
 

Page 110

 
(6)
Where conditions set out in regulations by virtue of subsection (2) (o) require
 
 
an approved scheme to include the provision mentioned in subsection (5)
 
 
, the regulations may provide for a scheme whose administration is transferred
 
 
as mentioned in that subsection to be treated as a designated scheme instead
 
 
of an approved one.
5
 
(7)
Subsections (2) to (6) do not limit the conditions that may be set out in
 
 
regulations under subsection (1) .
 
 
(8)
The Secretary of State may by regulations make further provision about the
 
 
approval or designation of landlord redress schemes under section 64 (2) (b)
 
 
, including provision—
10
 
(a)
about the number of redress schemes that may be approved or
 
 
designated (which may be one or more);
 
 
(b)
about the making of applications for approval;
 
 
(c)
about the period for which an approval or designation is valid;
 
 
(d)
about the withdrawal of approval or revocation of designation.
15
 
(9)
Regulations under this section may—
 
 
(a)
confer functions (including functions involving the exercise of a
 
 
discretion) on the Secretary of State, or authorise or require a scheme
 
 
to do so;
 
 
(b)
provide for the delegation of such functions by the Secretary of State,
20
 
or authorise or require a scheme to provide for that.
 
 
(10)
In this section —
 
 
“compulsory aspects” , in relation to a scheme, means aspects of the
 
 
scheme relating to complaints in relation to which there is a duty to
 
 
be a member of a landlord redress scheme;
25
 
“compulsory member” , in relation to a scheme, means a member of the
 
 
scheme who is subject to a duty to be a member of a landlord redress
 
 
scheme;
 
 
“costs of the voluntary aspects” , in relation to a scheme, means the
 
 
scheme costs if, or to the extent that, they relate to the voluntary
30
 
aspects of the scheme (including scheme costs that are attributed to
 
 
the voluntary aspects of the scheme);
 
 
“fee condition” means a condition set out in regulations by virtue of
 
 
subsection (2) (h) or (i) (ii) ;
 
 
“scheme costs” , in relation to a scheme, means the costs (whether or not
35
 
connected with a fee-payer) that are incurred in or associated with,
 
 
or likely to be incurred in or associated with—
 
 
(a)
the establishment and administration of the scheme (including
 
 
the investigation and determination of complaints under the
 
 
scheme);
40
 
(b)
the performance of any other functions under this Chapter;
 
 
(c)
the performance of any other functions under the scheme;
 
 
“including such costs that are, or are likely to be incurred by—
 

Page 111

 
(a)
the administrator of a redress scheme, or
 
 
(b)
the individual responsible for overseeing and monitoring the
 
 
investigation and determination of complaints under the
 
 
scheme,
 
 
in connection with enforcement by other persons of requirements
5
 
imposed by or under this Chapter.”
 
 
“voluntary aspects” , in relation to a scheme, means aspects of the scheme
 
 
that relate to—
 
 
(a)
complaints under a voluntary jurisdiction,
 
 
(b)
voluntary mediation services, or
10
 
(c)
voluntary members;
 
 
and terms used in this definition have the meanings given by section
 
 
64 (10) .
 
66
Financial penalties
 
 
(1)
A local housing authority may impose a financial penalty on a person if
15
 
satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the person has—
 
 
(a)
breached regulations under section 64 (1) , or
 
 
(b)
committed an offence under section 67 .
 
 
(2)
The amount of a financial penalty imposed under this section is to be
 
 
determined by the authority imposing it, but must not be more than—
20
 
(a)
£7,000, if it is imposed under subsection (1) (a) , or
 
 
(b)
£40,000, if it is imposed under subsection (1) (b) .
 
 
(3)
More than one penalty may be imposed in respect of the same conduct only
 
 
if—
 
 
(a)
the conduct continues after the end of 28 days beginning with the day
25
 
after that on which the final notice in respect of the previous penalty
 
 
for the conduct was given to the person, unless the person appeals
 
 
against that notice within that period, or
 
 
(b)
if the person appeals against that notice within that period, the conduct
 
 
continues after the end of 28 days beginning with the day after that
30
 
on which the appeal is finally determined, withdrawn or abandoned.
 
 
(4)
Subsection (3) does not enable a penalty to be imposed after the final notice
 
 
in respect of the previous penalty has been withdrawn or quashed on appeal.
 
 
(5)
No financial penalty may be imposed in respect of any conduct amounting
 
 
to an offence under section 67 if—
35
 
(a)
the person has been convicted of an offence under that section in
 
 
respect of the conduct,
 
 
(b)
criminal proceedings for an offence under that section in respect of
 
 
the conduct have been instituted against the person and the
 
 
proceedings have not been concluded, or
40

Page 112

 
(c)
criminal proceedings for an offence under that section in respect of
 
 
the conduct have been concluded and the person has not been
 
 
convicted.
 
 
(6)
The Secretary of State may give guidance to local housing authorities about
 
 
the exercise of their functions under this section .
5
 
(7)
Local housing authorities must have regard to any guidance issued under
 
 
subsection (6) .
 
 
(8)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend the amounts specified in
 
 
subsection (2) to reflect changes in the value of money.
 
 
(9)
For the purposes of this section and section 67 —
10
 
(a)
a financial penalty is imposed under this section on the date specified
 
 
in the final notice as the date on which the notice is given, and
 
 
(b)
“final notice” has the meaning given by paragraph 6 of Schedule 5 .
 
67
Offences
 
 
(1)
A person commits an offence if—
15
 
(a)
a relevant penalty has been imposed on the person and the final notice
 
 
imposing the penalty has not been withdrawn, and
 
 
(b)
the conduct in respect of which the penalty was imposed continues
 
 
after the end of the period of 28 days beginning with—
 
 
(i)
the day after that on which the penalty was imposed on the
20
 
person, or
 
 
(ii)
if the person appeals against the final notice in respect of the
 
 
penalty within that period, the day after that on which the
 
 
appeal is finally determined, withdrawn or abandoned.
 
 
(2)
A person commits an offence if—
25
 
(a)
a relevant penalty has been imposed on the person in respect of a
 
 
breach of regulations under section 64 (1) and the final notice imposing
 
 
the penalty has not been withdrawn, and
 
 
(b)
the person engages in conduct which constitutes a different breach of
 
 
such regulations within the period of five years beginning with the
30
 
day on which the penalty was imposed.
 
 
(3)
A person commits an offence if—
 
 
(a)
either—
 
 
(i)
a relevant penalty has been imposed on the person in respect
 
 
of an offence under this section and the final notice imposing
35
 
the penalty has not been withdrawn, or
 
 
(ii)
the person has been convicted of such an offence, and
 
 
(b)
the person breaches regulations under section 64 (1) within the period
 
 
of five years beginning with the day on which the relevant penalty
 
 
was imposed or the person was convicted.
40

Page 113

 
(4)
In subsections (1) to (3) “relevant penalty” means a financial penalty which
 
 
is imposed under section 66 where—
 
 
(a)
the period for bringing an appeal against the penalty under paragraph
 
 
10 of Schedule 5 has expired without an appeal being brought,
 
 
(b)
an appeal against the financial penalty under that paragraph has been
5
 
withdrawn or abandoned, or
 
 
(c)
the final notice imposing the penalty has been confirmed or varied on
 
 
appeal.
 
 
(5)
A person may not be convicted of an offence under subsection (2) or (3) if a
 
 
financial penalty has been imposed under section 66 in respect of the same
10
 
conduct.
 
 
(6)
A person guilty of an offence under this section is liable on summary
 
 
conviction to a fine.
 
 
(7)
Where an offence under this section committed by a body corporate is proved
 
 
to have been committed with the consent or connivance of, or to be attributable
15
 
to any neglect on the part of, an officer of a body corporate, the officer as
 
 
well as the body corporate commits the offence and is liable to be proceeded
 
 
against and punished accordingly.
 
 
(8)
Where the affairs of a body corporate are managed by its members, subsection
 
 
(6) applies in relation to the acts and defaults of a member in connection with
20
 
the member's functions of management as if the member were an officer of
 
 
the body corporate.
 
 
68
Decision under a landlord redress scheme may be made enforceable as if it
 

were a court order

 
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may by regulations make provision for, or in connection
25
 
with, authorising the administrator of a landlord redress scheme to apply to
 
 
a court or tribunal for an order that a determination made under the scheme
 
 
and accepted by the complainant in question be enforced as if it were an
 
 
order of a court.
 
 
(2)
Before making the regulations, the Secretary of State must consult—
30
 
(a)
one or more bodies appearing to the Secretary of State to represent
 
 
the interests of residential landlords,
 
 
(b)
one or more bodies appearing to the Secretary of State to represent
 
 
the interests of residential tenants, and
 
 
(c)
such other persons as the Secretary of State considers appropriate.
35
69
Landlord redress schemes: no Crown status
 
 
A person exercising functions under a landlord redress scheme (other than
 
 
the Secretary of State) is not to be regarded as the servant or agent of the
 
 
Crown or as enjoying any status, privilege or immunity of the Crown or as
 
 
exempt from any tax, duty, rate, levy or other charge whatsoever, whether
40

Page 114

 
general or local, and any property held by such a person is not to be regarded
 
 
as property of, or held on behalf of, the Crown.
 

Guidance

 
70
Guidance for scheme administrator and local housing authority
 
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may from time to time issue or approve guidance for
5
 
local housing authorities and the administrators of landlord redress schemes
 
 
about cooperation between such local housing authorities and persons
 
 
exercising functions under the schemes.
 
 
(2)
A local housing authority must have regard to any guidance issued or
 
 
approved under this section.
10
 
(3)
The Secretary of State must exercise the powers in section 65 for the purpose
 
 
of ensuring that the administrator of a redress scheme has regard to any
 
 
guidance issued or approved under this section.
 

Interpretation

 
71
Interpretation of
15
 
(1)
In this Chapter “landlord redress scheme” has the meaning given by section
 
 
64 (2) .
 
 
(2)
For the meanings of “residential landlord”, “residential tenancy” and
 
 
“residential tenant” see section 63 .
 

Related amendments

20
72
Housing activities under social rented sector scheme
 
 
(1)
Schedule 2 to the Housing Act 1996 (social rented sector: housing complaints)
 
 
is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In paragraph 1 —
 
 
(a)
in sub-paragraph (1) , after “housing activities” insert “other than private
25
 
rented sector activities”;
 
 
(b)
in sub-paragraph (3) , at the end insert “, subject to paragraph 2A ”.
 
 
(3)
In paragraph 2 (1) —
 
 
(a)
in paragraph 4, after “scheme” insert “which must not include any
 
 
private rented sector activities, except so far as the Secretary of State
30
 
consents in writing to complaints about such activities being made
 
 
under the scheme.”;
 
 
(b)
after paragraph 7 insert—
 
 
“7A
Where the scheme provides for the housing ombudsman to
 
 
be employed by the person administering the scheme,
35

Page 115

 
provision for the enforcement of directions given under
 
 
paragraph 10 (3) (b) .”
 
 
(4)
After paragraph 2 insert—
 
 
“2A
Criteria under paragraph 2(b) of paragraph 2(1) must include criteria
 
 
preventing a person who—
5
 
(a)
is a residential landlord, within the meaning given by section
 
 
63 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025, and
 
 
(b)
is not a social landlord,
 
 
from becoming a member of the scheme.”
 
 
(5)
For paragraph 10 substitute—
10
 
“10
(1)
The housing ombudsman for the purposes of an approved scheme
 
 
is to be appointed by the Secretary of State on such terms as the
 
 
Secretary of State thinks fit.
 
 
(2)
The Secretary of State may at any time remove a housing
 
 
ombudsman from office.
15
 
(3)
In relation to an approved scheme which provides for the housing
 
 
ombudsman to be employed by the person administering the
 
 
scheme—
 
 
(a)
the reference in sub-paragraph (1) to the terms on which the
 
 
housing ombudsman is appointed includes a reference to
20
 
the terms of the housing ombudsman’s employment by that
 
 
person;
 
 
(b)
the power of the Secretary of State under sub-paragraph (2)
 
 
to remove a housing ombudsman from office includes power
 
 
to give the person administering the scheme a direction in
25
 
writing to cease to employ the individual who is housing
 
 
ombudsman as housing ombudsman (and a direction under
 
 
this paragraph may be revoked or varied by a further
 
 
direction under this paragraph).
 
 
(4)
Where an approved scheme does not provide that it is to be
30
 
administered by a body corporate—
 
 
(a)
the Secretary of State may by order provide that the housing
 
 
ombudsman for the purposes of the scheme is to be a
 
 
corporation sole, and
 
 
(b)
the staff to administer the scheme and otherwise assist the
35
 
ombudsman in the discharge of functions are to be appointed
 
 
and employed by the ombudsman.
 
 
(5)
Where an approved scheme provides that it is to be administered
 
 
by a body corporate the Secretary of State may delegate functions
 
 
under sub-paragraph (1) or (2) to the body administering the scheme.
40
 
(6)
A delegation under sub-paragraph (5) may specify—
 
 
(a)
the extent to which the functions are delegated;
 
 
(b)
any conditions to which the delegation is subject.
 

Page 116

 
(7)
A delegation under sub-paragraph (5) —
 
 
(a)
must be in writing;
 
 
(b)
may be varied or revoked by the Secretary of State, in
 
 
writing, at any time;
 
 
(c)
does not prevent the Secretary of State from exercising the
5
 
functions.
 
 
(8)
A housing ombudsman is not to be regarded as the servant or agent
 
 
of the Crown or as enjoying any status, privilege or immunity of
 
 
the Crown or as exempt from any tax, duty, rate, levy or other
 
 
charge whatsoever, whether general or local, and any property held
10
 
by a housing ombudsman is not to be regarded as property of, or
 
 
held on behalf of, the Crown.”
 
 
(6)
After paragraph 12 insert—
 
 
“Interpretation
 
 
13
In this Schedule “private rented sector activities” means activities
15
 
carried on by a person as a residential landlord within the meaning
 
 
given by section 63 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025.”
 
73
Other amendments connected with landlord redress schemes
 
 
Schedule 3 contains amendments connected with landlord redress schemes.
 
 
74
Local Commissioners’ investigation of complaints by persons who are not
20

tenants

 
 
In section 26 of the Local Government Act 1974 , at the end of subsection (8)
 
 
insert “unless—
 
 
“(a)
the investigation is in respect of action described in paragraph
 
 
5A or 5B of that Schedule, and
25
 
(b)
the person affected is not an individual of a description whom
 
 
a scheme approved under Schedule 2 to the Housing Act 1996
 
 
(investigation of social housing complaints by housing
 
 
ombudsman) provides may make a complaint under that
 
 
scheme in respect of that action.”
30

Chapter 3

 

The Private Rented Sector Database

 

The database and the database operator

 
75
The database
 
 
(1)
The database operator must establish and operate a database containing—
35

Page 117

 
(a)
entries in respect of persons who are, or intend to become, residential
 
 
landlords,
 
 
(b)
entries in respect of dwellings which are, or are intended to be, let
 
 
under residential tenancies, and
 
 
(c)
entries made under section 83 in respect of the following—
5
 
(i)
persons against whom relevant banning orders have been made,
 
 
(ii)
persons who have been convicted of, or on whom financial
 
 
penalties have been imposed in relation to, relevant banning
 
 
order offences, and
 
 
(iii)
persons who have been convicted of offences, on whom
10
 
financial penalties have been imposed or who have been subject
 
 
to regulatory action, of a description prescribed by regulations
 
 
under that section.
 
 
(2)
In this Chapter—
 
 
(a)
“landlord entry” means an entry in the database in respect of a person
15
 
mentioned in subsection (1) (a) ;
 
 
(b)
“dwelling entry” means an entry in the database in respect of a
 
 
dwelling mentioned in subsection (1) (b) .
 
 
(3)
Landlord and dwelling entries may be either active or inactive: see sections
 
 
77 (4) and 79 .
20
76
The database operator
 
 
(1)
In this Chapter “database operator” means—
 
 
(a)
the Secretary of State, or
 
 
(b)
a person who the Secretary of State has arranged to be the database
 
 
operator.
25
 
(2)
The arrangements—
 
 
(a)
may include provision for payments by the Secretary of State;
 
 
(b)
may include provision about bringing the arrangements to an end.
 
 
(3)
The Secretary of State may by regulations—
 
 
(a)
require the database operator to ensure that the database has features
30
 
and functionality specified in the regulations,
 
 
(b)
confer on the database operator powers to enter into contracts and
 
 
other agreements for the purpose of facilitating the operation of the
 
 
database,
 
 
(c)
provide for functions of the database operator specified in the
35
 
regulations to be carried out by lead enforcement authorities, local
 
 
housing authorities or others specified in the regulations instead of,
 
 
or in addition to, being carried out by the database operator, and
 
 
(d)
make transitional or saving provision which applies when there is a
 
 
change of database operator.
40

Page 118

 
(4)
Regulations under subsection (3) (d) may relate to a specific change of database
 
 
operator or to changes that might arise from time to time.
 

Landlord and dwelling entries

 
77
Making entries in the database
 
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may by regulations make provision about the making
5
 
of landlord and dwelling entries in the database.
 
 
(2)
The regulations may, in particular—
 
 
(a)
provide for how, and by whom, a landlord or dwelling entry is to be
 
 
made,
 
 
(b)
require information or documents to be provided,
10
 
(c)
impose other requirements, including requirements for the payment
 
 
of fees, and
 
 
(d)
allow an entry to be made before all of the requirements imposed by
 
 
the regulations have been complied with, provided that any
 
 
requirements not complied with by that time are complied with before
15
 
the end of a period specified in the regulations.
 
 
(3)
The period specified as mentioned in subsection (2) (d) must not exceed the
 
 
period of 28 days beginning with the day on which the entry is made.
 
 
(4)
A landlord or dwelling entry made in accordance with the regulations is an
 
 
active entry from the time it is made until it becomes an inactive entry in
20
 
accordance with regulations under section 79 .
 
 
(5)
See section 86 for the power to make regulations specifying the information
 
 
contained in active landlord and dwelling entries that is to be made available
 
 
to the public by the database operator.
 
78
Requirement to keep active entries up-to-date
25
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may by regulations make provision requiring active
 
 
landlord and dwelling entries in the database to be kept up-to-date.
 
 
(2)
The regulations may, in particular—
 
 
(a)
provide for how, and by whom, an active landlord or dwelling entry
 
 
is to be kept up-to-date,
30
 
(b)
require information or documents to be provided,
 
 
(c)
impose other requirements, and
 
 
(d)
specify the time by which the requirements must be complied with.
 
 
(3)
The requirements that may be imposed by regulations under this section do
 
 
not include requirements for the payment of fees.
35

Page 119

79
Circumstances in which active entries become inactive and vice versa
 
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may by regulations make provision about the
 
 
circumstances in which an active landlord or dwelling entry in the database
 
 
is to become an inactive entry, and vice versa.
 
 
(2)
The regulations may, in particular—
5
 
(a)
provide for an active landlord or dwelling entry to become inactive
 
 
after a period specified in or determined in accordance with the
 
 
regulations if requirements specified in the regulations are not met,
 
 
(b)
provide for an active landlord or dwelling entry to become inactive
 
 
in circumstances in which an active entry is no longer required in
10
 
respect of the landlord or dwelling, and
 
 
(c)
specify requirements that must be met for an inactive landlord or
 
 
dwelling entry to become an active entry.
 
 
(3)
The requirements that may be imposed by regulations under this section
 
 
include requirements for the payment of fees .
15
80
Verification, correction and removal of entries
 
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may by regulations make provision about—
 
 
(a)
the verification of landlord and dwelling entries in the database,
 
 
(b)
the correction of errors in such entries, and
 
 
(c)
the removal of such entries from the database.
20
 
(2)
The regulations may, in particular—
 
 
(a)
require a proportion of landlord and dwelling entries, and of anything
 
 
required to be provided by regulations under section 77 , 78 or 79
 
 
, specified in or determined in accordance with the regulations to be
 
 
verified by local housing authorities or others,
25
 
(b)
make provision about how that verification is to be carried out,
 
 
(c)
authorise the correction of errors in landlord and dwelling entries and
 
 
specify by whom such corrections may be made, and
 
 
(d)
authorise the removal from the database of landlord and dwelling
 
 
entries that appear to a person specified in the regulations not to meet
30
 
requirements imposed by or under this Chapter for inclusion in the
 
 
database.
 
81
Fees for landlord and dwelling entries
 
 
(1)
This section applies where regulations under section 77 or 79 require payment
 
 
of a fee.
35
 
(2)
The regulations must—
 
 
(a)
specify the amount or amounts of the fee, or
 
 
(b)
provide for the amount or amounts of the fee to be determined by
 
 
the database operator by reference to such of the relevant costs as may
 
 
be specified in the regulations.
40

Page 120

 
(3)
The amount or amounts specified in the regulations under subsection (2) (a)
 
 
may be calculated by reference to the relevant costs.
 
 
(4)
The “relevant costs” are the costs (whether or not connected with a fee-payer)
 
 
that are incurred in or associated with, or likely to be incurred in or associated
 
 
with—
5
 
(a)
the establishment and operation of the database;
 
 
(b)
the enforcement of requirements imposed by or under this Chapter;
 
 
(c)
the performance of any other functions under this Chapter;
 
 
(d)
the enforcement of any other requirements imposed by or under this
 
 
Act or otherwise in relation to the private rented sector.
10
 
(5)
The amount or amounts specified in the regulations under subsection (2) (a)
 
 
or determined in accordance with subsection (2) (b) may, in the case of a fee
 
 
charged for an entry in the database to become active again after becoming
 
 
inactive as a result of provision made by virtue of section 79 (2) (a) , be higher
 
 
than the fee that would otherwise be charged had the entry remained active.
15
 
(6)
The fees are to be payable to the database operator by such persons and in
 
 
such circumstances as the regulations may provide.
 
 
(7)
The Secretary of State may direct the database operator to pay to local housing
 
 
authorities or into the Consolidated Fund the amount it receives in respect
 
 
of the fees it charges, or any part of that amount.
20
 
(8)
If the Secretary of State is the database operator—
 
 
(a)
subsection (7) does not apply, and
 
 
(b)
the Secretary of State may pay to local housing authorities the amount
 
 
it receives in respect of fees it charges, or any part of that amount.
 
 
(9)
For the purposes of this section—
25
 
requirements “in relation to the private rented sector” means requirements
 
 
relating to—
 
 
(a)
residential premises in England that are let, or intended to be
 
 
let, under a tenancy;
 
 
(b)
the common parts of such premises;
30
 
(c)
the activities of a landlord under a tenancy of residential
 
 
premises in England;
 
 
(d)
the activities of a superior landlord in relation to such a
 
 
tenancy;
 
 
(e)
the activities of a person carrying on English letting agency
35
 
work within the meaning of section 54 of the Housing and
 
 
Planning Act 2016 in relation to such premises;
 
 
(f)
the activities of a person carrying on English property
 
 
management work within the meaning of section 55 of the
 
 
Housing and Planning Act 2016 in relation to such premises;
40
 
“residential premises” has the meaning given by section 1 of the Housing
 
 
Act 2004 except that it does not include social housing within the
 
 
meaning of Part 2 of the Housing and Regeneration Act 2008 ;
 

Page 121

 
“tenancy” includes a licence to occupy.
 

Marketing, advertising and letting

 
82
Restrictions on marketing, advertising and letting dwellings
 
 
(1)
A person must not market a dwelling for the purpose of creating a residential
 
 
tenancy unless—
5
 
(a)
there is an active landlord entry in the database in respect of the person
 
 
who will be the residential landlord if the tenancy is granted, and
 
 
(b)
there is an active dwelling entry in the database in respect of the
 
 
dwelling.
 
 
(2)
A person who advertises a dwelling for the purpose of creating a residential
10
 
tenancy must include in any written advertisement the unique identifiers
 
 
allocated by the database operator to—
 
 
(a)
the person who will be the residential landlord if the tenancy is
 
 
granted, and
 
 
(b)
the dwelling.
15
 
(3)
A person who is a residential landlord in relation to a dwelling is under a
 
 
duty to ensure that—
 
 
(a)
there is an active landlord entry in the database in respect of the person
 
 
and an active dwelling entry in the database in respect of the dwelling,
 
 
and
20
 
(b)
any requirements relating to the entries imposed by regulations under
 
 
section 78 are complied with.
 
 
(4)
The Secretary of State may by regulations specify cases or circumstances in
 
 
which—
 
 
(a)
a person of a description specified in the regulations is to be subject
25
 
to the duty in subsection (3) instead of the residential landlord;
 
 
(b)
a duty imposed by this section, either does not apply at all or does
 
 
not apply for a period specified in or determined in accordance with
 
 
the regulations.
 
 
(5)
A breach of subsection (1) , (2) or (3) does not affect the validity or
30
 
enforceability of a residential tenancy or other contract by virtue of any rule
 
 
of law relating to the validity or enforceability of contracts in circumstances
 
 
involving illegality.
 

Entries relating to banning orders, offences, financial penalties, etc.

 
83
Entries relating to banning orders, offences, financial penalties, etc.
35
 
(1)
A local housing authority must make an entry in the database in respect of
 
 
a person if—
 

Page 122

 
(a)
a relevant banning order has been made against the person following
 
 
an application by the authority,
 
 
(b)
the person has been convicted of a relevant banning order offence
 
 
following the institution of criminal proceedings by the authority, or
 
 
(c)
the authority has imposed a financial penalty on the person in relation
5
 
to a relevant banning order offence.
 
 
(2)
A local housing authority may make an entry in the database in respect of a
 
 
person if—
 
 
(a)
the person has been convicted of a relevant banning order offence
 
 
following the institution of criminal proceedings by a person other
10
 
than a local housing authority, or
 
 
(b)
a financial penalty has been imposed on the person in relation to a
 
 
relevant banning order offence by a person other than a local housing
 
 
authority.
 
 
(3)
The person who instituted the criminal proceedings or imposed the penalty
15
 
must provide to the local housing authority such information as the authority
 
 
requests for the purpose of making an entry under subsection (2) .
 
 
(4)
The Secretary of State may by regulations impose a duty on local housing
 
 
authorities to make entries in the database under subsection (2) in
 
 
circumstances specified in the regulations.
20
 
(5)
An entry may be made under subsection (1) or (2) only if—
 
 
(a)
the period for appealing against any order, conviction or penalty
 
 
mentioned in those subsections has expired, and
 
 
(b)
any such appeal has been finally determined, withdrawn or abandoned.
 
 
(6)
The Secretary of State may by regulations authorise or require local housing
25
 
authorities to make an entry in the database in respect of a person—
 
 
(a)
who is convicted of an offence, on whom a financial penalty is imposed
 
 
or who is subject to regulatory action, of a description prescribed by
 
 
the regulations, and
 
 
(b)
where the offence, financial penalty or regulatory action relates to
30
 
conduct which occurred at a time when the person was a residential
 
 
landlord or marketing a dwelling for the purpose of creating a
 
 
residential tenancy.
 
 
(7)
Regulations under subsection (6) may, in particular—
 
 
(a)
describe an offence by reference to—
35
 
(i)
the nature of the offence,
 
 
(ii)
the characteristics of the offender,
 
 
(iii)
the place where the offence is committed,
 
 
(iv)
the circumstances in which it is committed,
 
 
(v)
the court sentencing a person for the offence, or
40
 
(vi)
the sentence imposed, and
 

Page 123

 
(b)
make provision for local housing authorities to obtain information
 
 
from another person for the purpose of making an entry in the
 
 
database under the regulations.
 
 
(8)
An entry made under this section must include—
 
 
(a)
the name of the person in respect of whom the entry is made,
5
 
(b)
where the entry is made under subsection (1) , the date the banning
 
 
order was made and the date on which the person will cease to be
 
 
subject to it, and
 
 
(c)
such other information as may be prescribed by regulations made by
 
 
the Secretary of State.
10
 
(9)
Regulations under subsection (8) (c) may, in particular, require an entry to
 
 
include—
 
 
(a)
the person’s address or other contact details,
 
 
(b)
details of any dwellings in relation to which the person is a residential
 
 
landlord, and
15
 
(c)
details of the offence, financial penalty or regulatory action to which
 
 
the entry relates.
 
 
(10)
A local housing authority must take reasonable steps to ensure that any entry
 
 
it has made in the database under this section is correct and up-to-date.
 
 
(11)
See section 86 for the power to make regulations specifying the information
20
 
contained in entries under this section that is to be made available to the
 
 
public by the database operator.
 
 
(12)
In this Chapter —
 
 
“relevant banning order” means an order under Chapter 2 of Part 2 of
 
 
the Housing and Planning Act 2016 that—
25
 
(a)
is made on or after the day on which this section comes into
 
 
force,
 
 
(b)
bans a person from letting housing (within the meaning of that
 
 
Part of that Act ) in England, and
 
 
(c)
relates to an offence committed at a time when the person
30
 
against whom the order was made was—
 
 
(i)
a residential landlord, or
 
 
(ii)
marketing a dwelling for the purpose of creating a
 
 
residential tenancy.
 
 
“relevant banning order offence” means a banning order offence (as
35
 
defined in Part 2 of the Housing and Planning Act 2016 ) committed—
 
 
(a)
on or after the day on which this section comes into force, and
 
 
(b)
at a time when the person who committed the offence was—
 
 
(i)
a residential landlord, or
 
 
(ii)
marketing a dwelling for the purpose of creating a
40
 
residential tenancy.
 

Page 124

Further duties of database operator

 
84
Allocation of unique identifiers
 
 
(1)
The database operator must allocate an identifier (referred to in this Chapter
 
 
as a “unique identifier”) to each person in respect of whom, and dwelling in
 
 
respect of which, an entry is made in the database under this Chapter.
5
 
(2)
The identifier must be a sequence of letters, numbers or both that enables the
 
 
person or dwelling to be distinguished from any other person in respect of
 
 
whom, or dwelling in respect of which, there is an entry in the database.
 
 
(3)
This section does not require the database operator to allocate a unique
 
 
identifier to a person to whom, or dwelling to which, a unique identifier has
10
 
previously been allocated.
 
85
Other duties
 
 
(1)
The database operator must—
 
 
(a)
ensure that facilities are available for persons who are unable to use
 
 
a computer or other electronic device, or do not wish to do so, to make
15
 
and maintain landlord and dwelling entries in the database,
 
 
(b)
ensure that local housing authorities are able to edit the database for
 
 
the purpose of carrying out the functions conferred on them by or
 
 
under this Chapter,
 
 
(c)
ensure that facilities are available for breaches of any requirement
20
 
imposed by section 82 to be reported to the database operator and
 
 
that reports of such breaches are passed on to such local housing
 
 
authorities as the database operator thinks appropriate, and
 
 
(d)
publish advice and information explaining to residential landlords
 
 
and residential tenants their rights and obligations under this Chapter.
25
 
(2)
The database operator must report to the Secretary of State on—
 
 
(a)
the performance of the database, and
 
 
(b)
any matters or trends relating to the database and the information
 
 
contained in it that the database operator considers are appropriate
 
 
to be brought to the attention of the Secretary of State.
30
 
(3)
Reports under subsection (2) are to be made at such times, and cover such
 
 
matters—
 
 
(a)
as may be agreed between the database operator and the Secretary of
 
 
State, or
 
 
(b)
in default of such agreement, as the Secretary of State may direct.
35
 
(4)
Subsection (2) does not apply if the Secretary of State is the database operator.
 

Page 125

Access to and use of information in database

 
86
Access to the database
 
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may by regulations—
 
 
(a)
specify the information contained in active landlord and dwelling
 
 
entries in the database, and in entries made in the database under
5
 
section 83 , which the database operator is to make available to the
 
 
public,
 
 
(b)
make provision requiring an active landlord entry and an entry made
 
 
under section 83 in respect of the same person to be linked,
 
 
(c)
in the case of an entry made by a local housing authority in respect
10
 
of a person under section 83 —
 
 
(i)
specify the period after which information contained in the
 
 
entry is to be made available to the public, which must be no
 
 
less than 21 days beginning with the day on which the entry
 
 
is made,
15
 
(ii)
make provision for the person to be notified by the local
 
 
housing authority of the period for the purpose of making
 
 
representations to the authority about any errors in information
 
 
contained in the entry, and
 
 
(iii)
specify the circumstances in which information contained in
20
 
such an entry is to cease to be available to the public, and
 
 
(d)
specify the manner and form in which information is to be made
 
 
available to the public by the database operator under the regulations.
 
 
(2)
The database operator must give access to information in the database to the
 
 
following—
25
 
(a)
lead enforcement authorities,
 
 
(b)
local housing authorities,
 
 
(c)
local weights and measures authorities in England,
 
 
(d)
mayoral combined authorities, as defined by section 107A (8) of the
 
 
Local Democracy, Economic Development and Construction Act 2009
30
 
, and
 
 
(e)
the Greater London Authority.
 
 
(3)
If the Secretary of State is not the database operator, the database operator
 
 
must give access to information in the database to the Secretary of State.
 
87
Disclosure by database operator etc
35
 
(1)
The database operator must not disclose restricted information from the
 
 
database except—
 
 
(a)
in accordance with section 86 (2) or (3) , or
 
 
(b)
where authorised by regulations under this section.
 

Page 126

 
(2)
The Secretary of State may by regulations make provision authorising the
 
 
disclosure from the database of restricted information where the disclosure
 
 
is necessary—
 
 
(a)
to enable or facilitate compliance with a statutory requirement specified
 
 
in the regulations,
5
 
(b)
to enable or facilitate compliance with a requirement of a rule of law
 
 
specified in the regulations, or
 
 
(c)
to facilitate the exercise of statutory functions specified in the
 
 
regulations.
 
 
(3)
The regulations may—
10
 
(a)
specify the manner and form in which the information may be
 
 
disclosed, and
 
 
(b)
impose restrictions on the use and further disclosure of information
 
 
disclosed under the regulations.
 
 
(4)
A disclosure authorised by the regulations does not breach—
15
 
(a)
any obligation of confidence owed by the database operator, or
 
 
(b)
any other restriction on the disclosure of information (however
 
 
imposed).
 
 
(5)
Nothing in this section or the regulations authorises the making of a disclosure
 
 
that would contravene the data protection legislation (but in determining
20
 
whether a disclosure would do so, take into account the powers conferred
 
 
by this section and the regulations).
 
 
(6)
A person commits an offence if the person knowingly or recklessly discloses
 
 
restricted information in contravention of—
 
 
(a)
subsection (1) , or
25
 
(b)
a restriction on further disclosure imposed by regulations under this
 
 
section.
 
 
(7)
A person guilty of an offence under subsection (6) is liable on summary
 
 
conviction to a fine.
 
 
(8)
In this section—
30
 
“data protection legislation” has the same meaning as in the Data
 
 
Protection Act 2018 (see section 3 of that Act);
 
 
“restricted information” means information that—
 
 
(a)
is not made available to the public by virtue of regulations
 
 
under section 86 , and
35
 
(b)
relates to and identifies a particular person (including a body
 
 
corporate).
 
 
(9)
For the purposes of subsection (8) information identifies a particular person
 
 
if the identity of that person—
 
 
(a)
is specified in the information,
40
 
(b)
can be deduced from the information, or
 

Page 127

 
(c)
can be deduced from the information taken together with any other
 
 
information.
 
88
Use of information from the database
 
 
(1)
A lead enforcement authority may only use information obtained from the
 
 
database for purposes connected with the authority’s functions under the
5
 
provisions of the landlord legislation for which it is responsible.
 
 
(2)
A local housing authority may only use information obtained from the
 
 
database for purposes connected with the authority’s functions relating to
 
 
housing, residential landlords or residential tenancies.
 
 
(3)
A local weights and measures authority may only use information obtained
10
 
from the database for purposes connected with the authority’s functions of
 
 
enforcing standards relating to housing.
 
 
(4)
A mayoral combined authority and the Greater London Authority may only
 
 
use information obtained from the database for purposes connected with the
 
 
authority’s functions relating to housing.
15

Removal of entries

 
89
Removal of entries from database
 
 
(1)
The database operator must remove a landlord or dwelling entry from the
 
 
database if it has been an inactive entry throughout a continuous period of
 
 
5 years.
20
 
(2)
The database operator must remove an entry made under section 83 at the
 
 
end of the period of 10 years beginning with the day on which the entry is
 
 
made.
 
 
(3)
But if, in the case of an entry made in respect of a relevant banning order,
 
 
the ban imposed by the order continues after the end of the period mentioned
25
 
in subsection (2) , that subsection does not apply and the database operator
 
 
must remove the entry when the ban ends.
 

Enforcement

 
90
Restriction on gaining possession
 
 
(1)
In section 7 of the 1988 Act (orders for possession)—
30
 
(a)
in subsection (4) , after “then” insert “, subject to subsection (5ZC) ,”;
 
 
(b)
after subsection (5ZB) (inserted by section 3 (2) (d) of this Act) insert—
 
 
“(5ZC)
The court may not make an order for possession of a
 
 
dwelling-house while the landlord (or, in the case of joint
 
 
landlords, any of the joint landlords) is in breach of section
35
 
82 (3) (a) of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025 in relation to the
 

Page 128

 
dwelling-house, unless the ground for possession is Ground
 
 
7A in Part 1 of Schedule 2 to this Act or Ground 14 in Part 2
 
 
of that Schedule.”
 
 
(2)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend section 7 of the 1988 Act
 
 
for the purpose of changing—
5
 
(a)
the person or persons by whom, or
 
 
(b)
the circumstances in which,
 
 
a breach of section 82 (3) (a) of this Act prevents the making of an order for
 
 
possession.
 
91
Financial penalties
10
 
(1)
A local housing authority may impose a financial penalty on a person if
 
 
satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the person has—
 
 
(a)
breached a requirement imposed by section 82 (1) , (2) or (3) ,
 
 
(b)
committed an offence under section 92 .
 
 
(2)
The amount of a financial penalty imposed under this section is to be
15
 
determined by the authority imposing it, but must not be more than—
 
 
(a)
£7,000, if it is imposed under subsection (1) (a) , or
 
 
(b)
£40,000, if it is imposed under subsection (1) (b) .
 
 
(3)
More than one financial penalty may be imposed under this section in respect
 
 
of the same conduct only if—
20
 
(a)
the conduct continues after the end of 28 days beginning with the day
 
 
after that on which the previous penalty in respect of the conduct was
 
 
imposed on the person, unless the person appeals against the decision
 
 
to impose the penalty within that period, or
 
 
(b)
if the person appeals against the decision to impose the penalty within
25
 
that period, the conduct continues after the end of 28 days beginning
 
 
with the day after that on which the appeal is finally determined,
 
 
withdrawn or abandoned.
 
 
(4)
Subsection (3) does not enable a penalty to be imposed after the final notice
 
 
in respect of the previous penalty has been withdrawn or quashed on appeal.
30
 
(5)
No financial penalty may be imposed under this section in respect of any
 
 
conduct if—
 
 
(a)
the person has been convicted of an offence under section 92 in respect
 
 
of the conduct,
 
 
(b)
criminal proceedings for an offence under that section in respect of
35
 
the conduct have been instituted against the person and the
 
 
proceedings have not been concluded, or
 
 
(c)
criminal proceedings for an offence under that section in respect of
 
 
the conduct have been concluded and the person has not been
 
 
convicted.
40

Page 129

 
(6)
The Secretary of State may give guidance to local housing authorities about
 
 
the exercise of their functions under this section.
 
 
(7)
Local housing authorities must have regard to any guidance issued under
 
 
subsection (6) .
 
 
(8)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend the amounts specified in
5
 
subsection (2) to reflect changes in the value of money.
 
 
(9)
For the purposes of this section and section 92 —
 
 
(a)
a financial penalty is imposed under this section on the date specified
 
 
in the final notice as the date on which the notice is given, and
 
 
(b)
“final notice” has the meaning given by paragraph 6 of Schedule 5 .
10
92
Offences
 
 
(1)
A person commits an offence if the person knowingly or recklessly provides
 
 
information to the database operator which is false or misleading in a material
 
 
respect in purported compliance with a requirement imposed by regulations
 
 
under this Chapter .
15
 
(2)
A person commits an offence if—
 
 
(a)
a relevant penalty has been imposed on the person and the final notice
 
 
imposing the penalty has not been withdrawn, and
 
 
(b)
the conduct in respect of which the penalty was imposed continues
 
 
after the end of the period of 28 days beginning with—
20
 
(i)
the day after that on which the penalty was imposed on the
 
 
person, or
 
 
(ii)
if the person appeals against the decision to impose the penalty
 
 
within that period, the day after that on which the appeal is
 
 
finally determined, withdrawn or abandoned.
25
 
(3)
A person commits an offence if—
 
 
(a)
a relevant penalty has been imposed on the person in respect of a
 
 
breach of a requirement imposed by section 82 (1) , (2) or (3) and the
 
 
final notice imposing the penalty has not been withdrawn, and
 
 
(b)
the person engages in conduct which constitutes a different breach of
30
 
such a requirement within the period of five years beginning with the
 
 
day on which the penalty was imposed.
 
 
(4)
A person commits an offence if—
 
 
(a)
either—
 
 
(i)
a relevant penalty has been imposed on the person in respect
35
 
of an offence under this section and the final notice imposing
 
 
the penalty has not been withdrawn, or
 
 
(ii)
the person has been convicted of such an offence, and
 
 
(b)
the person breaches a requirement imposed by section 82 (1) , (2) or (3)
 
 
within the period of five years beginning with the day on which the
40
 
relevant penalty was imposed or the person was convicted.
 

Page 130

 
(5)
In subsections (2) to (4) “relevant penalty” means a financial penalty which
 
 
is imposed under section 91 where—
 
 
(a)
the period for bringing an appeal against the decision to impose the
 
 
penalty under paragraph 10 of Schedule 5 has expired without an
 
 
appeal being brought,
5
 
(b)
an appeal against the decision to impose the penalty under that
 
 
paragraph has been withdrawn or abandoned, or
 
 
(c)
the final notice imposing the penalty has been confirmed or varied on
 
 
appeal.
 
 
(6)
A person may not be convicted of an offence under subsections (1) , (3) or (4)
10
 
if a financial penalty has been imposed under section 91 in respect of the
 
 
same conduct.
 
 
(7)
A person guilty of an offence under this section is liable on summary
 
 
conviction to a fine.
 
 
(8)
Where an offence under this section committed by a body corporate is proved
15
 
to have been committed with the consent or connivance of, or to be attributable
 
 
to any neglect on the part of, an officer of a body corporate, the officer as
 
 
well as the body corporate commits the offence and is liable to be proceeded
 
 
against and punished accordingly.
 
 
(9)
Where the affairs of a body corporate are managed by its members, subsection
20
 
(8) applies in relation to the acts and defaults of a member in connection with
 
 
the member's functions of management as if the member were an officer of
 
 
the body corporate.
 

Final provisions

 
93
Power to direct database operator and local housing authorities
25
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may from time to time give directions—
 
 
(a)
to the database operator about the manner in which it is to exercise
 
 
its functions, and
 
 
(b)
to local housing authorities about the manner in which they are to
 
 
exercise the functions conferred on them by or under this Chapter .
30
 
(2)
Directions under subsection (1) may provide, in particular, that a function is
 
 
only to be exercised—
 
 
(a)
after consultation with the Secretary of State, or
 
 
(b)
with the consent of the Secretary of State.
 
 
(3)
Subsection (1) (a) does not apply if the Secretary of State is the database
35
 
operator.
 
94
Entries under
 
 
(1)
The Housing and Planning Act 2016 is amended as follows.
 

Page 131

 
(2)
In section 28 (database of rogue landlords and property agents), after
 
 
subsection (3) insert—
 
 
“(4)
In relation to rogue landlords, see also the database established under
 
 
section 75 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025.”
 
 
(3)
In section 29 (duty to include person with banning order), after subsection
5
 
(2) insert—
 
 
“(3)
In this section, references to a “banning order” are to a banning order
 
 
made—
 
 
(a)
before the day on which Chapter 3 of Part 2 of the Renters’
 
 
Rights Act 2025 comes into force, or
10
 
(b)
on or after that day if—
 
 
(i)
the order does not ban the person against whom it is
 
 
made from letting housing in England, or
 
 
(ii)
the order relates to an offence to which subsection (4)
 
 
applies.
15
 
(4)
This subsection applies to an offence which was committed by a person
 
 
who at the time was neither—
 
 
(a)
a residential landlord as defined in Part 2 of the Renters’ Rights
 
 
Act 2025 (see sections 63 and 99 (2) of that Act), nor
 
 
(b)
marketing a dwelling for the purpose of creating a residential
20
 
tenancy, as defined for the purposes of that Part of that Act
 
 
(see section 99 (3) to (7) of that Act).”
 
 
(4)
In section 30 (power to include person convicted of banning order offence),
 
 
after subsection (7) —
 
 
“(8)
In this section, references to a “banning order offence” are to a banning
25
 
order offence committed—
 
 
(a)
before the day on which Chapter 3 of Part 2 of the Renters’
 
 
Rights Act 2025 comes into force, or
 
 
(b)
on or after that day if it is an offence to which subsection (9)
 
 
applies.
30
 
(9)
This subsection applies to a banning order offence which was
 
 
committed by a person who at the time was neither—
 
 
(a)
a residential landlord as defined in Part 2 of the Renters’ Rights
 
 
Act 2025 (see sections 63 and 99 (2) of that Act), nor
 
 
(b)
marketing a dwelling for the purpose of creating a residential
35
 
tenancy, as defined for the purposes of that Part of that Act
 
 
(see section 99 (3) to (7) of that Act).”
 
95
Different provision for different purposes: joint landlords
 
 
The different provision that may be made in regulations under this Chapter
 
 
by virtue of section 139 (1) (b) includes different provision for joint landlords,
40

Page 132

 
for example provision for or in relation to a single landlord entry in respect
 
 
of joint landlords.
 
96
Interpretation of
 
 
(1)
In this Chapter—
 
 
“database” means the database established under section 75 ;
5
 
“lead enforcement authority” and “the landlord legislation” have the
 
 
same meanings as in Part 4 ;
 
 
“relevant banning order” and “relevant banning order offence” have the
 
 
meanings given by section 83 ;
 
 
“unique identifier” has the meaning given by section 84 (1) .
10
 
(2)
Section 110 (6) (lead enforcement authority “responsible” for the provisions
 
 
of the landlord legislation) applies for the purposes of this Chapter as it
 
 
applies for the purposes of Part 4 .
 

Chapter 4

 

Part 2: supplementary provision

15
97
Financial assistance by Secretary of State
 
 
The Secretary of State may give financial assistance (by way of grant, loan,
 
 
guarantee or in any other form) or make other payments to a person who
 
 
exercises functions under or by virtue of this Part.
 
98
Rent repayment orders for offences under the
20
 
67 and 92 of this Act
 
 
(1)
The Housing and Planning Act 2016 is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In section 40 (introduction and key definitions), in subsection (3) —
 
 
(a)
at the end of line 2 of the table in that subsection insert—
 
 
“2A
25
 
Housing Act 1988
25
 
section 16J (1)
25
 
Knowingly or
25
 
recklessly misusing
 
 
a possession
 
 
ground
 
 
2B
 
 
section 16J (2)
 
 
Breach of restriction
 
 
on letting or
30
 
marketing
 
 
dwelling-house
 
 
2C
 
 
section 16J (3)
 
 
Tenancy reform:
 
 
continuing
 
 
breaches”;
35

Page 133

 
(b)
in line 5 of the table in that subsection, in the third column, for “control
 
 
or management of unlicensed HMO” substitute “offences relating to
 
 
unlicensed HMOs”;
 
 
(c)
in line 6 of the table in that subsection, in the third column, for “control
 
 
or management of unlicensed house” substitute “offences relating to
5
 
unlicensed houses”;
 
 
(d)
at the end of the table in that subsection insert—
 
 
“8
 
 
Renters’ Rights Act
 
 
section 67 (1)
 
 
Landlord redress
 
 
2025
 
 
schemes:
 
 
continuing breaches
10
 
9
 
 
section 92 (1)
 
 
Private rented
 
 
sector database:
 
 
provision of false
 
 
or misleading
 
 
information
15
 
10
 
 
section 92 (2) (but
 
 
Private rented
 
 
only if the penalty
 
 
sector database:
 
 
imposed relates to
 
 
continuing
 
 
a breach of a
 
 
breaches”.
 
 
requirement
20
 
imposed by section
 
 
82 (3) )
 
 
(3)
In section 41 (application for rent repayment order)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (2) (b) , for “12 months” substitute “2 years”;
 
 
(b)
after subsection (2) insert—
25
 
“(2A)
The requirement in subsection (2)(a) does not apply to an
 
 
application for a rent repayment order in relation to an offence
 
 
under section 16J (1) or (2) of the Housing Act 1988 .”
 
 
(4)
In section 42 (notice of intended proceedings), in subsection (5) , for “12
 
 
months” substitute “2 years”.
30
 
(5)
In section 44 (amount of order: tenants)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (2) , in the first column of the table—
 
 
(i)
in the first row, for “or 2” substitute “, 2, 2A or 9”, and
 
 
(ii)
in the second row, for “3” to “7” substitute “2C, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
 
 
or 10”;
35
 
(b)
in subsection (2) , after the first row of the table insert—
 
 
“an offence mentioned in
 
 
the period of 2 years ending with the
 
 
row 2B of the table in
 
 
date of the offence or, if the tenancy
 
 
section 40(3)
 
 
ends before that date, the date on which
 
 
it ends”;
40

Page 134

 
(c)
in subsection (4) —
 
 
(i)
omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (b) ,
 
 
(ii)
in paragraph (c) , after “of” insert “, or received a financial
 
 
penalty in respect of,”, and
 
 
(iii)
at the end of paragraph (c) insert “, and
5
 
“(d)
whether the landlord has at any time had a rent
 
 
repayment order made against them.”
 
 
(6)
In section 45 (amount of order: local housing authorities)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (2) , in the first column of the table —
 
 
(i)
in the first row, for “or 2” substitute “, 2, 2A or 9”, and
10
 
(ii)
in the second row, for “3” to “7” substitute “2C, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
 
 
or 10”;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (2) , after the first row of the table insert—
 
 
“an offence mentioned in
 
 
the period of 2 years ending with the
 
 
row 2B of the table in
15
 
date of the offence or, if the tenancy
15
 
section 40(3)
 
 
ends before that date, the date on which
 
 
it ends”;
 
 
(c)
in subsection (4) —
 
 
(i)
omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (b) ,
 
 
(ii)
in paragraph (c) , after “of” insert “, or received a financial
20
 
penalty in respect of,”, and
 
 
(iii)
at the end of paragraph (c) insert “, and
 
 
“(d)
whether the landlord has at any time had a rent
 
 
repayment order made against them.”
 
 
(7)
In section 46 (amount of order following conviction)—
25
 
(a)
in subsection (1) , for “both” substitute “either”;
 
 
(b)
for subsection (3) substitute—
 
 
“(3)
Condition 2 is that the order is made against a landlord in
 
 
relation to an offence (the “relevant offence”) where the
 
 
landlord has at any time (whether or not in relation to the
30
 
same tenancy or housing)—
 
 
(a)
been convicted of another offence which is the same
 
 
offence as the relevant offence,
 
 
(b)
received a financial penalty in respect of another offence
 
 
which is the same offence as the relevant offence, or
35
 
(c)
had a rent repayment order made against them in
 
 
respect of another offence which is the same offence as
 
 
the relevant offence.”;
 
 
(c)
after subsection (4) insert—
 
 
“(4A)
For the purposes of subsection (3) , an offence under section
40
 
72 (1) of the Housing Act 2004 is to be treated as the same
 

Page 135

 
offence as an offence under section 95 (1) of that Act (and vice
 
 
versa).”
 
99
Interpretation of
 
 
(1)
In this Part “dwelling” has the meaning given by section 63 (2) .
 
 
(2)
For the meanings of “residential landlord”, “residential tenancy” and
5
 
“residential tenant” in this Part, see section 63 .
 
 
(3)
For the purposes of this Part, a person markets a dwelling for the purpose
 
 
of creating a residential tenancy when—
 
 
(a)
the person advertises that the dwelling is or may be available for let
 
 
under a residential tenancy, or
10
 
(b)
in the course of lettings agency work, the person informs any other
 
 
person that the dwelling is or may be so available.
 
 
(4)
But subsection (3) (a) does not apply in relation to a person who publishes an
 
 
advertisement in the course of a business that does not involve lettings agency
 
 
work if the advertisement has been provided by another person.
15
 
(5)
For the purposes of this section , “lettings agency work” means things done
 
 
by a person in the course of a business in response to instructions received
 
 
from—
 
 
(a)
a person (“a prospective landlord”) seeking to find another person to
 
 
whom to let a dwelling, or
20
 
(b)
a person (“a prospective tenant”) seeking to find a dwelling to rent.
 
 
(6)
However, “lettings agency work” does not include any of the following things
 
 
when done by a person who does nothing else within subsection (5) —
 
 
(a)
publishing advertisements or disseminating information;
 
 
(b)
providing a means by which a prospective landlord or a prospective
25
 
tenant can, in response to an advertisement or dissemination of
 
 
information, make direct contact with a prospective tenant or
 
 
prospective landlord;
 
 
(c)
providing a means by which a prospective landlord and a prospective
 
 
tenant can communicate directly with each other.
30
 
(7)
“Lettings agency work” also does not include things of a description, or things
 
 
done by a person of a description, specified in regulations made by the
 
 
Secretary of State.
 

Part 3

 

Decent homes standard

35
100
Decent homes standard
 
 
(1)
The Housing Act 2004 is amended as follows.
 

Page 136

 
(2)
In section 1 (new system for assessing housing conditions and enforcing
 
 
housing standards), after subsection (3) insert—
 
 
“(3A)
This Part also provides—
 
 
(a)
for regulations to specify requirements that must be met in
 
 
England by qualifying residential premises, and
5
 
(b)
for the enforcement of those requirements by local housing
 
 
authorities in England.”
 
 
(3)
In subsection (4) of that section , after paragraph (d) insert—
 
 
“(e)
accommodation in England—
 
 
(i)
the availability for occupation of which is secured under
10
 
Part 7 of the Housing Act 1996 (homelessness), and
 
 
(ii)
that is of a description specified by regulations made
 
 
by the Secretary of State, or
 
 
(iii)
that is provided by the Ministry of Defence for use as
 
 
service family accommodation.”
15
 
(4)
After subsection (4) of that section , insert—
 
 
“(4A)
Before making regulations under subsection (4)(e)(ii), the Secretary of
 
 
State must consult such persons as the Secretary of State considers
 
 
appropriate.
 
 
(4B)
The requirement to consult under subsection (4A) may be satisfied by
20
 
consultation before (as well as after) the passing of the Renters’ Rights
 
 
Act 2025.”
 
 
(5)
After section 2 insert—
 
 
“Additional standards for certain housing in England
 
2A
Power to set standards for qualifying residential premises
25
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may by regulations specify requirements to be
 
 
met by qualifying residential premises.
 
 
(2)
The matters which may be covered by the requirements include (but
 
 
are not limited to) the following matters—
 
 
(a)
the state of repair of the premises,
30
 
(b)
things to be provided for use by, or for the safety, security or
 
 
comfort of, persons occupying the premises, and
 
 
(c)
the means of keeping the premises at a suitable temperature.
 
 
(3)
The requirements are to consist of one or both of the following—
 
 
(a)
requirements which the Secretary of State considers appropriate
35
 
to be subject to enforcement under section 5 (duty of local
 
 
housing authorities to take enforcement action), referred to in
 
 
this Part as “type 1 requirements”, and
 

Page 137

 
(b)
requirements which the Secretary of State considers appropriate
 
 
to be subject to enforcement under section 7 (power of local
 
 
housing authorities to take enforcement action), referred to in
 
 
this Part as “type 2 requirements”.
 
 
(4)
The regulations may contain exceptions from the requirements.
5
2B
Qualifying residential premises
 
 
(1)
The following are “qualifying residential premises” for the purposes
 
 
of this Part—
 
 
(a)
a dwelling or HMO in England—
 
 
(i)
which is let under a relevant tenancy, or
10
 
(ii)
which is supported exempt accommodation,
 
 
except where the dwelling or HMO is social housing and the
 
 
landlord under the tenancy, or the provider of the
 
 
accommodation, is a registered provider of social housing,
 
 
(b)
an HMO in England where at least one unit of accommodation
15
 
which forms part of the HMO is let on a relevant tenancy,
 
 
except where the unit is social housing and the landlord under
 
 
the tenancy is a registered provider of social housing,
 
 
(c)
a building or part of a building constructed or adapted for use
 
 
as a house in multiple occupation if—
20
 
(i)
it is for the time being only occupied by persons who
 
 
form a single household, and
 
 
(ii)
the accommodation which those persons occupy is let
 
 
under a relevant tenancy or is supported exempt
 
 
accommodation,
25
 
except where the accommodation which those persons occupy
 
 
is social housing and the landlord under the tenancy, or the
 
 
provider of the supported exempt accommodation, is a
 
 
registered provider of social housing,
 
 
(d)
any accommodation falling within paragraph (e) of the
30
 
definition of “residential premises” in section 1(4)
 
 
(homelessness), except where the accommodation is social
 
 
housing and the provider of the accommodation is a registered
 
 
provider of social housing, and
 
 
(e)
any common parts of a building in England containing one or
35
 
more flats falling within paragraph (a) , (b) , (c) or (d) of this
 
 
subsection.
 
 
(2)
In this Part—
 
 
“relevant tenancy” means—
 
 
(a)
an assured tenancy within the meaning of the Housing
40
 
Act 1988 ,
 
 
(b)
an assured agricultural occupancy within the meaning
 
 
of Part 1 of that Act , or
 

Page 138

 
(c)
a regulated tenancy within the meaning of the Rent Act
 
 
1977 ;
 
 
“social housing” has the same meaning as in Part 2 of the Housing
 
 
and Regeneration Act 2008 ;
 
 
“supported exempt accommodation” has the same meaning as in
5
 
the Supported Housing (Regulatory Oversight) Act 2023 (see
 
 
section 12 of that Act).
 
 
(3)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend this section so as to
 
 
change the meaning of “relevant tenancy” so as to add or remove a
 
 
particular kind of—
10
 
(a)
tenancy that is periodic or granted for a term of less than 21
 
 
years, or
 
 
(b)
licence to occupy.
 
 
(4)
Before making regulations under subsection (3) , the Secretary of State
 
 
must consult such persons as the Secretary of State considers
15
 
appropriate.
 
 
(6)
In Schedule 4 , Part 1 contains amendments of the Housing Act 2004 and Part
 
 
2 contains amendments of other Acts.
 

Part 4

 

Enforcement

20

Chapter 1

 

Sanctions

 
101
Financial penalties
 
 
Schedule 5 makes provision about—
 
 
(a)
the procedure for imposing a financial penalty under sections 40 , 57 ,
25
 
66 , 91 ,
 
 
(b)
appeals against financial penalties under those sections,
 
 
(c)
enforcement of financial penalties under those sections, and
 
 
(d)
how local housing authorities are to deal with the proceeds of financial
 
 
penalties under those sections.
30
102
Rent repayment orders: liability of landlords and superior landlords
 
 
(1)
The Housing and Planning Act 2016 is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In section 40 (introduction and key definitions), for subsections (1) and (2)
 
 
substitute—
 
 
“(1)
This Chapter confers power on the First-tier Tribunal to make a rent
35
 
repayment order where an offence to which this Chapter applies has
 
 
been committed by—
 

Page 139

 
(a)
a landlord under a tenancy of housing in England, or
 
 
(b)
any superior landlord in relation to such a tenancy.
 
 
(2)
A rent repayment order is an order requiring the landlord or superior
 
 
landlord who committed the offence to—
 
 
(a)
pay a tenant an amount in respect of rent paid by or on behalf
5
 
of the tenant (whether the rent was paid to the landlord or
 
 
superior landlord against whom the order is made, or to
 
 
another person), or
 
 
(b)
pay a local housing authority an amount in respect of a relevant
 
 
award of universal credit paid (to any person) in respect of
10
 
rent under the tenancy.
 
 
(2A)
In a case where the offence was committed by a superior landlord—
 
 
(a)
references in the following provisions of this Chapter to the
 
 
landlord are to be read as references to the superior landlord,
 
 
and
15
 
(b)
housing in relation to which the person in question is a superior
 
 
landlord is to be treated for the purposes of this Chapter as
 
 
let by that person.”
 
 
(3)
In section 41 (application for rent repayment order), in subsection (1), for
 
 
“person” substitute “landlord”.
20
 
(4)
In section 43 (making of rent repayment order), at the end of subsection (3)
 
 
insert—
 
 
“(d)
section 46A (where an order is made against more than one
 
 
landlord or there has been a previous order).”
 
 
(5)
In section 44 (amount of order: tenants)—
25
 
(a)
in subsection (2) —
 
 
(i)
after “rent paid” (in the first place) insert “by, or on behalf of,
 
 
the tenant”,
 
 
(ii)
for “during” substitute “in respect of”,
 
 
(iii)
in the heading to the second column to the table, after “by”
30
 
insert “, or on behalf of,”, and
 
 
(iv)
for “12 months” (in both places) substitute “2 years”,
 
 
(b)
in subsection (3) —
 
 
(i)
for “repay” substitute “pay”, and
 
 
(ii)
in paragraph (a), after “paid” insert “by, or on behalf of, the
35
 
tenant”, and
 
 
(c)
in subsection (4), after paragraph (a) insert—
 
 
“(aa)
the amount of any rent received by the tenant in respect
 
 
of the period mentioned in the table in relation to the
 
 
housing let to the tenant,”.
40
 
(6)
In section 45 (amount of order: local housing authorities)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (2) —
 

Page 140

 
(i)
for “during” substitute “in respect of”, and
 
 
(ii)
for “12 months” (in both places) substitute “2 years”, and
 
 
(b)
in subsection (3) —
 
 
(i)
for “repay” substitute “pay”, and
 
 
(ii)
omit “that the landlord” (in the second place).
5
 
(7)
After section 46 insert—
 
“46A
Amount of order: supplementary
 
 
(1)
A rent repayment order made against more than one landlord must
 
 
provide for the landlords to be jointly and severally liable for the
 
 
amount due under the order.
10
 
(2)
If a rent repayment order (“the original order”) has been made in
 
 
respect of rent under a tenancy and another rent repayment order
 
 
(“the new order”) is made in respect of rent under the same tenancy,
 
 
the new order may not require payment to be made in respect of any
 
 
period in respect of which the original order required payment to be
15
 
made.”
 
 
(8)
In section 52 (interpretation), in subsection (1), in the appropriate place insert—
 
 
““landlord” is to be read in accordance with section 40(2A);”
 
103
Rent repayment orders: liability of directors etc
 
 
In the Housing and Planning Act 2016 , after section 52 insert—
20
“51A
Landlord which is body corporate: liability of directors etc
 
 
(1)
This section applies where—
 
 
(a)
a landlord which is a body corporate has committed an offence
 
 
to which this Chapter applies, and
 
 
(b)
the offence—
25
 
(i)
was committed with the consent or connivance of a
 
 
relevant person in relation to the body corporate, or of
 
 
a person purporting to act in the capacity of a relevant
 
 
person in relation to the body corporate, or
 
 
(ii)
was a specified offence and was attributable to any
30
 
neglect on the part of such a person.
 
 
(2)
That person, as well as the body corporate, is treated for the purposes
 
 
of this Chapter as having committed the offence.
 
 
(3)
In this Chapter a reference to the landlord includes that person.
 
 
(4)
In this section—
35
 
“relevant person” means—
 
 
(a)
in relation to a body corporate other than one the affairs
 
 
of which are managed by its members, a director,
 
 
manager, secretary or other similar officer of the body;
 

Page 141

 
(b)
in relation to a body corporate the affairs of which are
 
 
managed by its members, a member who exercises
 
 
functions of management with respect to it;
 
 
“specified offence” means an offence under—
 
 
(a)
section 1 (2) of the Protection from Eviction Act 1977 ;
5
 
(b)
section 16J (2) or (3) of the Housing Act 1988 ;
 
 
(c)
section 30 (1) , 32 (1) , 72 (1) or 95 (1) of the Housing Act
 
 
2004 ;
 
 
(d)
section 21 of this Act;
 
 
(e)
section 67 (1) or 92 (2) of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025.”
10
104
Unlicensed HMOs and houses: offences
 
 
(1)
Section 72 of the Housing Act 2004 (offences in relation to licensing of HMOs)
 
 
is amended in accordance with subsections (2) to (4) .
 
 
(2)
For subsection (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
If an HMO is required to be licensed under this Part (see section 61(1))
15
 
but is not so licensed, an offence is committed by—
 
 
(a)
any person within subsection (1A) , and
 
 
(b)
any person who as landlord under a tenancy or licensor under
 
 
a licence to occupy has an estate or interest in, or a right in
 
 
relation to, the HMO that is superior (whether directly or
20
 
indirectly) to the estate, interest or right of any person within
 
 
subsection (1A) .
 
 
(1A)
The following are within this subsection—
 
 
(a)
any person having control of or managing the HMO, and
 
 
(b)
any person who is the landlord or licensor in relation to a
25
 
person occupying the HMO under a tenancy or licence.”
 
 
(3)
After subsection (4) insert—
 
 
“(4A)
In proceedings against a person for an offence under subsection (1) (a)
 
 
it is a defence for them to prove that they had a reasonable excuse—
 
 
(a)
for having control of or managing the HMO, or
30
 
(b)
for being the landlord or licensor in relation to a person
 
 
occupying the HMO under a tenancy or licence,
 
 
in circumstances in which the HMO was required to be licensed under
 
 
this Part but was not so licensed.
 
 
(4B)
In proceedings against a person for an offence under subsection (1) (b)
35
 
it is a defence for them to prove that they—
 
 
(a)
did not know, and had a reasonable excuse for not knowing,
 
 
that the building or part of the building concerned was an
 
 
HMO,
 
 
(b)
took all reasonably practicable steps to ensure that the HMO
40
 
was licensed under this Part, or
 

Page 142

 
(c)
had some other reasonable excuse for failing to ensure that the
 
 
HMO was so licensed.
 
 
(4C)
For the purposes of subsection (4B) , a term in the tenancy agreement
 
 
or licence to occupy relating to the occupation of the building or part
 
 
of the building that is an HMO does not on its own constitute a
5
 
defence under any of paragraphs (a) to (c) of that subsection.”
 
 
(4)
In subsection (5) —
 
 
(a)
for “subsection (1), (2) or (3)” substitute “subsection (2) or (3)”, and
 
 
(b)
omit paragraph (a) (together with the “or” at the end of it).
 
 
(5)
Section 95 of the Housing Act 2004 (offences in relation to licensing of houses
10
 
under Part 3) is amended in accordance with subsections (6) to (8) .
 
 
(6)
For subsection (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
If a house is required to be licensed under this Part (see section 85(1))
 
 
but is not so licensed, an offence is committed by—
 
 
(a)
any person within subsection (1A) , and
15
 
(b)
any person who as landlord under a tenancy or licensor under
 
 
a licence to occupy has an estate or interest in, or a right in
 
 
relation to, the house that is superior (whether directly or
 
 
indirectly) to the estate, interest or right of any person within
 
 
subsection (1A) .
20
 
(1A)
The following are within this subsection—
 
 
(a)
any person having control of or managing the house;
 
 
(b)
any person who is the landlord or licensor in relation to a
 
 
person occupying the house under a tenancy or licence.”
 
 
(7)
After subsection (3) insert—
25
 
“(3A)
In proceedings against a person for an offence under subsection (1) (a)
 
 
it is a defence for them to prove that they had a reasonable excuse—
 
 
(a)
for having control of or managing the house, or
 
 
(b)
for being the landlord or licensor in relation to a person
 
 
occupying the house under a tenancy or licence,
30
 
in circumstances in which the house was required to be licensed under
 
 
this Part but was not so licensed.
 
 
(3B)
In proceedings against a person for an offence under subsection (1) (b)
 
 
it is a defence for them to prove that they—
 
 
(a)
did not know, and had a reasonable excuse for not knowing,
35
 
that the house was one to which this Part applies,
 
 
(b)
took all reasonably practicable steps to ensure that the house
 
 
was licensed under this Part, or
 
 
(c)
had some other reasonable excuse for failing to ensure that the
 
 
house was so licensed.
40

Page 143

 
(3C)
For the purposes of subsection (3B) , a term in the tenancy agreement
 
 
or licence to occupy relating to the occupation of the house does not
 
 
on its own constitute a defence under any of paragraphs (a) to (c) of
 
 
that subsection.”
 
 
(8)
In subsection (4) —
5
 
(a)
for “subsection (1) or (2)” substitute “subsection (2)”, and
 
 
(b)
for the words following “excuse” substitute “for failing to comply with
 
 
the condition”.
 
105
Service of improvement notices on landlords and licensors
 
 
In Schedule 1 to the Housing Act 2004 (procedure and appeals relating to
10
 
improvement notices), in paragraph 2 (2) —
 
 
(a)
after “the notice” insert “on whichever of the following the authority
 
 
considers ought to take the action specified in it”,
 
 
(b)
in paragraphs (a) and (b) , omit “on” in each place, and
 
 
(c)
after paragraph (b) insert—
15
 
“(c)
(in either case) if the premises or any part of them are
 
 
let under a tenancy that is periodic or was granted for
 
 
a term of 21 years or less, or are occupied under a
 
 
licence—
 
 
(i)
the landlord or licensor;
20
 
(ii)
any superior landlord or licensor.”
 

Chapter 2

 

Enforcement authorities

 
106
Enforcement by local housing authorities: general duty
 
 
(1)
It is the duty of every local housing authority to enforce the landlord
25
 
legislation in its area.
 
 
(2)
But the duty in subsection (1) does not prevent a local housing authority from
 
 
taking enforcement action in respect of a breach of, or an offence under, the
 
 
landlord legislation which occurs outside of its area.
 
 
(3)
The duty is also subject to sections 107 (3) (enforcement by another local
30
 
housing authority), 108 (3) (enforcement by county council in England which
 
 
is not a local housing authority) and 112 (4) (enforcement by the lead
 
 
enforcement authority).
 
 
(4)
A county council in England which is not a local housing authority may—
 
 
(a)
enforce the landlord legislation;
35
 
(b)
for that purpose, exercise any powers that a local housing authority
 
 
may exercise for the purposes of enforcing that legislation.
 
 
(5)
In this Part “the landlord legislation” means—
 

Page 144

 
(a)
Chapters 3 and 6 of Part 1 of this Act,
 
 
(b)
Part 2 of this Act,
 
 
(c)
sections 1 and 1A of the Protection from Eviction Act 1977 , and
 
 
(d)
Chapter 1 of Part 1 of the 1988 Act .
 
 
(6)
For the purposes of this Part , a reference to taking enforcement action is a
5
 
reference to—
 
 
(a)
imposing a financial penalty, or
 
 
(b)
instituting proceedings against a person for an offence,
 
 
under the landlord legislation.
 
107
Enforcement by local housing authorities: duty to notify
10
 
(1)
Where a local housing authority (“LA1”) proposes to take enforcement action
 
 
in respect of a breach of, or an offence under, the landlord legislation which
 
 
occurs (or which also occurs) in the area of another local housing authority
 
 
(“LA2”), LA1 must notify LA2 that it proposes to do so.
 
 
(2)
If LA1 notifies LA2 under subsection (1) but does not take the action referred
15
 
to in that subsection , LA1 must notify LA2 of that fact.
 
 
(3)
Where a local housing authority receives a notification under subsection (1)
 
 
, the authority is relieved of the duty under section 106 (1) in relation to the
 
 
breach or offence unless the authority receives a notification under subsection
 
 
(2) .
20
 
(4)
Subsection (5) applies where—
 
 
(a)
a local housing authority (“LA1”) has imposed a financial penalty
 
 
under the landlord legislation,
 
 
(b)
the breach or offence to which the penalty relates occurred in the area
 
 
of another local housing authority (“LA2”), and
25
 
(c)
the final notice imposing the penalty has not been withdrawn.
 
 
(5)
LA1 must notify LA2 as soon as reasonably practicable if—
 
 
(a)
the period for bringing an appeal against the penalty expires without
 
 
an appeal being brought,
 
 
(b)
an appeal against the penalty is withdrawn or abandoned, or
30
 
(c)
the final notice imposing the penalty is confirmed or varied on appeal.
 
 
(6)
Subsection (7) applies where—
 
 
(a)
a local housing authority (“LA1”) has instituted proceedings against
 
 
a person for an offence under the landlord legislation, and
 
 
(b)
the conduct to which the offence relates occurred in the area of another
35
 
local housing authority (“LA2”).
 
 
(7)
LA1 must notify LA2 as soon as reasonably practicable if the person is
 
 
convicted of the offence.
 

Page 145

108
Enforcement by county councils: duty to notify
 
 
(1)
A county council in England—
 
 
(a)
which is not a local housing authority, and
 
 
(b)
which proposes to take enforcement action in respect of a breach of,
 
 
or an offence under, the landlord legislation,
5
 
must notify any local housing authority in whose area the breach or offence
 
 
occurred.
 
 
(2)
If the county council notifies a local housing authority under subsection (1)
 
 
but does not take the action referred to in that subsection , it must notify the
 
 
local housing authority of that fact.
10
 
(3)
Where a local housing authority receives a notification under subsection (1)
 
 
, the authority is relieved of the duty under section 106 (1) in relation to the
 
 
breach or offence unless the authority receives notification under subsection
 
 
(2) .
 
 
(4)
Subsection (5) applies where—
15
 
(a)
a county council in England which is not a local housing authority
 
 
has imposed a financial penalty in respect of a breach of, or an offence
 
 
under, the landlord legislation, and
 
 
(b)
the final notice imposing the penalty has not been withdrawn.
 
 
(5)
The county council must as soon as reasonably practicable notify any local
20
 
housing authority in whose area the breach or offence occurred if—
 
 
(a)
the period for bringing an appeal against the penalty expires without
 
 
an appeal being brought,
 
 
(b)
an appeal against the penalty is withdrawn or abandoned, or
 
 
(c)
the final notice imposing the penalty is confirmed or varied on appeal.
25
 
(6)
A county council in England—
 
 
(a)
which is not a local housing authority, and
 
 
(b)
which institutes proceedings against a person for an offence under
 
 
the landlord legislation,
 
 
must as soon as reasonably practicable notify any local housing authority in
30
 
whose area the offence occurred if the person is convicted of the offence.
 
109
Duty to report
 
 
(1)
A local housing authority, or a county council which is not a local housing
 
 
authority, must report to the Secretary of State on the exercise of its functions
 
 
under the landlord legislation.
35
 
(2)
A report under subsection (1) must—
 
 
(a)
be provided at such time and in such form as the Secretary of State
 
 
requires, and
 
 
(b)
contain such information as the Secretary of State requires.
 

Page 146

110
Lead enforcement authority
 
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may make arrangements for a relevant person to be
 
 
the lead enforcement authority for the purposes of any provisions of the
 
 
landlord legislation.
 
 
(2)
The arrangements may include arrangements—
5
 
(a)
for payments by the Secretary of State;
 
 
(b)
about bringing the arrangements to an end.
 
 
(3)
The Secretary of State may by regulations made by statutory instrument make
 
 
transitional or saving provision which applies when there is a change in the
 
 
lead enforcement authority for any provisions of the landlord legislation.
10
 
(4)
The regulations may relate to a specific change in the lead enforcement
 
 
authority or to changes that might arise from time to time.
 
 
(5)
In this Part —
 
 
“lead enforcement authority” means a relevant person which the Secretary
 
 
of State has arranged to be a lead enforcement authority under
15
 
subsection (1) ;
 
 
“relevant person” means—
 
 
(a)
a combined authority established under section 103 of the Local
 
 
Democracy, Economic Development and Construction Act 2009 ,
 
 
(b)
the Greater London Authority, or
20
 
(c)
a local housing authority.
 
 
(6)
For the purposes of this Part , a lead enforcement authority is “responsible”
 
 
for the provisions of the landlord legislation for the purposes of which it is
 
 
such an authority under arrangements made under subsection (1) .
 
111
General duties and powers of lead enforcement authority
25
 
(1)
A lead enforcement authority must oversee the operation of the provisions
 
 
for which it is responsible.
 
 
(2)
A lead enforcement authority must provide—
 
 
(a)
relevant local authorities, and
 
 
(b)
the public in England,
30
 
with information and advice about the operation of the provisions for which
 
 
it is responsible, in such form and manner as the lead enforcement authority
 
 
considers appropriate.
 
 
(3)
A lead enforcement authority may disclose information to a relevant local
 
 
authority for the purposes of enabling that authority to determine whether
35
 
there has been a breach of, or an offence under, the provisions for which the
 
 
lead enforcement authority is responsible.
 
 
(4)
A lead enforcement authority may issue guidance to relevant local authorities
 
 
about the exercise of their functions under any of the provisions for which it
 
 
is responsible.
40

Page 147

 
(5)
Relevant local authorities must have regard to any guidance issued under
 
 
subsection (4) .
 
 
(6)
A lead enforcement authority must keep under review and from time to time
 
 
advise the Secretary of State about the following—
 
 
(a)
the operation of the landlord provisions for which it is responsible;
5
 
(b)
social and commercial developments relating to tenancies in England,
 
 
other than tenancies of social housing, so far as it considers those
 
 
developments relevant to the provisions for which it is responsible.
 
 
(7)
The Secretary of State may give a lead enforcement authority directions as
 
 
to the exercise of any of its functions.
10
 
(8)
A direction may relate to all or particular kinds of relevant local authorities
 
 
and may make different provision for different purposes.
 
 
(9)
In this section —
 
 
“relevant local authority” means—
 
 
(a)
a local housing authority, or
15
 
(b)
a county council in England which is not a local housing
 
 
authority;
 
 
“social housing” has the same meaning as in Part 2 of the Housing and
 
 
Regeneration Act 2008 ;
 
 
“tenancies” includes licences to occupy.
20
112
Enforcement by the lead enforcement authority
 
 
(1)
A lead enforcement authority may—
 
 
(a)
take steps to enforce the provisions for which it is responsible where
 
 
it considers it necessary or expedient to do so;
 
 
(b)
for that purpose, exercise any powers that a local housing authority
25
 
may exercise for the purpose of the enforcement of those provisions.
 
 
(2)
Where a lead enforcement authority proposes to take steps under subsection
 
 
(1) in respect of a breach of, or an offence under, the provisions for which it
 
 
is responsible, it must notify the local housing authority in whose area the
 
 
breach or offence occurred that it proposes to do so.
30
 
(3)
If a lead enforcement authority notifies a local housing authority under
 
 
subsection (2) but does not take the steps referred to in that subsection , the
 
 
lead enforcement authority must notify the local housing authority of that
 
 
fact.
 
 
(4)
Where a local housing authority receives a notification under subsection (2)
35
 
, the authority is relieved of the duty under section 106 (1) in relation to the
 
 
breach or offence unless the authority receives a notification under subsection
 
 
(3) .
 

Page 148

 
(5)
But a lead enforcement authority may require a local housing authority to
 
 
assist the lead enforcement authority in taking the steps referred to in
 
 
subsection (1) .
 
 
(6)
A relevant local authority must report to a lead enforcement authority,
 
 
whenever the lead enforcement authority requires and in such form and with
5
 
such particulars as it requires, on the exercise of that relevant local authority’s
 
 
functions under the provisions for which the lead enforcement authority is
 
 
responsible.
 
 
(7)
The powers of a local housing authority referred to in subsection (1) (b) include
 
 
the power to authorise persons to exercise powers of officers under Chapter
10
 
3 (see section 131 (2) ).
 
 
(8)
Section 125 (10) is to be read, in relation to an officer of a lead enforcement
 
 
authority, as if—
 
 
(a)
the reference to a deputy chief officer whose duties relate to a purpose
 
 
within subsection (1) (b) of that section were a reference to—
15
 
(i)
a person who is employed by, or acts on the instructions of,
 
 
the body which is the lead enforcement authority and has
 
 
overall responsibility for the exercise of the functions of that
 
 
body in that capacity (“the head of the lead enforcement
 
 
authority”), or
20
 
(ii)
a person who is employed by, or acts on the instructions of,
 
 
the lead enforcement authority, and has been authorised by
 
 
the head of the lead enforcement authority to give special
 
 
authorisations within the meaning of section 125 , and
 
 
(b)
paragraph (b) (ii) were omitted.
25
 
(9)
In this section “relevant local authority” has the same meaning as in section
 
 
111 .
 

Chapter 3

 

Investigatory powers

 

Investigatory powers under this Act

30
113
Power of local housing authority to require information from relevant person
 
 
(1)
An officer of a local housing authority may, for purposes connected with any
 
 
function of the authority under or by virtue of legislation set out in the list
 
 
in subsection (3) , give a notice to a relevant person requiring the person to
 
 
provide the local housing authority or an officer with the information specified
35
 
in the notice.
 
 
(2)
In this Chapter “relevant person”, in relation to a power under this Chapter
 
 
, means a person who has, in the twelve months ending with the day on which
 
 
the power is exercised—
 

Page 149

 
(a)
had an estate or interest in premises which consist of or include any
 
 
relevant accommodation, otherwise than as a mortgagee not in
 
 
possession,
 
 
(b)
been a licensor of premises which consist of or include any relevant
 
 
accommodation,
5
 
(c)
acted or purported to act on behalf of a person within paragraph (a)
 
 
or (b) , or
 
 
(d)
marketed any relevant accommodation for the purposes of creating a
 
 
residential tenancy, within the meaning of Part 2 (see section 99 ).
 
 
(3)
Here is the list—
10
 
sections 1 and 1A of the Protection from Eviction Act 1977 ;
 
 
Chapter 1 of Part 1 of the Housing Act 1988 ;
 
 
section 83 (1) or 84 (1) of the Enterprise and Regulatory Reform Act 2013 ;
 
 
sections 21 to 23 of the Housing and Planning Act 2016 ;
 
 
Chapter 3 of Part 1 and Part 2 of this Act.
15
 
(4)
A notice under this section must be in writing and must specify that it is
 
 
given under this section .
 
 
(5)
The notice may specify—
 
 
(a)
the time within which and the manner in which the relevant person
 
 
to whom it is given must comply with it;
20
 
(b)
the form in which information must be provided.
 
 
(6)
The notice may require—
 
 
(a)
the creation of documents, or documents of a description, specified
 
 
in the notice, and
 
 
(b)
the provision of those documents to an enforcement authority or
25
 
officer.
 
 
(7)
The notice must include information about the possible consequences of not
 
 
complying with a notice under this section .
 
 
(8)
A requirement to provide information or create a document is a requirement
 
 
to do so in a legible form.
30
 
(9)
A notice under this section does not require a person to provide any
 
 
information or create any documents which the person would be entitled to
 
 
refuse to provide or produce in proceedings in the High Court on the grounds
 
 
of legal professional privilege.
 
 
(10)
In subsection (2) “relevant accommodation” means any residential
35
 
accommodation in England that is connected with the exercise or proposed
 
 
exercise of the function in relation to which the power under this Chapter is
 
 
exercised.
 

Page 150

114
Power of local housing authority to require information from any person
 
 
(1)
Where an officer of a local housing authority reasonably suspects that there
 
 
has been a breach of, or an offence under, the rented accommodation
 
 
legislation, the officer may for a purpose mentioned in subsection (2) give
 
 
notice to any person requiring the person to provide the local housing
5
 
authority or an officer with information specified in the notice.
 
 
(2)
The purposes are—
 
 
(a)
investigating whether there has been a breach of, or an offence under,
 
 
the rented accommodation legislation, or
 
 
(b)
determining the amount of a penalty under that legislation.
10
 
(3)
In this Chapter “the rented accommodation legislation” means—
 
 
sections 1 and 1A of the Protection from Eviction Act 1977 ;
 
 
Chapter 1 of Part 1 of the Housing Act 1988 ;
 
 
Parts 1 to 4 and 7 of the Housing Act 2004 so far as relating to qualifying
 
 
residential premises within the meaning given by section 2B of that Act ;
15
 
section 83 (1) or 84 (1) of the Enterprise and Regulatory Reform Act 2013 ;
 
 
sections 21 to 23 of the Housing and Planning Act 2016 ;
 
 
Chapter 3 of Part 1 and Part 2 of this Act.
 
 
(4)
A notice under this section must be in writing and must specify that it is
 
 
given under this section .
20
 
(5)
The notice may specify—
 
 
(a)
the time within which and the manner in which the person to whom
 
 
it is given must comply with it;
 
 
(b)
the form in which information must be provided.
 
 
(6)
The notice may require—
25
 
(a)
the creation of documents, or documents of a description, specified
 
 
in the notice, and
 
 
(b)
the provision of those documents to an enforcement authority or
 
 
officer.
 
 
(7)
The notice must include information about the possible consequences of not
30
 
complying with a notice under this section .
 
 
(8)
A requirement to provide information or create a document is a requirement
 
 
to do so in a legible form.
 
115
Enforcement of power to require information from any person
 
 
(1)
If a person fails to comply with a notice under section 114 , the local housing
35
 
authority or an officer of the authority may make an application under this
 
 
section to the court.
 

Page 151

 
(2)
If it appears to the court that the person has failed to comply with the notice,
 
 
it may make an order under this section .
 
 
(3)
An order under this section is an order requiring the person to do anything
 
 
that the court thinks it is reasonable for the person to do, for any of the
 
 
purposes for which the notice was given, to ensure that the notice is complied
5
 
with.
 
 
(4)
An order under this section may require the person to meet the costs of the
 
 
application.
 
 
(5)
If the person is a company, partnership or unincorporated association, the
 
 
court in acting under subsection (4) may require an official who is responsible
10
 
for the failure to meet the costs or expenses.
 
 
(6)
In this section —
 
 
“the court” means—
 
 
(a)
the High Court, or
 
 
(b)
the county court;
15
 
“official” means—
 
 
(a)
in the case of a company, a director, manager, secretary or
 
 
other similar officer,
 
 
(b)
in the case of a limited liability partnership, a member,
 
 
(c)
in the case of a partnership other than a limited liability
20
 
partnership, a partner, and
 
 
(d)
in the case of an unincorporated association, a person who is
 
 
concerned in the management or control of its affairs.
 
116
Limitation on use of information provided under
 
 
(1)
In any criminal proceedings against a person who provides information in
25
 
response to a notice under section 114 (including information contained in a
 
 
document created in response to such a notice)—
 
 
(a)
no evidence relating to the information may be adduced by or on
 
 
behalf of the prosecution, and
 
 
(b)
no question relating to the information may be asked by or on behalf
30
 
of the prosecution.
 
 
(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply if, in the proceedings—
 
 
(a)
evidence relating to the information is adduced by or on behalf of the
 
 
person providing it, or
 
 
(b)
a question relating to the information is asked by or on behalf of that
35
 
person.
 
 
(3)
Subsection (1) does not apply if the proceedings are for an offence under
 
 
section 5 of the Perjury Act 1911 (false statutory declarations and other false
 
 
statements without oath).
 

Page 152

117
Business premises: entry without warrant
 
 
(1)
An officer of a local housing authority may, at any reasonable time, enter any
 
 
premises in England if—
 
 
(a)
the officer reasonably believes the premises to be occupied by a
 
 
relevant person for the purposes of a rental sector business, and
5
 
(b)
the officer considers it necessary to enter the premises in order to
 
 
exercise the powers under section 121 or 122 for purposes connected
 
 
with any function of the authority under or by virtue of the rented
 
 
accommodation legislation.
 
 
(2)
Subsection (1) does not authorise entry into premises used wholly or mainly
10
 
as residential accommodation.
 
 
(3)
In the case of a routine inspection, the power in subsection (1) may only be
 
 
exercised if a notice has been given to an occupier of the premises in
 
 
accordance with the requirements in subsection (4) , unless subsection (5)
 
 
applies.
15
 
(4)
Those requirements are that—
 
 
(a)
the notice is in writing and is given by an officer of the local housing
 
 
authority,
 
 
(b)
the notice sets out why the entry is necessary and indicates the nature
 
 
of the offences under section 130 (1) and (2) , and
20
 
(c)
there are at least 24 hours between the giving of the notice and the
 
 
entry.
 
 
(5)
A notice need not be given if the occupier (or one of the occupiers if there is
 
 
more than one) has waived the requirement to give notice.
 
 
(6)
In this section “routine inspection” means an exercise of the power in
25
 
subsection (1) other than where—
 
 
(a)
the officer reasonably considers that to give notice in accordance with
 
 
subsection (3) would defeat the purpose of the entry, or
 
 
(b)
it is not reasonably practicable in all the circumstances to give notice
 
 
in accordance with that subsection .
30
 
(7)
An officer entering premises under subsection (1) may be accompanied by
 
 
such persons, and may take onto the premises such equipment, as the officer
 
 
thinks necessary.
 
 
(8)
An officer entering premises under subsection (1) may take photographs or
 
 
make recordings.
35
 
(9)
In this section “rental sector business” means a business connected with—
 
 
(a)
the letting of residential accommodation in England,
 
 
(b)
the creation of licences to occupy such accommodation,
 
 
(c)
the marketing of such accommodation for the purpose of creating a
 
 
tenancy or licence to occupy, or
40

Page 153

 
(d)
the management of such accommodation when occupied under a
 
 
tenancy or licence to occupy.
 
118
Duties where occupiers are on business premises entered without warrant
 
 
(1)
If an officer of a local housing authority enters premises under section 117 (1)
 
 
and finds one or more occupiers on the premises, the officer must—
5
 
(a)
produce evidence of the officer's identity and authority to that occupier
 
 
or (if there is more than one) to at least one of them, and
 
 
(b)
if the entry takes place otherwise than in the course of a routine
 
 
inspection, provide to that occupier or (if there is more than one) to
 
 
at least one of them a document that—
10
 
(i)
sets out why the entry is necessary, and
 
 
(ii)
indicates the nature of the offences under section 130 (1) and
 
 
(2) .
 
 
(2)
An officer need not comply with subsection (1) if it is not reasonably
 
 
practicable to do so.
15
 
(3)
Proceedings resulting from the exercise of the power under section 117 (1) are
 
 
not invalid merely because of a failure to comply with subsection (1) .
 
119
Business premises: warrant authorising entry
 
 
(1)
A justice of the peace may issue a warrant authorising an officer of a local
 
 
housing authority who is named in the warrant to enter premises in England
20
 
that are specified in the warrant if the justice of the peace is satisfied, on
 
 
written information on oath given by that officer—
 
 
(a)
that the officer would, in entering the premises, be acting in the course
 
 
of employment by, or on the instructions of, the local housing
 
 
authority, and
25
 
(b)
that there are reasonable grounds for believing that—
 
 
(i)
the premises are occupied by a relevant person for the purposes
 
 
of a rental sector business,
 
 
(ii)
the premises are not used wholly or mainly as residential
 
 
accommodation,
30
 
(iii)
on the premises there are documents which an officer of the
 
 
local housing authority could require a person to produce
 
 
under section 121 , or could seize under section 122 , and
 
 
(iv)
condition A, B or C is met.
 
 
(2)
Condition A is that—
35
 
(a)
access to the premises has been or is likely to be refused, and
 
 
(b)
notice of the local housing authority’s intention to apply for a warrant
 
 
under this section has been given to an occupier of the premises.
 

Page 154

 
(3)
Condition B is that it is likely that documents on the premises would be
 
 
concealed or interfered with if notice of entry of the premises were given to
 
 
an occupier of the premises.
 
 
(4)
Condition C is that no occupier is present, and it might defeat the purpose
 
 
of the entry to wait for their return.
5
 
(5)
In this section “rental sector business” has the meaning given by section 117 (9) .
 
120
Business premises: entry under warrant
 
 
(1)
A warrant under section 119 authorises the officer named in the warrant to
 
 
enter the premises at any reasonable time, using reasonable force if necessary.
 
 
(2)
A warrant under that section does not authorise entry into premises used
10
 
wholly or mainly as residential accommodation.
 
 
(3)
A warrant under that section ceases to have effect at the end of the period
 
 
of one month beginning with the day it is issued.
 
 
(4)
An officer entering premises under a warrant under section 119 may be
 
 
accompanied by such persons, and may take onto the premises such
15
 
equipment, as the officer thinks necessary.
 
 
(5)
An officer entering premises under a warrant under section 119 may take
 
 
photographs or make recordings.
 
 
(6)
If, when the officer enters the premises, the officer finds one or more occupiers
 
 
on the premises, the officer must produce the warrant for inspection to that
20
 
occupier or (if there is more than one) to at least one of them.
 
 
(7)
Subsection (8) applies if no occupier is present when the premises are entered.
 
 
(8)
On leaving the premises the officer must—
 
 
(a)
leave a notice on the premises stating that the premises have been
 
 
entered under a warrant under section 119 , and
25
 
(b)
leave the premises as effectively secured against trespassers as the
 
 
officer found them.
 
121
Power to require production of documents following entry
 
 
(1)
An officer of a local housing authority who has entered premises under section
 
 
117 (1) or under a warrant under section 119 may, for the purposes mentioned
30
 
in subsection (2) , at any reasonable time—
 
 
(a)
require a relevant person occupying the premises, or anyone on the
 
 
premises acting on behalf of such a person, to produce any documents
 
 
relating to the relevant business to which the person on the premises
 
 
has access, and
35
 
(b)
take copies of, or of any entry in, any such document.
 
 
(2)
The purposes are—
 

Page 155

 
(a)
to ascertain whether there has been compliance with the rented
 
 
accommodation legislation where an officer of the local housing
 
 
authority reasonably suspects a breach of, or an offence under, that
 
 
legislation;
 
 
(b)
to ascertain whether the documents may be required as evidence in
5
 
proceedings for such a breach or offence.
 
 
(3)
The power in subsection (1) is available regardless of whether—
 
 
(a)
the purpose for which the documents are required relates to the
 
 
relevant person or some other person, or
 
 
(b)
the proceedings referred to in subsection (2) (b) could be taken against
10
 
the relevant person or some other person.
 
 
(4)
That power includes power to require the person to give an explanation of
 
 
the documents.
 
 
(5)
Where a document required to be produced under subsection (1) contains
 
 
information recorded electronically, the power in that subsection includes
15
 
power to require the production of a copy of the document in a form in which
 
 
it can easily be taken away and in which it is visible and legible.
 
 
(6)
This section does not permit an officer to require a person to create a
 
 
document other than as described in subsection (5) .
 
 
(7)
This section does not permit an officer to require a person to produce any
20
 
document which the person would be entitled to refuse to produce in
 
 
proceedings in the High Court on the grounds of legal professional privilege.
 
 
(8)
In this section “relevant business” means the business for the purposes of
 
 
which the premises are occupied.
 
122
Power to seize documents following entry
25
 
(1)
An officer of a local housing authority who has entered premises under section
 
 
117 (1) or under a warrant under section 119 may seize and detain documents
 
 
which the officer reasonably suspects may be required as evidence in
 
 
proceedings relating to a breach of, or an offence under, the rented
 
 
accommodation legislation.
30
 
(2)
If one or more occupiers are on the premises, an officer seizing documents
 
 
under this section must provide to that occupier or (if there is more than one)
 
 
to at least one of them evidence of the officer's identity and authority, before
 
 
seizing the documents.
 
 
(3)
The officer need not comply with subsection (2) if it is not reasonably
35
 
practicable to do so.
 
 
(4)
An officer seizing documents under this section must take reasonable steps
 
 
to—
 
 
(a)
inform the person from whom they are seized that they have been
 
 
seized, and
40

Page 156

 
(b)
provide that person with a written record of what has been seized.
 
 
(5)
In determining the steps to be taken under subsection (4) , an officer exercising
 
 
a power under this section must have regard to any relevant provision about
 
 
the seizure of property made by a code of practice under section 66 of the
 
 
Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984 .
5
 
(6)
This section does not confer any power on an officer to seize from a person
 
 
any document which the person would be entitled to refuse to produce in
 
 
proceedings in the High Court on the grounds of legal professional privilege.
 
 
(7)
For the purpose of exercising the power under this section , the officer may,
 
 
to the extent that is reasonably necessary for that purpose—
10
 
(a)
require a person with authority to do so to access any electronic device
 
 
in which information may be stored or from which it may be accessed,
 
 
and
 
 
(b)
if such a requirement has not been complied with, access the electronic
 
 
device.
15
 
(8)
Documents seized under this section may not be detained—
 
 
(a)
for a period of more than 3 months beginning with the day on which
 
 
they were seized, or
 
 
(b)
where the documents are reasonably required to be detained for a
 
 
longer period by the local housing authority for the purposes of the
20
 
proceedings for which they were seized, for longer than they are
 
 
required for those purposes.
 
123
Access to seized documents
 
 
(1)
This section applies where any document seized by an officer of a local
 
 
housing authority under this Chapter is detained by the officer or authority.
25
 
(2)
If a request for permission to be granted access to that document is made to
 
 
the local housing authority by a person who had custody or control of it
 
 
immediately before it was seized, the local housing authority must allow that
 
 
person access to it under the supervision of an officer.
 
 
(3)
If a request for a photograph or copy of that document is made to the local
30
 
housing authority by a person who had custody or control of it immediately
 
 
before it was seized, the local housing authority must—
 
 
(a)
allow that person access to it under the supervision of an officer for
 
 
the purpose of photographing or copying it, or
 
 
(b)
photograph or copy it, or cause it to be photographed or copied.
35
 
(4)
Where any document is photographed or copied under subsection (3) , the
 
 
photograph or copy must be supplied to the person who made the request
 
 
within a reasonable time from the making of the request.
 
 
(5)
This section does not require access to be granted to, or a photograph or copy
 
 
to be supplied of, any document if the local housing authority has reasonable
40

Page 157

 
grounds for believing that to do so would prejudice the doing of anything
 
 
for the purposes of which it was seized.
 
 
(6)
A local housing authority may recover the reasonable costs of complying with
 
 
a request under this section from the person by whom or on whose behalf it
 
 
was made.
5
 
(7)
References in this section to a person who had custody or control of a
 
 
document immediately before it was seized include a representative of such
 
 
a person.
 
124
Appeal against detention of documents
 
 
(1)
Where documents are being detained as the result of the exercise of a power
10
 
in this Chapter , a person with an interest in the documents may apply for
 
 
an order requiring them to be released to that or another person.
 
 
(2)
An application under this section may be made—
 
 
(a)
to any magistrates' court in which proceedings have been brought for
 
 
an offence as the result of the investigation in the course of which the
15
 
documents were seized, or
 
 
(b)
if no proceedings within paragraph (a) have been brought, by way of
 
 
complaint to a magistrates' court.
 
 
(3)
On an application under this section , the court may make an order requiring
 
 
documents to be released only if satisfied that condition A or B is met.
20
 
(4)
Condition A is that—
 
 
(a)
no proceedings have been brought for an offence as the result of the
 
 
investigation in the course of which the documents were seized, or
 
 
(b)
the period of 6 months beginning with the date the documents were
 
 
seized has expired.
25
 
(5)
Condition B is that—
 
 
(a)
proceedings of a kind mentioned in subsection (4) (a) have been
 
 
brought, and
 
 
(b)
those proceedings have been concluded.
 
 
(6)
A person aggrieved by an order made under this section by a magistrates'
30
 
court, or by the decision of a magistrates' court not to make such an order,
 
 
may appeal against the order or decision to the Crown Court.
 
 
(7)
An order made under this section by a magistrates' court may contain such
 
 
provision as the court thinks appropriate for delaying its coming into force
 
 
pending the making and determination of any appeal.
35
125
Suspected residential tenancy: entry without warrant
 
 
(1)
A specially authorised officer of a local housing authority may enter premises
 
 
in England at any reasonable time, if—
 

Page 158

 
(a)
the officer reasonably suspects that the premises, or part of the
 
 
premises, are subject to a residential tenancy within the meaning of
 
 
Part 2 (see section 63 ), and
 
 
(b)
the officer considers it necessary to inspect the premises for the purpose
 
 
of investigating whether there has been, in relation to the premises—
5
 
(i)
a breach of section 82 (3) ,
 
 
(ii)
an offence under subsection (1) of section 92 ,
 
 
(iii)
an offence under subsection (2) of section 92 where the
 
 
continuing conduct referred to in paragraph (b) of that
 
 
subsection is a breach of section 82 (3) ,
10
 
(iv)
an offence under subsection (3) of section 92 where the different
 
 
breach referred to in paragraph (b) of that subsection is a breach
 
 
of section 82 (3) ,
 
 
(v)
an offence under subsection (4) of section 92 where the breach
 
 
referred to in paragraph (b) of that subsection is a breach of
15
 
section 82 (3) , or
 
 
(vi)
an offence under section 1 of the Protection from Eviction Act
 
 
1977 , and
 
 
(c)
notice has been given in accordance with the requirements of
 
 
subsection (2) to—
20
 
(i)
an occupier of the premises, and
 
 
(ii)
any person who has an estate or interest in the premises, other
 
 
than a mortgagee not in possession and has supplied the local
 
 
housing authority with an address for the purposes of this
 
 
paragraph ,
25
 
unless notice is not required as a result of subsection (3) or (4) .
 
 
(2)
The requirements referred to in subsection (1) (c) are that—
 
 
(a)
the notice is in writing and is given by an officer of the local housing
 
 
authority,
 
 
(b)
the notice sets out why the entry is necessary and indicates the nature
30
 
of the offences under section 130 (1) and (2) (obstruction), and
 
 
(c)
there are at least 24 hours between the giving of the notice and the
 
 
entry.
 
 
(3)
A notice need not be given to a person who has waived the requirement to
 
 
give notice.
35
 
(4)
A notice need not be given in accordance with subsection (1) (c) (ii) to a person
 
 
who is a residential landlord within the meaning of Part 2 (see section 63 ).
 
 
(5)
If—
 
 
(a)
premises are entered in exercise of the power conferred by subsection
 
 
(1) , and
40
 
(b)
notice is not given to any person because of subsection (4) ,
 
 
an officer of the local housing authority must give that person notice in writing
 
 
of the exercise of that power within a reasonable period after its exercise.
 

Page 159

 
(6)
The notice must—
 
 
(a)
identify the premises that were entered,
 
 
(b)
state when the premises were entered, and
 
 
(c)
state the purpose for which the premises were entered.
 
 
(7)
A specially authorised officer entering premises under subsection (1) may be
5
 
accompanied by such persons, and may take onto the premises such
 
 
equipment, as the officer thinks necessary.
 
 
(8)
A specially authorised officer entering premises under subsection (1) may
 
 
take photographs or make recordings.
 
 
(9)
A specially authorised officer must, if requested to do so, produce the officer’s
10
 
special authorisation for inspection by a person to whom notice is required
 
 
to be given under this section or anyone acting on behalf of such a person.
 
 
(10)
For the purposes of this section an officer of a local housing authority is
 
 
“specially authorised” where the officer’s authorisation by the local housing
 
 
authority for the purposes of the power under subsection (1) (see section
15
 
131 (2) )—
 
 
(a)
states the particular purpose for which the officer is authorised to
 
 
exercise the power, and
 
 
(b)
is given by the local housing authority acting through—
 
 
(i)
a deputy chief officer of the authority whose duties include
20
 
duties relating to a purpose within subsection (1) (b) , or
 
 
(ii)
an officer of the authority to whom such a deputy chief officer
 
 
reports directly, or is directly accountable, as respects duties
 
 
so relating.
 
126
Duties where occupiers are on residential premises entered without warrant
25
 
(1)
If an officer of a local housing authority enters premises under section 125 (1)
 
 
and finds one or more occupiers on the premises, the officer must produce
 
 
evidence of the officer's identity and special authorisation to that occupier or
 
 
(if there is more than one) to at least one of them.
 
 
(2)
An officer need not comply with subsection (1) if it is not reasonably
30
 
practicable to do so.
 
 
(3)
Proceedings resulting from the exercise of the power under section 125 (1) are
 
 
not invalid merely because of a failure to comply with subsection (1) .
 
 
(4)
In this section “special authorisation” has the same meaning as in section 125
 
 
(see subsection (7) of that section).
35
127
Suspected residential tenancy: warrant authorising entry
 
 
A justice of the peace may issue a warrant authorising an officer of a local
 
 
housing authority who is named in the warrant to enter premises in England
 

Page 160

 
that are specified in the warrant if the justice of the peace is satisfied, on
 
 
written information on oath given by that officer—
 
 
(a)
that the officer would, in entering the premises, be acting in the course
 
 
of employment by, or on the instructions of, the local housing
 
 
authority,
5
 
(b)
that there are reasonable grounds for suspecting that the premises, or
 
 
part of the premises, are subject to a residential tenancy within the
 
 
meaning of Part 2 (see section 63 ),
 
 
(c)
that it is necessary for the officer to inspect the premises for the
 
 
purpose of investigating whether there has been, in relation to the
10
 
premises, a breach or an offence mentioned in section 125 (1) (b) ,
 
 
(d)
that—
 
 
(i)
admission to the premises has been sought for the purposes
 
 
of entry under section 125 (1) but has been refused,
 
 
(ii)
that no occupier is present and it might defeat the purpose of
15
 
the entry to await their return, or
 
 
(iii)
that application for admission would defeat the purpose of the
 
 
entry.
 
128
Suspected residential tenancy: entry under warrant
 
 
(1)
A warrant under section 127 authorises the officer named in the warrant to
20
 
enter the premises at any reasonable time, using reasonable force if necessary.
 
 
(2)
A warrant under that section ceases to have effect when the inspection of the
 
 
premises has been completed.
 
 
(3)
An officer entering premises under a warrant under section 127 may be
 
 
accompanied by such persons, and may take onto the premises such
25
 
equipment, as the officer thinks necessary.
 
 
(4)
An officer entering premises under section 127 may take photographs or make
 
 
recordings.
 
 
(5)
If, when the officer enters the premises, the officer finds one or more occupiers
 
 
on the premises, the officer must produce the warrant for inspection to that
30
 
occupier or (if there is more than one) to at least one of them.
 
 
(6)
Subsection (7) applies if no occupier is present when the premises are entered.
 
 
(7)
On leaving the premises the officer must—
 
 
(a)
leave a notice on the premises stating that the premises have been
 
 
entered under a warrant under section 127 , and
35
 
(b)
leave the premises as effectively secured against trespassers as the
 
 
officer found them.
 
129
Powers of accompanying persons
 
 
A person who accompanies an officer of a local housing authority entering
 
 
premises under, or under a warrant under, this Chapter —
40

Page 161

 
(a)
has the same powers under this Chapter as the officer in relation to
 
 
the premises, but
 
 
(b)
must exercise those powers only in the company, and under the
 
 
supervision, of the officer.
 
130
Offences
5
 
(1)
A person commits an offence if the person—
 
 
(a)
without reasonable excuse obstructs an officer of a local housing
 
 
authority who is exercising or seeking to exercise in accordance with
 
 
this Chapter a power under any provision of this Chapter other than
 
 
section 114 ,
10
 
(b)
without reasonable excuse fails to comply with a requirement properly
 
 
imposed by an officer of a local housing authority under any provision
 
 
of this Chapter other than section 114 , or
 
 
(c)
without reasonable cause fails to give an officer of a local housing
 
 
authority any other assistance or information which the officer
15
 
reasonably requires of the person for the purpose of exercising a power
 
 
under any provision of this Chapter other than section 114 .
 
 
(2)
A person commits an offence if, in giving information to an officer who is
 
 
exercising or seeking to exercise a power under this Chapter, the person—
 
 
(a)
makes a statement which the person knows is false or misleading in
20
 
a material respect, or
 
 
(b)
recklessly makes a statement which is false or misleading in a material
 
 
respect.
 
 
(3)
A person who is not an officer of a local housing authority commits an offence
 
 
if the person purports to act as such under this Chapter.
25
 
(4)
A person who is guilty of an offence under subsection (1) or (2) is liable on
 
 
summary conviction to a fine not exceeding level 3 on the standard scale.
 
 
(5)
A person who is guilty of an offence under subsection (3) is liable on summary
 
 
conviction to a fine.
 
 
(6)
Nothing in this section requires a person to answer any question or give any
30
 
information if to do so might incriminate that person.
 
131
Investigatory powers: interpretation
 
 
(1)
In this Chapter—
 
 
“document” includes information recorded in any form;
 
 
“give” —
35
 
(a)
in relation to a notice to an occupier of premises, includes
 
 
delivering or leaving it at the premises or sending it there by
 
 
post, and “given”, in relation to such a notice, is to be read
 
 
accordingly;
 

Page 162

 
(b)
in relation to a notice to a person referred to in section
 
 
125 (1) (c) (ii) , includes delivering or leaving it at the address
 
 
supplied by the person or sending it to that address by post,
 
 
and “given”, in relation to such a notice, is to be read
 
 
accordingly;
5
 
“occupier” , in relation to premises, means any person an officer of a local
 
 
housing authority reasonably suspects to be an occupier of the
 
 
premises;
 
 
“premises” includes any stall, vehicle, vessel or aircraft;
 
 
“relevant person” : see section 113 (2) ;
10
 
“the rented accommodation legislation” : see section 114 (3) .
 
 
(2)
References in this Chapter to an officer—
 
 
(a)
are to a person authorised in writing by a local housing authority to
 
 
exercise powers under this Chapter , and
 
 
(b)
in relation to a particular power only cover a particular officer if and
15
 
to the extent that the officer has been authorised to exercise that power.
 
 
(3)
References in this Chapter to the functions of a local housing authority by
 
 
virtue of particular legislation include references to any function of the
 
 
authority of investigating whether an offence has been committed under that
 
 
legislation.
20
 
(4)
A duty or power to process information that is imposed or conferred by, or
 
 
by virtue of, this Chapter does not operate to authorise the processing of
 
 
information which would contravene—
 
 
(a)
the data protection legislation (but the duty or power is to be taken
 
 
into account in determining whether the processing would contravene
25
 
that legislation), or
 
 
(b)
Parts 1 to 7 or Chapter 9 of the Investigatory Powers Act 2016 .
 
 
(5)
In subsection (4) “the data protection legislation” has the same meaning as
 
 
in the Data Protection Act 2018 (see section 3 of that Act).
 

Amendments

30
132
Additional powers of seizure under
 
 
In Part 1 of Schedule 1 to the Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001 , at the end
 
 
insert—
 
 
“Renters’ Rights Act 2025
 
 
73W
Each of the powers of seizure conferred by section 121 (1) (b) and
35
 
section 122 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025.”
 

Page 163

133
Use by local housing authority of certain information
 
 
(1)
Section 212A of the Housing Act 2004 (tenancy deposit schemes: provision
 
 
of information to local authorities) is amended in accordance with subsections
 
 
(2) and (3) .
 
 
(2)
In subsection (5) , after paragraph (a) (but before the “or” at the end) insert—
5
 
“(aa)
for a purpose connected with the exercise of the authority’s
 
 
functions under or by virtue of Part 7 in relation to any
 
 
qualifying residential premises within the meaning given by
 
 
section 2B,
 
 
(ab)
for a purpose connected with the authority’s functions under
10
 
or by virtue of the following in relation to any premises—
 
 
sections 1 and 1A of the Protection from Eviction Act
 
 
1977 ,
 
 
Chapter 1 of Part 1 of the Housing Act 1988 ,
 
 
section 83 (1) or 84 (1) of the Enterprise and Regulatory
15
 
Reform Act 2013 ,
 
 
sections 21 to 23 , 41 and 133 to 135 of the Housing and
 
 
Planning Act 2016 ,
 
 
Chapter 3 of Part 1 and Part 2 of the Renters’ Rights Act
 
 
2025.”.
20
 
(3)
In subsection (5) , in paragraph (b), for “of those Parts in relation to any
 
 
premises” substitute “provision mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (ab) in relation
 
 
to premises or qualifying residential premises (as the case may be)”.
 
 
(4)
Section 237 of the Housing Act 2004 (use of housing benefit and council tax
 
 
information for certain other statutory purposes) is amended in accordance
25
 
with subsections (5) and (6) .
 
 
(5)
In subsection (1) , after paragraph (a) (but before the “or” at the end) insert—
 
 
“(aa)
for any purpose connected with the exercise of any of the
 
 
authority’s functions under or by virtue of Part 7 in relation
 
 
to any qualifying residential premises within the meaning given
30
 
by section 2B,
 
 
(ab)
for any purpose connected with any of the authority’s functions
 
 
under or by virtue of the following in relation to any
 
 
premises—
 
 
sections 1 and 1A of the Protection from Eviction Act
35
 
1977 ,
 
 
Chapter 1 of Part 1 of the Housing Act 1988 ,
 
 
section 83 (1) or 84 (1) of the Enterprise and Regulatory
 
 
Reform Act 2013 ,
 

Page 164

 
sections 21 to 23 , 41 and 133 to 135 of the Housing and
 
 
Planning Act 2016 ,
 
 
Chapter 3 of Part 1 and Part 2 of the Renters’ Rights Act
 
 
2025.”.
 
 
(6)
In subsection (1) , in paragraph (b) , for “of those Parts in relation to any
5
 
premises” substitute “provision mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (ab) in relation
 
 
to premises or qualifying residential premises (as the case may be).
 
134
Investigatory powers under the
 
 
(1)
In section 235 of the Housing Act 2004 (power to require documents to be
 
 
produced), in subsection (1) —
10
 
(a)
after paragraph (a) (but before the “or” at the end) insert—
 
 
“(aa)
for any purpose connected with the exercise of any of
 
 
the authority’s functions under this Part in relation to
 
 
any qualifying residential premises within the meaning
 
 
given by section 2B,”;
15
 
(b)
in paragraph (b) for “those Parts in relation to any premises” substitute
 
 
“Parts 1 to 4 in relation to any premises or under this Part in relation
 
 
to any qualifying residential premises within the meaning given by
 
 
section 2B”.
 
 
(2)
In section 239 of that Act (powers of entry), after subsection (5) insert—
20
 
“(5A)
In relation to any qualifying residential premises within the meaning
 
 
given by section 2B, notice need not be given—
 
 
(a)
to any owner;
 
 
(b)
to any occupier who has waived the requirement to give notice.
 
 
(5B)
If—
25
 
(a)
premises are entered in exercise of the power conferred by
 
 
subsection (3), and
 
 
(b)
notice is not given to any person because of subsection (5A) (a) ,
 
 
the authorised person or proper officer must give that person notice
 
 
of the exercise of that power within a reasonable period after its
30
 
exercise.
 
 
(5C)
The notice must—
 
 
(a)
identify the premises that were entered,
 
 
(b)
state when the premises were entered, and
 
 
(c)
state the purpose for which the premises were entered.”
35

Page 165

135
Client money protection schemes: investigatory powers of local authorities
 
 
In paragraph 10 of Schedule 5 to the Consumer Rights Act 2015 (duties and
 
 
powers to which Schedule 5 applies), at the appropriate place insert—
 
 
“regulations 5 and 8 of the Client Money Protection Schemes for
 
 
Property Agents (Requirement to Belong to a Scheme etc.) Regulations
5
 
2019”.
 

Part 5

 

General

 
136
Interpretation
 
 
In this Act—
10
 
“lease” includes any tenancy;
 
 
“local housing authority” (except in section 47 ) means a district council,
 
 
a county council in England for an area for which there is no district
 
 
council, a London borough council, the Common Council of the City
 
 
of London (in its capacity as a local authority) or the Council of the
15
 
Isles of Scilly;
 
 
“the 1988 Act” means the Housing Act 1988 .
 
137
Crown application
 
 
(1)
Subject to subsections (2) to (8) , this Act and any regulations made under it
 
 
bind the Crown.
20
 
(2)
Sections 67 and 92 do not bind the Crown.
 
 
(3)
In paragraph (b) of section 66 (1) as it applies by virtue of subsection (1) , the
 
 
reference to a person committing an offence under section 67 is to be read as
 
 
a reference to the person satisfying the conditions in subsection (1) (a) and
 
 
(b) , (2) (a) and (b) , or (3) (a) and (b) of that section .
25
 
(4)
In paragraph (b) of section 91 (1) as it applies by virtue of subsection (1) , the
 
 
reference to a person committing an offence under section 92 is to be read as
 
 
a reference to the person either—
 
 
(a)
knowingly or recklessly providing information to the database operator
 
 
which is false or misleading in a material respect in purported
30
 
compliance with a requirement imposed by regulations under Chapter
 
 
3 of Part 2 , or
 
 
(b)
satisfying the conditions in subsection (2) (a) and (b) , (3) (a) and (b) , or
 
 
(4) (a) and (b) of section 92 .
 
 
(5)
Sections 117 to 129 do not bind the Crown.
35
 
(6)
Nothing in section 130 makes the Crown criminally liable.
 

Page 166

 
(7)
The High Court may declare unlawful any act or omission for which the
 
 
Crown would be criminally liable under section 130 but for subsection (6) .
 
 
(8)
An amendment or repeal made by this Act binds the Crown to the extent
 
 
that the provision amended or repealed binds the Crown (but in the case of
 
 
an amendment of the 1988 Act , this is subject to the amendments made by
5
 
section 18 ).
 
 
(9)
Nothing in this section affects the criminal liability of persons in the service
 
 
of the Crown.
 
138
Application to Parliament
 
 
(1)
Where regulations under section 63 (4) (b) provide for the meaning of “relevant
10
 
tenancy” given by that section to include a tenancy or licence under which
 
 
a dwelling is occupied for the purposes of either House of Parliament, Part
 
 
2 (and Part 3 so far as relating to Part 2 ) has effect in its application in relation
 
 
to such a tenancy or licence with the following modifications—
 
 
(a)
sections 67 and 92 do not apply;
15
 
(b)
in paragraph (b) of section 66 (1) , the reference to a person committing
 
 
an offence under section 67 is to be read as a reference to the person
 
 
satisfying the conditions in subsection (1) (a) and (b) , (2) (a) and (b) , or
 
 
(3) (a) and (b) of that section;
 
 
(c)
in paragraph (b) of section 91 (1) , the reference to a person committing
20
 
an offence under section 92 is to be read as a reference to the person
 
 
either—
 
 
(i)
knowingly or recklessly providing information to the database
 
 
operator which is false or misleading in a material respect in
 
 
purported compliance with a requirement imposed by
25
 
regulations under Chapter 3 , or
 
 
(ii)
satisfying the conditions in subsection (2) (a) and (b) , (3) (a) and
 
 
(b) , or (4) (a) and (b) of section 92 .
 
 
(2)
The following provisions do not apply in relation to premises that are occupied
 
 
for the purposes of either House of Parliament—
30
 
(a)
Chapter 3 of Part 1 ;
 
 
(b)
sections 113 and 117 to 129 .
 
 
(3)
Nothing in section 130 makes the Corporate Officer of the House of Commons
 
 
or the Corporate Officer of the House of Lords criminally liable.
 
 
(4)
The High Court may declare unlawful any act or omission for which the
35
 
Corporate Officer of the House of Commons or the Corporate Officer of the
 
 
House of Lords would be criminally liable under section 130 but for subsection
 
 
(3) .
 
 
(5)
Nothing in this section affects the criminal liability of relevant members of
 
 
the House of Lords staff or of the House of Commons staff (as defined by
40
 
sections 194 and 195 of the Employment Rights Act 1996).
 

Page 167

139
Regulations
 
 
(1)
A power to make regulations under this Act includes power to make—
 
 
(a)
consequential, supplementary, incidental, transitional or saving
 
 
provision;
 
 
(b)
different provision for different purposes or areas;
5
 
(c)
the full provision to which the power extends or any less provision
 
 
(whether by way of exception or otherwise).
 
 
(2)
The power of the Secretary of State and the Scottish Ministers under subsection
 
 
(1) (a) to make transitional provision includes power to provide for regulations
 
 
to apply (with or without modifications) in relation to tenancies or licences
10
 
entered into, or advertising begun, before the date on which the regulations
 
 
come into force.
 
 
(3)
The power of the Welsh Ministers under subsection (1) (a) to make transitional
 
 
provision includes power to provide for regulations to apply (with or without
 
 
modifications) in relation to occupation contracts granted, renewed or
15
 
continued, or advertising begun, before the date on which the regulations
 
 
come into force.
 
 
(4)
Regulations under this Act are to be made by statutory instrument, except
 
 
where they are made by the Scottish Ministers (see section 27 of the
 
 
Interpretation and Legislative Reform (Scotland) Act 2010 (asp 10)).
20
 
(5)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under section 30 , 39 , 48 , 54 ,
 
 
63 , 64 , 65 , 77 , 82 (4) , 83 (6) , 86 , 87 (2) , 90 (2) or paragraph 32 of Schedule 6
 
 
(whether alone or with other provision) may not be made unless a draft of
 
 
the instrument has been laid before and approved by a resolution of each
 
 
House of Parliament.
25
 
(6)
Any other statutory instrument containing regulations under this Act made
 
 
by the Secretary of State is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution
 
 
of either House of Parliament, unless it contains regulations under section
 
 
110 (3) only.
 
 
(7)
A statutory instrument containing regulations made by the Welsh Ministers
30
 
under section 47 may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been
 
 
laid before and approved by a resolution of Senedd Cymru.
 
 
(8)
Regulations made by the Scottish Ministers under section 53 are subject to
 
 
the affirmative procedure (see section 29 of the Interpretation and Legislative
 
 
Reform (Scotland) Act 2010 (asp 10)).
35
 
(9)
If a draft of a statutory instrument containing regulations under section 64
 
 
would, apart from this subsection , be treated for the purposes of the standing
 
 
orders of either House of Parliament as a hybrid instrument, it is to proceed
 
 
in that House as if it were not a hybrid instrument.
 
 
(10)
This section does not apply to regulations under this Part .
40

Page 168

140
Power of Welsh Ministers to make consequential provision
 
 
(1)
The Welsh Ministers may by regulations made by statutory instrument make
 
 
provision that is consequential on Part 1 .
 
 
(2)
Regulations under this section may amend, repeal or revoke provision made
 
 
by or under—
5
 
(a)
an Act or Measure of Senedd Cymru passed before this Act, or
 
 
(b)
an Act passed—
 
 
(i)
before this Act, or
 
 
(ii)
later in the same session of Parliament as this Act.
 
 
(3)
The power to make regulations under this section includes power to make—
10
 
(a)
supplementary, incidental, transitional or saving provision;
 
 
(b)
different provision for different purposes.
 
 
(4)
The power under subsection (3) (a) to make transitional provision includes
 
 
power to provide for the regulations to apply (with or without modifications)
 
 
in relation to occupation contracts granted, renewed or continued, or
15
 
advertising begun, before the date on which the regulations come into force.
 
 
(5)
Regulations under this section may only make provision which would be
 
 
within the legislative competence of Senedd Cymru if contained in an Act of
 
 
the Senedd.
 
 
(6)
A statutory instrument containing (whether alone or with other provision)
20
 
regulations under this section that amend or repeal provision made by an
 
 
Act or Measure of Senedd Cymru, or by an Act, may not be made unless a
 
 
draft of the instrument has been laid before, and approved by a resolution
 
 
of, Senedd Cymru.
 
 
(7)
Any other statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is
25
 
subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of Senedd Cymru.
 
141
Power of Scottish Ministers to make consequential provision
 
 
(1)
The Scottish Ministers may by regulations make provision that is consequential
 
 
on Chapter 5 of Part 1 (see section 27 of the Interpretation and Legislative
 
 
Reform (Scotland) Act 2010 (asp 10), as a result of which such regulations
30
 
are to be made by Scottish statutory instrument).
 
 
(2)
Regulations under this section may amend, repeal or revoke provision made
 
 
by or under—
 
 
(a)
an Act of the Scottish Parliament passed before this Act, or
 
 
(b)
an Act passed—
35
 
(i)
before this Act, or
 
 
(ii)
later in the same session of Parliament as this Act.
 
 
(3)
The power to make regulations under this section includes power to make—
 
 
(a)
supplementary, incidental, transitional or saving provision;
 

Page 169

 
(b)
different provision for different purposes.
 
 
(4)
The power under subsection (3) (a) to make transitional provision includes
 
 
power to provide for the regulations to apply (with or without modifications)
 
 
in relation to tenancies entered into, or advertising begun, before the date on
 
 
which the regulations come into force.
5
 
(5)
Regulations under this section may only make provision which would be
 
 
within the legislative competence of the Scottish Parliament if contained in
 
 
an Act of that Parliament.
 
 
(6)
Regulations made under this section that amend or repeal provision made
 
 
by an Act of the Scottish Parliament, or by an Act, are subject to the affirmative
10
 
procedure (see section 29 of the Interpretation and Legislative Reform
 
 
(Scotland) Act 2010 (asp 10)).
 
 
(7)
Any other regulations made under this section are subject to the negative
 
 
procedure (see section 28 of that Act ).
 
142
Power of Secretary of State to make consequential provision
15
 
(1)
The Secretary of State may by regulations made by statutory instrument make
 
 
provision that is consequential on this Act.
 
 
(2)
Regulations under this section may amend, repeal or revoke provision made
 
 
by or under an Act passed—
 
 
(a)
before this Act, or
20
 
(b)
later in the same session of Parliament as this Act.
 
 
(3)
The power to make regulations under this section includes power to make—
 
 
(a)
supplementary, incidental, transitional or saving provision;
 
 
(b)
different provision for different purposes.
 
 
(4)
The power under subsection (3) (a) to make transitional provision includes—
25
 
(a)
power to provide for the regulations to apply (with or without
 
 
modifications) in relation to tenancies or licences entered into, or
 
 
advertising begun, before the date on which the regulations come into
 
 
force;
 
 
(b)
in relation to regulations that make provision that is consequential on
30
 
Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 1 , power to provide for pre-application
 
 
instruments which the Secretary of State considers do not (or will not)
 
 
operate appropriately as a result of any provision of the regulations
 
 
to—
 
 
(i)
have effect with specified modifications, or
35
 
(ii)
cease to have effect (in whole or in part).
 
 
(5)
For the purposes of subsection (4) (b) —
 
 
(a)
“pre-application instrument” means an agreement or other instrument
 
 
made before the regulations come into force;
 

Page 170

 
(b)
the circumstances in which the Secretary of State may consider that a
 
 
pre-application instrument does not operate appropriately as a result
 
 
of regulations under this section include (but are not limited to) those
 
 
in which—
 
 
(i)
as a result of any provision of the regulations, provision made
5
 
by the instrument is to any extent spent, obsolete, unnecessary
 
 
or otherwise not of practical utility;
 
 
(ii)
as a result of any provision of the regulations, it is unclear
 
 
what the effect is of provision made by the instrument;
 
 
(iii)
as a result of any provision of the regulations, a person may
10
 
be placed in breach of obligations arising under the instrument
 
 
or made subject to more burdensome obligations under the
 
 
instrument;
 
 
(iv)
the instrument makes direct or indirect reference to any
 
 
enactment as it had effect before being amended by the
15
 
regulations.
 
 
(6)
Regulations made by virtue of subsection (4) (b) must provide that they do
 
 
not prevent—
 
 
(a)
the variation or revocation of provision modified by the regulations,
 
 
or
20
 
(b)
the re-making of provision that has ceased to have effect as a result
 
 
of the regulations.
 
 
(7)
Regulations made by virtue of subsection (4) (b) may apply to an instrument
 
 
as it has effect in relation to times before the coming into force of the
 
 
regulations but after the day on which Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 1 (as the case
25
 
may be) comes into force.
 
 
(8)
A statutory instrument containing (whether alone or with other provision)
 
 
regulations under this section that—
 
 
(a)
amend or repeal provision made by an Act, or
 
 
(b)
are made by virtue of subsection (4) (b) ,
30
 
may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid before, and
 
 
approved by a resolution of, each House of Parliament.
 
 
(9)
Any other statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is
 
 
subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of
 
 
Parliament.
35
143
Extent
 
 
(1)
This Act extends to England and Wales only, subject to subsections (2) to (4) .
 
 
(2)
Part 1 , Chapter 5 extends to Scotland only.
 
 
(3)
This Part extends to England and Wales and Scotland.
 
 
(4)
An amendment or repeal made by this Act has the same extent as the
40
 
provision amended or repealed.
 

Page 171

144
Commencement
 
 
(1)
This Act comes into force on such day as the Secretary of State may by
 
 
regulations made by statutory instrument appoint, subject to subsections (2)
 
 
to (6) .
 
 
(2)
This Act comes into force for the purposes of making regulations on the day
5
 
on which it is passed.
 
 
(3)
Chapter 4 of Part 1 comes into force on such day as the Welsh Ministers by
 
 
order made by statutory instrument appoint.
 
 
(4)
Chapter 5 of Part 1 comes into force on such day as the Scottish Ministers
 
 
may by regulations appoint (see section 27 of the Interpretation and Legislative
10
 
Reform (Scotland) Act 2010 (asp 10), as a result of which such regulations
 
 
are to be made by Scottish statutory instrument).
 
 
(5)
The following come into force at the end of the period of two months
 
 
beginning with the day on which this Act is passed—
 
 
(a)
Chapter 2 of Part 1 ;
15
 
(b)
section 59 ;
 
 
(c)
section 109 ;
 
 
(d)
Chapter 3 of Part 4 .
 
 
(6)
Section 110 and this Part come into force on the day on which this Act is
 
 
passed.
20
 
(7)
Different days may be appointed under this section for different purposes,
 
 
subject to subsection (8) .
 
 
(8)
Different days may be appointed for different purposes in relation to Chapter
 
 
1 of Part 1 only so that—
 
 
(a)
one day is appointed for the purposes of assured tenancies that are
25
 
not social housing assured tenancies, and
 
 
(b)
one or more different days are appointed for the purposes of social
 
 
housing assured tenancies;
 
 
and here “social housing assured tenancy” means an assured tenancy of social
 
 
housing (within the meaning of Part 2 of the Housing and Regeneration Act
30
 
2008 ) where the landlord is a private registered provider of social housing.
 
145
Existing assured tenancies to continue as
 
 
(1)
The commencement of Chapter 1 of Part 1 (which, in particular, has the effect
 
 
that, on the commencement date, an existing tenancy becomes a section 4A
 
 
assured tenancy) does not affect the continuation of an existing tenancy on
35
 
and after the commencement date ( as a section 4A assured tenancy that is
 
 
subject to the other provisions of that Chapter ).
 
 
(2)
Schedule 6 contains transitional provision.
 
 
(3)
In this section —
 

Page 172

 
“commencement date” means the day on which Chapter 1 of Part 1
 
 
comes into force in accordance with section 144 (and accordingly where
 
 
different days are appointed for different purposes in relation to that
 
 
Chapter, a reference in this Act to the commencement date is a
 
 
reference to the day on which that Chapter comes into force for the
5
 
purposes of the tenancy to which the reference relates);
 
 
“existing tenancy” means an assured tenancy which is entered into before
 
 
the commencement date;
 
 
section 4A assured tenancy means an assured tenancy to which section
 
 
4A of the 1988 Act (as inserted by section 1 of this Act) applies.
10
 
146
Fixed term assured tenancy and statutory periodic tenancy to be treated as
 

single assured tenancy

 
 
(1)
For the purposes of the relevant provisions, a fixed term assured tenancy and
 
 
a periodic tenancy that arises on its expiry by virtue of section 5 of the 1988
 
 
Act are to be treated as a single assured tenancy which—
15
 
(a)
is entered into when the fixed term tenancy was entered into, and
 
 
(b)
becomes a periodic tenancy on the expiry of the fixed term.
 
 
(2)
In this section , “the relevant provisions” means—
 
 
(a)
section 145 ,
 
 
(b)
Schedule 6 ,
20
 
(c)
section 5 of the Protection from Eviction Act 1977 as amended by
 
 
section 20 , and
 
 
(d)
Part 1 of the 1988 Act as amended by Chapter 1 of Part 1
 
 
(3)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend this section to provide for
 
 
this section to apply for the purposes of other provision made by or under
25
 
an Act passed before or later in the same session as this Act.
 
 
(4)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section (whether
 
 
alone or with other provision) may not be made unless a draft of the
 
 
instrument has been laid before and approved by a resolution of each House
 
 
of Parliament.
30
 
(5)
Regulations under this section may make different provision for different
 
 
purposes.
 
 
(6)
Regulations under this section are to be made by statutory instrument.
 
147
Transitional provision
 
 
(1)
The Welsh Ministers may by regulations made by statutory instrument make
35
 
transitional or saving provision in connection with the coming into force of
 
 
any provision of Chapter 4 of Part 1 .
 
 
(2)
The Scottish Ministers may by regulations make transitional or saving
 
 
provision in connection with the coming into force of any provision of Chapter
 
 
5 of Part 1 (see section 27 of the Interpretation and Legislative Reform
40

Page 173

 
(Scotland) Act 2010 (asp 10), as a result of which such regulations are to be
 
 
made by Scottish statutory instrument).
 
 
(3)
The Secretary of State may by regulations made by statutory instrument make
 
 
transitional or saving provision in connection with the coming into force of
 
 
any other provision of this Act.
5
 
(4)
The power to make regulations under subsection (1) includes power to provide
 
 
for a provision of Chapter 4 of Part 1 to apply (with or without modifications)
 
 
in relation to occupation contracts granted, renewed or continued, or
 
 
advertising begun, before the date on which the provision comes into force.
 
 
(5)
The power to make regulations under subsection (2) includes power to provide
10
 
for a provision of Chapter 5 of Part 1 to apply (with or without modifications)
 
 
in relation to tenancies entered into, or advertising begun, before the date on
 
 
which the provision comes into force.
 
 
(6)
The power to make regulations under subsection (3) includes power to amend
 
 
or repeal any provision made by Part 2 of Schedule 6 to this Act.
15
 
(7)
The power to make regulations under subsection (3) includes—
 
 
(a)
power to provide for a provision of this Act to apply (with or without
 
 
modifications) in relation to tenancies or licences entered into, or
 
 
advertising begun, before the date on which the provision comes into
 
 
force, and
20
 
(b)
power to provide for pre-application instruments which the Secretary
 
 
of State considers do not (or will not) operate appropriately as a result
 
 
of any provision of Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 1 to—
 
 
(i)
have effect with specified modifications, or
 
 
(ii)
cease to have effect (in whole or in part).
25
 
(8)
For the purposes of subsection (7) (b) —
 
 
(a)
“pre-application instrument” means an agreement or other instrument
 
 
entered into—
 
 
(i)
before the commencement date, or
 
 
(ii)
on or after that date either under a contract entered into before
30
 
that date or by the acceptance of an offer made before that
 
 
date;
 
 
(b)
the circumstances in which the Secretary of State may consider that a
 
 
pre-application instrument does not operate appropriately as a result
 
 
of Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 1 include (but are not limited to) those in
35
 
which—
 
 
(i)
as a result of any provision of Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 1
 
 
, provision made by the instrument is to any extent spent,
 
 
obsolete, unnecessary or otherwise not of practical utility;
 
 
(ii)
as a result of any provision of Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 1 , it is
40
 
unclear what the effect is of provision made by the instrument;
 
 
(iii)
as a result of any provision of Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 1 , a person
 
 
may be placed in breach of obligations arising under the
 

Page 174

 
instrument or made subject to more burdensome obligations
 
 
under the instrument;
 
 
(iv)
the instrument makes direct or indirect reference to fixed term
 
 
assured tenancies or assured shorthold tenancies (within the
 
 
meaning of Part 1 of the 1988 Act as it had effect immediately
5
 
before the commencement date);
 
 
(v)
the instrument makes direct or indirect reference to periodic
 
 
assured tenancies that are not relevant assured tenancies within
 
 
the meaning given by Part 2 of Schedule 6 ;
 
 
(vi)
the instrument otherwise makes direct or indirect reference to
10
 
any enactment as it had effect before being amended by
 
 
Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 1 .
 
 
(9)
Regulations made by virtue of subsection (7) (b) must provide that they do
 
 
not prevent—
 
 
(a)
the variation or revocation of provision modified by the regulations,
15
 
or
 
 
(b)
the re-making of provision that has ceased to have effect as a result
 
 
of the regulations.
 
 
(10)
Regulations made by virtue of subsection (7) (b) may apply to an instrument
 
 
as it has effect in relation to times before the coming into force of the
20
 
regulations but after the day on which Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 1 (as the case
 
 
may be) comes into force.
 
 
(11)
A statutory instrument containing (whether alone or with other provision)
 
 
regulations under subsection (3) that—
 
 
(a)
fall within subsection (7) (b) , or
25
 
(b)
amend or repeal provision made by Part 2 of Schedule 6 to this Act,
 
 
may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid before and
 
 
approved by a resolution of each House of Parliament.
 
 
(12)
In this section “the commencement date” has the meaning given by section
 
 
145 (3) .
30
 
(13)
The powers under this section include power to make different provision for
 
 
different purposes.
 
148
Short title
 
 
This Act may be cited as the Renters’ Rights Act 2025.
 

Page 175

Schedules

 
 
Schedule 1
Section 3
 

Changes to grounds for possession

 

Introductory

 
 
1
Schedule 2 to the 1988 Act (grounds for possession of dwelling-houses let
5
 
on assured tenancies) is amended as follows.
 

Amendments of Ground 1: occupation by landlord or family

 
 
2
For Ground 1 (excluding the italic heading) substitute—
 
 
“The current tenancy began at least 1 year before the relevant date
 
 
and the landlord who is seeking possession requires the
10
 
dwelling-house as the only or principal home of any of the
 
 
following—
 
 
(a)
the landlord;
 
 
(b)
the landlord’s spouse or civil partner or a person with whom
 
 
the landlord lives as if they were married or in a civil
15
 
partnership;
 
 
(c)
the landlord’s—
 
 
(i)
parent;
 
 
(ii)
grandparent;
 
 
(iii)
sibling;
20
 
(iv)
child;
 
 
(v)
grandchild;
 
 
(d)
a child or grandchild of a person mentioned in paragraph
 
 
(b).
 
 
A relationship of the half-blood is to be treated as a relationship of
25
 
the whole blood.
 
 
In the case of joint landlords seeking possession, references to “the
 
 
landlord” in this ground are to be read as references to at least one
 
 
of those joint landlords.
 
 
When calculating whether the current tenancy began at least 1 year
30
 
before the relevant date, both—
 
 
(a)
the day when the current tenancy began, and
 
 
(b)
the relevant date,
 
 
must be included in the calculation.”
 

Page 176

New ground for sale of dwelling-house

 
 
3
After Ground 1 insert—
 

“Ground 1A

 
 
“The following conditions are met—
 
 
(a)
the landlord who is seeking possession intends to sell a
5
 
freehold or leasehold interest in the dwelling-house or to
 
 
grant a lease of the dwelling-house for a term certain of
 
 
more than 21 years which is not terminable before the end
 
 
of that term by notice given by or to the landlord;
 
 
(b)
the assured tenancy on which the dwelling-house is let did
10
 
not come into being by virtue of any provision of Schedule
 
 
1 to the Rent Act 1977 or section 4 of the Rent (Agriculture)
 
 
Act 1976 ;
 
 
(c)
either—
 
 
(i)
the current tenancy began at least 1 year before the
15
 
relevant date, or
 
 
(ii)
at the relevant date, notice of a compulsory
 
 
acquisition in relation to the dwelling-house has been
 
 
given, the landlord intends to sell their interest in
 
 
the dwelling-house to the acquiring authority and
20
 
the acquiring authority intends to acquire it;
 
 
(d)
the landlord seeking possession is not—
 
 
(i)
a non-profit registered provider of social housing,
 
 
(ii)
a body registered as a social landlord in the register
 
 
maintained under section 1 of the Housing Act 1996 ,
25
 
(iii)
a body registered as a social landlord in the register
 
 
kept under section 20 (1) of the Housing (Scotland)
 
 
Act 2010 ,
 
 
(iv)
a housing trust, within the meaning of the Housing
 
 
Associations Act 1985 , which is a charity, or
30
 
(v)
where the dwelling-house is social housing within
 
 
the meaning of Part 2 of the Housing and
 
 
Regeneration Act 2008 , a profit-making registered
 
 
provider of social housing.
 
 
In paragraph (c)(ii), “sell” includes transfer.
35
 
When calculating whether the current tenancy began at least 1 year
 
 
before the relevant date, both—
 
 
(a)
the day when the current tenancy began, and
 
 
(b)
the relevant date,
 
 
must be included in the calculation.”
40

Page 177

New ground for possession after rent-to-buy agreement

 
 
4
After Ground 1A (inserted by paragraph 3 of this Schedule) insert—
 

“Ground 1B

 
 
“The following conditions are met—
 
 
(a)
the landlord who is seeking possession intends—
5
 
(i)
to sell a freehold or leasehold interest in the
 
 
dwelling-house,
 
 
(ii)
to grant a lease of the dwelling-house for a term
 
 
certain of more than 21 years which is not terminable
 
 
before the end of that term by notice given by or to
10
 
the landlord, or
 
 
(iii)
to grant an assured tenancy to another person;
 
 
(b)
the assured tenancy on which the dwelling-house is let did
 
 
not come into being by virtue of any provision of Schedule
 
 
1 to the Rent Act 1977 or section 4 of the Rent (Agriculture)
15
 
Act 1976 ;
 
 
(c)
the landlord who is seeking possession is a private registered
 
 
provider of social housing;
 
 
(d)
the assured tenancy was entered into pursuant to a
 
 
rent-to-buy agreement;
20
 
(e)
the period stated in that agreement has expired;
 
 
(f)
the landlord who is seeking possession has complied with—
 
 
(i)
any provision of the rent-to-buy agreement requiring
 
 
the landlord to offer the dwelling-house for sale to
 
 
the tenant, and
25
 
(ii)
any requirements in the agreement about such an
 
 
offer.
 
 
In this ground—
 
 
““rent-to-buy agreement” means an agreement in writing which—
 
 
(a)
provides for the tenant to pay rent that is no higher than
30
 
80% of market rent (and here "rent" and "market rent" include
 
 
any amount payable by way of service charge), and
 
 
(b)
gives notice that the landlord intends after a period stated
 
 
in the agreement which is not less than 5 years or, for
 
 
dwelling-houses in Greater London, 10 years from the
35
 
beginning of the tenancy to offer the dwelling-house for sale
 
 
to the tenant.”
 

Amendments of Ground 2: sale by mortgagee

 
 
5
In Ground 2—
 
 
(a)
in the words before paragraph (a) omit “granted before the
40
 
beginning of the tenancy”;
 
 
(b)
omit paragraph (c) (and the “and” before it).
 

Page 178

New ground for possession when superior lease ends

 
 
6
After Ground 2 insert—
 

“Ground 2ZA

 
 
The landlord who is seeking possession—
 
 
“(a)
holds the interest in the dwelling-house under a superior
5
 
tenancy where—
 
 
(i)
the superior landlord has given a valid notice to
 
 
terminate that tenancy as a result of which the
 
 
superior tenancy will end within the period of 12
 
 
months beginning with the relevant date, or
10
 
(ii)
the superior tenancy is a fixed term tenancy of a term
 
 
certain which will expire (if the tenancy does not
 
 
come to an end earlier) within the period of 12
 
 
months beginning with the relevant date, and
 
 
(b)
is, or, in the case of joint landlords seeking possession, at
15
 
least one of them is—
 
 
(i)
a private registered provider of social housing,
 
 
(ii)
a tenant of the superior landlord under a tenancy of
 
 
an agricultural holding within the meaning of the
 
 
Agricultural Holdings Act 1986 which is a tenancy
20
 
to which that Act applies, or a farm business tenancy
 
 
within the meaning of the Agricultural Tenancies Act
 
 
1995 ,
 
 
(iii)
a person who held the dwelling-house for the
 
 
purpose of making it available for occupation as
25
 
supported accommodation, or
 
 
(iv)
a company of which a local authority owns at least
 
 
50% of the issued share capital.”
 

New grounds for possession in cases where there is a superior lease

 
 
7
After Ground 2ZA (inserted by paragraph 6 of this Schedule) insert—
30

“Ground 2ZB

 
 
The landlord who is seeking possession holds the interest in the
 
 
dwelling-house under a superior tenancy which is a fixed term tenancy of
 
 
a term certain of more than 21 years and—
 
 
“(a)
the fixed term will expire (if the tenancy does not come to
35
 
an end earlier) within the period of 12 months beginning
 
 
with the relevant date, or
 
 
(b)
if the superior tenancy has continued following the expiry
 
 
of the fixed term, any party to the superior tenancy has
 
 
served a valid notice to terminate that tenancy as a result of
40

Page 179

 
which the superior tenancy will end within the period of 12
 
 
months beginning with the relevant date.
 

“Ground 2ZC

 
 
The landlord who is seeking possession became the landlord by virtue of
 
 
section 18 no more than 6 months before the date on which the possession
5
 
proceedings were commenced, and the previous landlord under the assured
 
 
tenancy was, or, in the case of previous joint landlords, at least one them
 
 
was—
 
 
“(a)
a private registered provider of social housing,
 
 
(b)
a tenant of the superior landlord under a tenancy of an
10
 
agricultural holding within the meaning of the Agricultural
 
 
Holdings Act 1986 which is a tenancy to which that Act
 
 
applies, or a farm business tenancy within the meaning of
 
 
the Agricultural Tenancies Act 1995 ,
 
 
(c)
a person who held the dwelling-house for the purpose of
15
 
making it available for occupation as supported
 
 
accommodation, or
 
 
(d)
a company of which a local authority owns at least 50% of
 
 
the issued share capital.
 

“Ground 2ZD

20
 
The landlord who is seeking possession became the landlord by virtue of
 
 
section 18, no more than 6 months before the date on which the possession
 
 
proceedings were commenced, as a result of a superior tenancy which was
 
 
a fixed term tenancy of a term certain of more than 21 years coming to an
 
 
end—
25
 
“(a)
on the expiry of the fixed term,
 
 
(b)
within the period of 12 months ending with the date on
 
 
which the fixed term would have expired if the tenancy had
 
 
not come to an end, or
 
 
(c)
after the expiry of the fixed term, as a result of a valid notice
30
 
to terminate the tenancy.”
 

Repeal of Ground 3: holiday accommodation

 
 
8
Omit Ground 3.
 

Amendments of Ground 4: student accommodation

 
 
9
In Ground 4—
35
 
(a)
omit the opening words;
 
 
(b)
omit paragraph (a) (together with the final “and”);
 
 
(c)
paragraph (b) becomes an unnumbered paragraph;
 

Page 180

 
(d)
after that unnumbered paragraph insert “and—
 
 
“(c)
if the tenancy arose by succession as mentioned in
 
 
section 39(5), notice was given to the previous tenant
 
 
under Case 14 of Schedule 15 to the Rent Act 1977
 
 
, and
5
 
(d)
the tenancy is not an assured agricultural occupancy
 
 
in respect of which the agricultural worker condition
 
 
is fulfilled by virtue of paragraph 3 of Schedule 3.”
 

New ground for possession of student accommodation for occupation by students

 
 
10
After Ground 4 insert—
10

“Ground 4A

 
 
“The following conditions are met—
 
 
(a)
the tenant meets the student test when the tenancy is entered
 
 
into,
 
 
(b)
the landlord or, in the case of joint landlords, at least one of
15
 
them, gives the tenant, before the tenancy is entered into, a
 
 
written statement of the landlord’s wish to be able to recover
 
 
possession on the basis that—
 
 
(i)
the tenant meets the student test when the tenancy
 
 
is entered into, and
20
 
(ii)
the landlord intends, on the next occasion on which
 
 
the dwelling-house is let, to let it to a tenant who
 
 
meets the student test when that new tenancy is
 
 
entered into,
 
 
(c)
the period—
25
 
(i)
beginning with the day on which the tenancy was
 
 
entered into, and
 
 
(ii)
ending with the day on which the tenant was entitled
 
 
to possession of the dwelling-house,
 
 
is six months or less,
30
 
(d)
the relevant date falls within the period beginning with 1
 
 
June and ending with 30 September in any year, and
 
 
(e)
the landlord seeking possession intends, on the next occasion
 
 
on which the dwelling-house is let, to let it to a tenant who
 
 
meets the student test when that new tenancy is entered
35
 
into.
 
 
For the purposes of the conditions in paragraphs (b), (c) and (f), a
 
 
tenant meets the student test when a tenancy is entered into if—
 
 
(a)
the tenant is a full-time student at that time, or
 
 
(b)
at that time, the landlord reasonably believes that the tenant
40
 
would become a full-time student during the tenancy.
 

Page 181

 
But, in a case where two or more persons are or would be the tenant,
 
 
the tenant does not meet the student test unless all of those persons
 
 
meet that test.
 
 
“In this ground, “full-time student” means a person receiving
 
 
education provided by means of a full-time course—
5
 
(a)
of any description mentioned in Schedule 6 to the Education
 
 
Reform Act 1988 provided by an institution in England or
 
 
Wales;
 
 
(b)
of any description mentioned in section 38 (2) of the Further
 
 
and Higher Education (Scotland) Act 1992 provided by an
10
 
institution in Scotland;
 
 
(c)
of any description mentioned in Schedule 1 to the Further
 
 
Education (Northern Ireland) Order 1997 (S.I. 1997/1772
 
 
(N.I. 15)) provided by an institution in Northern Ireland.
 
 
In a case where, because of paragraph 8 (7) of Schedule 1 to the 1988
15
 
Act, a tenancy becomes an assured tenancy, the condition in
 
 
paragraph (c) of the first paragraph of this ground is met if the
 
 
written statement referred to there is given within the period of 28
 
 
days beginning with the date on which the tenancy becomes an
 
 
assured tenancy.”
20

Amendment of Ground 5: ministers of religion

 
 
11
In Ground 5—
 
 
(a)
omit paragraph (a) (together with the final “and”);
 
 
(b)
after paragraph (b) insert—
 
 
“(c)
if the tenancy arose by succession as mentioned in
25
 
section 39(5), notice was given to the previous tenant
 
 
under Case 15 of Schedule 15 to the Rent Act 1977
 
 
, and
 
 
(d)
the tenancy is not an assured agricultural occupancy
 
 
in respect of which the agricultural worker condition
30
 
is fulfilled by virtue of paragraph 3 of Schedule 3.”
 

New ground for possession for occupation by agricultural worker

 
 
12
After Ground 5 insert—
 

“Ground 5A

 
 
“The landlord seeking possession requires the dwelling-house for
35
 
the purpose of housing a seasonal or permanent employee, worker
 
 
or self-employed person who will be working for a minimum of 35
 
 
hours per week for a business operated by the landlord, or in the
 
 
case of joint landlords seeking possession, by at least one of those
 
 
landlords, in agriculture.
40
 
For the purposes of this ground, “agriculture” has the same meaning
 
 
as in the Rent (Agriculture) Act 1976 (see section 1 of that Act).”
 

Page 182

New ground for possession for occupation by person who meets employment requirements

 
 
13
After Ground 5A (inserted by paragraph 12 of this Schedule) insert—
 

“Ground 5B

 
 
“The landlord seeking possession—
 
 
(a)
is a private registered provider of social housing,
5
 
(b)
holds the dwelling-house for the purpose of accommodating
 
 
persons who meet requirements connected with their
 
 
employment, and
 
 
(c)
requires the dwelling-house to let it under a new tenancy
 
 
to a person who meets those requirements,
10
 
and the tenant in possession does not fulfil those requirements.”
 

Ground 16 to be renumbered as Ground 5C and to be a mandatory ground for possession

 
 
14
(1)
Ground 16 in Part 2 of Schedule 2 , together with the italic heading before
 
 
it, moves to after Ground 5B (inserted by paragraph 13 of this Schedule
 
 
) and becomes Ground 5C in Part 1 of that Schedule .
15
 
(2)
For the first paragraph of the new Ground 5C substitute—
 
 
“The dwelling-house was let to the tenant in consequence of the
 
 
tenant’s work or employment—
 
 
(a)
by the landlord seeking possession,
 
 
(b)
in the case of joint landlords seeking possession, by at least
20
 
one of them,
 
 
(c)
by a previous landlord under the tenancy, or
 
 
(d)
pursuant to an agreement between any of those landlords
 
 
and the employer,
 
 
and either—
25
 
(a)
the tenant has ceased to be in that work or employment, or
 
 
(b)
the tenancy was granted for the purpose of providing the
 
 
tenant with accommodation during the early period of their
 
 
work or employment, that purpose has been fulfilled and
 
 
the landlord seeking possession intends to let the
30
 
dwelling-house to another current or future worker,
 
 
self-employed person or employee of the employer.
 
 
In this ground, “the employer” means the tenant’s employer at the
 
 
time the tenant entered the tenancy or the person with whom the
 
 
contract for work was entered into.”
35
 
(3)
After the second paragraph of the new Ground 5C insert—
 
 
“This ground also applies to the letting of a dwelling-house to a
 
 
tenant in consequence of the tenant’s service in the office of
 
 
constable, but with the following modifications.
 
 
“Employment” means service in the office of constable.
40

Page 183

 
In the first paragraph of this ground, in paragraph (d), “the
 
 
employer” means any of the following persons—
 
 
(a)
the chief officer of a police force;
 
 
(b)
a policing body;
 
 
(c)
in relation to a constable’s service under the direction and
5
 
control of a person who is not a constable (the “senior
 
 
person”)—
 
 
(i)
the senior person, or
 
 
(ii)
a person or body with the function of maintaining
 
 
or securing the maintenance of the body of which
10
 
the senior person is a member.
 
 
The first paragraph of this ground has effect as if the following
 
 
were substituted for the second paragraph (b)—
 
 
“(b)
the tenancy was granted for a particular purpose
 
 
relating to the tenant’s service as a constable and—
15
 
(i)
that purpose has been fulfilled, or
 
 
(ii)
the tenancy is no longer required for that
 
 
purpose.”
 
 
In those modifications—
 
 
(a)
“service in the office of a constable” includes a constable’s
20
 
service under the direction and control of a person who is
 
 
not a constable;
 
 
(b)
“chief officer of a police force” means—
 
 
(i)
a chief officer of police (which has the same meaning
 
 
as in the Police Act 1996 — see section 101(1) of that
25
 
Act),
 
 
(ii)
the chief constable of the Ministry of Defence Police,
 
 
(iii)
the chief constable of the British Transport Police,
 
 
(iv)
the chief constable of the Civil Nuclear Constabulary,
 
 
(v)
the chief constable of the Police Service of Scotland,
30
 
or
 
 
(vi)
the chief constable of the Police Service of Northern
 
 
Ireland;
 
 
(c)
“policing body” means—
 
 
(i)
a local policing body (which has the same meaning
35
 
as in the Police Act 1996 — see section 101(1) of that
 
 
Act),
 
 
(ii)
the Secretary of State in relation to the Ministry of
 
 
Defence Police,
 
 
(iii)
the British Transport Police Authority,
40
 
(iv)
the Civil Nuclear Police Authority,
 
 
(v)
the Scottish Police Authority, or
 
 
(vi)
the Northern Ireland Policing Board.
 
 
(4)
In the italic heading, for “16” substitute “5C”.
 

Page 184

New ground for possession for end of employment requirements

 
 
15
After Ground 5C (as renumbered by paragraph 14 of this Schedule) insert—
 

“Ground 5D

 
 
“The landlord seeking possession is a private registered provider of
 
 
social housing, the tenancy agreement includes a requirement
5
 
connected with the tenant’s employment and the tenant no longer
 
 
fulfils that requirement.”
 

New ground for possession for occupation as supported accommodation

 
 
16
After Ground 5D (inserted by paragraph 15 of this Schedule) insert—
 

“Ground 5E

10
 
“The landlord seeking possession requires possession of the
 
 
dwelling-house to let it as supported accommodation where—
 
 
(a)
the landlord holds the dwelling-house for the purpose of
 
 
making it available for occupation as supported
 
 
accommodation, and
15
 
(b)
the tenant did not enter the assured tenancy for the purpose
 
 
of receiving care, support or supervision.”
 

New grounds for possession of dwelling-house occupied as supported accommodation

 
 
17
(1)
After Ground 5E (inserted by paragraph 16 of this Schedule) insert—
 

“Ground 5F

20
 
“The dwelling-house was supported accommodation when the
 
 
tenancy was granted and any of the following applies—
 
 
(a)
the tenancy was granted for the purpose of providing the
 
 
tenant with support services for a limited time in order to
 
 
enable the tenant to be able to live in other accommodation
25
 
in the future and the period for which those support services
 
 
were to be provided has ended;
 
 
(b)
a person other than the landlord provides or provided
 
 
support services to the tenant, but—
 
 
(i)
the support services have come to an end or the
30
 
person is not fulfilling their obligations under the
 
 
arrangements for the provision of those services, and
 
 
(ii)
where the dwelling-house is not managed
 
 
accommodation, the landlord has used reasonable
 
 
endeavours to find another person to provide support
35
 
services to the tenant but has not been able to do so;
 
 
(c)
where the accommodation or support services were funded
 
 
wholly or partly by someone other than the landlord or the
 
 
tenant—
 

Page 185

 
(i)
that funding is no longer being provided,
 
 
(ii)
where the dwelling-house is not managed
 
 
accommodation, the landlord used reasonable
 
 
endeavours to identify alternative funding before the
 
 
relevant date but was not able to do so, and
5
 
(iii)
it would not be reasonable for the landlord to
 
 
continue to provide accommodation or for the person
 
 
who provided support services to continue that
 
 
provision in the circumstances;
 
 
(d)
the financial viability of the landlord or of supported
10
 
accommodation or support services the landlord provides
 
 
to others would, in the landlord’s reasonable opinion, be
 
 
threatened if the landlord were to continue to provide or
 
 
fund a supported accommodation project of which the
 
 
tenant’s dwelling-house forms part and the landlord used
15
 
reasonable endeavours to identify alternative funding for
 
 
the project before the relevant date but was not able to do
 
 
so;
 
 
(e)
the tenant does not need the level of support services that
 
 
are provided;
20
 
(f)
the tenant does not need any support services;
 
 
(g)
the support services that are provided do not meet the
 
 
tenant’s needs;
 
 
(h)
the dwelling-house has physical features intended to enable
 
 
persons with needs for particular support services to live
25
 
more independently than they could do so without those
 
 
features and those physical features are not needed by the
 
 
tenant;
 
 
(i)
the dwelling-house is physically unsuitable for a person with
 
 
the tenant’s needs for support services to live in.
30
 
In paragraph (d) , “supported accommodation project” means—
 
 
(a)
supported accommodation consisting of two or more
 
 
dwelling-houses in the same building as, or otherwise nearby,
 
 
each other,
 
 
(b)
supported accommodation consisting of two or more
35
 
dwelling-houses occupied by tenants who receive support
 
 
services of a similar kind, or
 
 
(c)
support services of a similar kind provided to tenants of two
 
 
or more dwelling-houses that are supported accommodation.
 
 
In this ground, references to the “landlord” are to the landlord who
40
 
is seeking possession.”
 

Page 186

 
(2)
After Ground 17 insert—
 

“Ground 18

 
 
“The tenancy is of supported accommodation and the tenant has
 
 
unreasonably refused to co-operate with the person providing
 
 
support services with regard to those services.”
5

New ground for possession for tenancy granted for homelessness duty

 
 
18
After Ground 5F (inserted by paragraph 17 of this Schedule) insert—
 

“Ground 5G

 
 
“The tenant’s occupation of the dwelling-house was (at any time
 
 
during the period of occupation) in pursuance of a local housing
10
 
authority’s duty to the tenant under section 193 of the Housing Act
 
 
1996 and—
 
 
(a)
the local housing authority has notified the landlord that the
 
 
tenancy is not required for the purposes of that duty, and
 
 
(b)
the relevant date is no more than 12 months after the date
15
 
on which the local housing authority notified the landlord
 
 
as mentioned in paragraph (a).
 
 
In this ground “local housing authority” means a district council, a
 
 
county council in England for an area for which there is no district
 
 
council, a London borough council, the Common Council of the
20
 
City of London or the Council of the Isles of Scilly.”
 

New ground for possession of stepping stone accommodation

 
 
19
After Ground 5G (inserted by paragraph 18 of this Schedule) insert—
 

“Ground 5H

 
 
“The landlord seeking possession is a registered provider of social
25
 
housing or a charity and—
 
 
(a)
the tenancy was granted because the tenant met one or more
 
 
eligibility conditions,
 
 
(b)
a written tenancy agreement set out the eligibility condition
 
 
(the “specified condition”) or the eligibility conditions (the
30
 
“specified conditions”) that the tenant met,
 
 
(c)
either—
 
 
(i)
the tenant no longer meets the specified condition or
 
 
specified conditions, or
 
 
(ii)
the tenancy was granted in order to provide
35
 
accommodation for a limited period to help the tenant
 
 
transition to living independently and that period
 
 
has come to an end,
 
 
(d)
the rent is no higher than 80% of market rent (and here "rent"
 
 
and "market rent" include any amount payable by way of
40
 
service charge), and
 

Page 187

 
(e)
the tenancy was not granted—
 
 
(i)
pursuant to a nomination as mentioned in section
 
 
159 (2) (c) of the Housing Act 1996 ,
 
 
(ii)
as a tenancy of supported accommodation, or
 
 
(iii)
in pursuance of a local housing authority’s duty
5
 
under section 193 of the Housing Act 1996 .
 
 
Each of the following is an “eligibility condition” for the purposes
 
 
of this ground—
 
 
(a)
the tenant is in work, or work of a description specified in
 
 
the condition, for which the tenant is paid;
10
 
(b)
the tenant is actively seeking work, or work of a description
 
 
specified in the condition, for which the tenant would be
 
 
paid;
 
 
(c)
the tenant is—
 
 
(i)
of a particular age, or
15
 
(ii)
within a particular range of ages,
 
 
specified in the condition.
 
 
For the purposes of paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of
 
 
“eligibility condition”, a description of work may (in particular) be
 
 
expressed by reference to—
20
 
(a)
work for a particular employer or description of employer
 
 
or work at a particular place of work or description of place
 
 
of work;
 
 
(b)
the amount which the tenant is paid for the work;
 
 
(c)
the duration or expected duration of the contract or other
25
 
arrangement under which the work is done.
 
 
In this ground a reference—
 
 
(a)
to work includes self-employment;
 
 
(b)
to seeking work includes seeking to become self-employed.
 
 
The question of whether the tenant no longer meets the specified
30
 
condition or specified conditions is to be determined for the
 
 
purposes of this ground in accordance with the terms of the tenancy
 
 
agreement.
 
 
But if—
 
 
(a)
the terms of the tenancy agreement do not make any
35
 
provision about that question,
 
 
(b)
there are two or more specified conditions, and
 
 
(c)
the tenant no longer meets one or more of those conditions,
 
 
the tenant no longer meets the specified conditions for the purposes
 
 
of this ground.
40
 
The Secretary of State may by regulations (“eligibility condition
 
 
regulations”) make provision (including provision amending this
 
 
ground)—
 
 
(a)
to add, vary or remove any eligibility condition;
 
 
(b)
about the meaning of any eligibility condition.
45

Page 188

 
Eligibility condition regulations may make different provision for
 
 
different purposes.
 
 
A statutory instrument containing eligibility condition regulations
 
 
may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid
 
 
before and approved by a resolution of each House of Parliament.”
5

Amendments of Ground 6: redevelopment

 
 
20
For Ground 6 (excluding the italic heading) substitute—
 
 
“These conditions are met—
 
 
(a)
the general redevelopment conditions (in every case);
 
 
(b)
the landlord's acquisition condition, but only in a
10
 
case where section 7 (5ZA) applies in relation to the
 
 
tenancy;
 
 
(c)
the additional RSL condition, but only in a case where
 
 
the landlord seeking possession is—
 
 
(i)
a relevant social landlord, and
15
 
(ii)
the person who intends to carry out the work
 
 
mentioned in this ground.
 
 
The “general redevelopment conditions” are met if—
 
 
(a)
the landlord seeking possession is mentioned in the
 
 
first column in a row of the table in this ground;
20
 
(b)
the tenancy is mentioned in the second column of
 
 
that row;
 
 
(c)
a person mentioned in the third column of that row
 
 
intends to—
 
 
(i)
demolish or reconstruct the whole or a
25
 
substantial part of the dwelling-house, or
 
 
(ii)
carry out substantial works on the
 
 
dwelling-house or any part of it, or any
 
 
building of which it forms part;
 
 
(d)
the intended work cannot reasonably be carried out
30
 
without the tenant giving up possession of the
 
 
dwelling-house because—
 
 
(i)
the tenant is not willing to agree to such a
 
 
variation of the terms of the tenancy as would
 
 
give such access and other facilities as would
35
 
permit the intended work to be carried out,
 
 
(ii)
the nature of the intended work is such that
 
 
no such variation is practicable,
 
 
(iii)
the tenant is not willing to accept an assured
 
 
tenancy of such part only of the
40
 
dwelling-house (in this sub-paragraph referred
 
 
to as “the reduced part”) as would leave in
 
 
the possession of the landlord so much of the
 
 
dwelling-house as would be reasonable to
 

Page 189

 
enable the intended work to be carried out
 
 
and, where appropriate, as would give such
 
 
access and other facilities over the reduced
 
 
part as would permit the intended work to
 
 
be carried out, or
5
 
(iv)
the nature of the intended work is such that
 
 
such a tenancy is not practicable;
 
 
(e)
either —
 
 
(i)
the assured tenancy began at least 6 months
 
 
before the relevant date, or
10
 
(ii)
notice of a compulsory acquisition was given
 
 
in respect of the dwelling-house where—
 
 
(A)
the acquiring authority was the
 
 
person who became the landlord
 
 
who is seeking possession, and
15
 
(B)
the dwelling-house was transferred
 
 
to that landlord within the period
 
 
of 12 months ending with the
 
 
relevant date;
 
 
(f)
the assured tenancy on which the dwelling-house is
20
 
let did not come into being by virtue of any provision
 
 
of Schedule 1 to the Rent Act 1977 , as amended by
 
 
Part 1 of Schedule 4 to this Act or, as the case may
 
 
be, section 4 of the Rent (Agriculture) Act 1976 , as
 
 
amended by Part 2 of that Schedule.
25
 
The “landlord's acquisition condition” is met if—
 
 
(a)
the landlord seeking possession acquired their interest
 
 
in the dwelling-house before the grant of the tenancy,
 
 
or
 
 
(b)
that interest was in existence at the time of that grant
30
 
and neither that landlord (or, in the case of joint
 
 
landlords, any of them) nor any other person who,
 
 
alone or jointly with others, has acquired that interest
 
 
since that time acquired it for money or money's
 
 
worth.
35
 
The “additional RSL condition” is met in case A, case B or
 
 
case C.
 
 
Case A : a case where alternative accommodation that meets
 
 
the following conditions is available for the tenant or will
 
 
be available for the tenant when the order for possession
40
 
takes effect—
 
 
(a)
it is let as a separate dwelling with adequate security
 
 
of tenure;
 
 
(b)
it is affordable;
 
 
(c)
it is in an appropriate location;
45
 
(d)
it is not overcrowded.
 

Page 190

 
Case B : a case where alternative accommodation that meets
 
 
the following conditions is available for the tenant or will
 
 
be available for the tenant when the order for possession
 
 
takes effect—
 
 
(a)
it is being provided temporarily until other alternative
5
 
accommodation becomes available which will meet
 
 
the conditions in case A;
 
 
(b)
it is affordable;
 
 
(c)
it is in an appropriate location;
 
 
(d)
it is not overcrowded.
10
 
Case C : a case where—
 
 
(a)
the tenancy of the dwelling-house was not granted
 
 
pursuant to a nomination as mentioned in section
 
 
159 (2) (c) of the Housing Act 1996 ,
 
 
(b)
when the tenancy was granted, the landlord intended
15
 
to—
 
 
(i)
demolish or reconstruct the whole or a
 
 
substantial part of the dwelling-house, or
 
 
(ii)
carry out substantial works on the
 
 
dwelling-house or any part of it, or any
20
 
building of which it forms part,
 
 
within a specific period, and
 
 
(c)
the relevant social landlord gave the tenant, before
 
 
the tenancy was entered into, a written statement of
 
 
the landlord’s wish to be able to recover possession
25
 
on the basis of that intention to carry out that work
 
 
within that period (and that period must be included
 
 
in the statement).
 
 
For the purpose of the additional RSL condition,
 
 
accommodation—
30
 
(a)
is let “with adequate security of tenure” if it is let—
 
 
(i)
on an assured tenancy, or
 
 
(ii)
on terms which will, in the opinion of the
 
 
court, afford to the tenant security of tenure
 
 
reasonably equivalent to the security afforded
35
 
by an assured tenancy;
 
 
(b)
is “affordable” if it is—
 
 
(i)
no more expensive than the dwelling-house
 
 
of which possession is being sought, or
 
 
(ii)
reasonably suitable to the means of the tenant;
40
 
(c)
is “in an appropriate location” if it is—
 
 
(i)
reasonably close to the dwelling-house of
 
 
which possession is being sought, or
 

Page 191

 
(ii)
reasonably suitable to the needs of the tenant
 
 
and the tenant’s family as regards proximity
 
 
to place of work;
 
 
(d)
is “overcrowded” if the result of the occupation of
 
 
the accommodation by the tenant and the tenant’s
5
 
family would be that it would be an overcrowded
 
 
dwelling for the purposes of Part 10 of the Housing
 
 
Act 1985 .
 

“Table

 
 
Landlord seeking
10
 
Tenancy
10
 
Landlord intending to
10
 
possession
 
 
redevelop
 
 
a relevant social
 
 
any tenancy
 
 
(a)
the landlord who is
 
 
landlord
 
 
seeking possession
 
 
(b)
a superior landlord
 
 
(a)
the landlord who is
15
 
the unit-holder of
15
 
a tenancy of a
15
 
seeking possession
 
 
a commonhold
 
 
dwelling-house
 
 
which is contained
 
 
(b)
the commonhold
 
 
unit in relation to
 
 
in or comprises
 
 
association
 
 
which a
 
 
the commonhold
 
 
commonhold
 
 
unit
20
 
association
20
 
exercises functions
 
 
any tenancy
 
 
the landlord who is
 
 
any landlord other
 
 
seeking possession
 
 
than a relevant
 
 
social landlord or
 
 
a unit-holder of a
25
 
commonhold unit
 
 
in relation to
 
 
which a
 
 
commonhold
 
 
association
30
 
exercises functions
 
 
In this ground—
 
 
““commonhold association” , “commonhold unit” and
 
 
“unit-holder” have the meanings given by Part 1 of the
 
 
Commonhold and Leasehold Reform Act 2002 (see sections
35
 
11 to 13 and 34 of that Act);
 
 
“relevant social landlord” means—
 
 
“(a)
a non-profit registered provider of social housing,
 
 
(b)
a body registered as a social landlord in the register
 
 
maintained under section 1 of the Housing Act 1996 ,
40

Page 192

 
(c)
a body registered as a social landlord in the register
 
 
kept under section 20 (1) of the Housing (Scotland)
 
 
Act 2010 ,
 
 
(d)
a housing trust, within the meaning of the Housing
 
 
Associations Act 1985 , which is a charity, or
5
 
(e)
where the dwelling-house is social housing within
 
 
the meaning of Part 2 of the Housing and
 
 
Regeneration Act 2008 , a profit-making registered
 
 
provider of social housing.”
 

New ground for possession of alternative accommodation provided during redevelopment

10
 
21
After Ground 6 insert—
 

“Ground 6A

 
 
“These conditions are met—
 
 
(a)
the landlord seeking possession (the “current landlord”) is
 
 
a relevant social landlord;
15
 
(b)
the dwelling-house (the “current home”) was made available
 
 
for occupation by the tenant, or a predecessor in title of the
 
 
tenant, to enable redevelopment of another dwelling-house
 
 
(the “previous home”) which—
 
 
(i)
was the only or principal home of the tenant or
20
 
predecessor in title, and
 
 
(ii)
was occupied by the tenant or predecessor in title
 
 
under a tenancy (the “previous tenancy”) of which
 
 
the landlord was—
 
 
(A)
a relevant social landlord, or
25
 
(B)
a registered provider of social housing other
 
 
than a private registered provider of social
 
 
housing;
 
 
(c)
alternative accommodation that—
 
 
(i)
consists of the previous home and is affordable, or
30
 
(ii)
consists of other premises and is affordable, in an
 
 
appropriate location and not overcrowded,
 
 
is available for the tenant or will be available for the tenant
 
 
when the order for possession takes effect;
 
 
(d)
that alternative accommodation is to be let as a separate
35
 
dwelling with adequate security of tenure.
 
 
For the purpose of this ground, accommodation—
 
 
(a)
is let “with adequate security of tenure” if it is let—
 
 
(i)
on an assured tenancy, or
 
 
(ii)
on terms which will, in the opinion of the court,
40
 
afford to the tenant security of tenure reasonably
 
 
equivalent to the security afforded by an assured
 
 
tenancy;
 

Page 193

 
(b)
is “affordable” if it—
 
 
(i)
is no more expensive than the previous home, making
 
 
these assumptions—
 
 
(A)
that the redevelopment of the previous
 
 
home has not taken place, and
5
 
(B)
that the tenant, or predecessor in title, has
 
 
continued to be the tenant of the previous
 
 
home under the previous tenancy, or
 
 
(ii)
is reasonably suitable to the means of the tenant;
 
 
(c)
is “in an appropriate location” if it is—
10
 
(i)
reasonably close to the previous home, or
 
 
(ii)
reasonably suitable to the needs of the tenant and
 
 
the tenant’s family as regards proximity to place of
 
 
work;
 
 
(d)
is “overcrowded” if the result of the occupation of the
15
 
accommodation by the tenant and the tenant’s family would
 
 
be that it would be an overcrowded dwelling for the
 
 
purposes of Part 10 of the Housing Act 1985 .
 
 
In this Ground—
 
 
““redevelopment” , in relation to the dwelling-house that is the previous
20
 
home, means—
 
 
(a)
demolishing or reconstructing the whole or a substantial
 
 
part of the dwelling-house, or
 
 
(b)
carrying out substantial works on the dwelling-house or any
 
 
part of it, or any building of which it forms part;
25
 
“relevant social landlord” has the same meaning as in Ground 6.”
 

New ground for possession to allow compliance with enforcement action

 
 
22
After Ground 6A (inserted by paragraph 21 ) insert—
 

“Ground 6B

 
 
“Any of the following applies—
30
 
(a)
letting the dwelling-house causes the landlord to breach a
 
 
banning order under section 16 of the Housing and Planning
 
 
Act 2016 , or would do so if the landlord were to continue
 
 
to let the dwelling-house;
 
 
(b)
an improvement notice under section 11 or 12 of the Housing
35
 
Act 2004 —
 
 
(i)
specifies the dwelling-house or premises in which
 
 
the dwelling-house is contained as requiring remedial
 
 
action, and
 
 
(ii)
specifies overcrowding as the deficiency giving rise
40
 
to the hazard in respect of which that remedial action
 
 
is to be taken;
 

Page 194

 
(c)
a prohibition order under section 20 or 21 of the Housing
 
 
Act 2004 prohibits use of—
 
 
(i)
the dwelling-house,
 
 
(ii)
the common parts, or
 
 
(iii)
any part of the dwelling-house or of the common
5
 
parts,
 
 
either for all purposes or for any purpose that is incompatible
 
 
with continued occupation by the tenant;
 
 
(d)
the dwelling-house is or is in an HMO which is required to
 
 
be licensed under section 61 of the Housing Act 2004 , and—
10
 
(i)
the landlord applied for a licence under section 63
 
 
of the Housing Act 2004 and the local housing
 
 
authority refused to grant a licence, or
 
 
(ii)
the landlord held a licence but the licence has been
 
 
revoked;
15
 
(e)
the dwelling-house is or is in a house which is required to
 
 
be licensed under section 85 of the Housing Act 2004 , and—
 
 
(i)
the landlord applied for a licence under section 87
 
 
of the Housing Act 2004 and the local housing
 
 
authority refused to grant a licence, or
20
 
(ii)
the landlord held a licence but the licence has been
 
 
revoked;
 
 
(f)
the dwelling-house is or is in an HMO which is licensed
 
 
under Part 2 of the Housing Act 2004 or a house which is
 
 
licensed under Part 3 of that Act and that HMO or house is
25
 
occupied by more than the maximum number of households
 
 
or persons specified in the licence;
 
 
(g)
compliance with a planning enforcement notice or injunction
 
 
would be, or is, incompatible with continued occupation of
 
 
the dwelling-house by the tenant.
30
 
In this ground—
 
 
““common parts” has the same meaning as in Ground 13;
 
 
“house” has the same meaning as in Part 3 of the Housing Act 2004
 
 
(see section 99 of that Act);
 
 
references to the “landlord” are to the landlord who is seeking
35
 
possession or, in the case of joint landlords seeking possession, to
 
 
at least one of them;
 
 
“planning enforcement notice or injunction” means—
 
 
(a)
an enforcement notice issued under section 172 or 182 of the
 
 
TCPA 1990 that has taken effect,
40
 
(b)
a breach of condition notice served under section 187A of
 
 
the TCPA 1990,
 
 
(c)
an injunction granted under section 187B of the TCPA 1990,
 
 
(d)
a listed building enforcement notice issued under section 38,
 
 
45 or 46 of the P(LBCA)A 1990 that has taken effect, or
45

Page 195

 
(e)
an injunction granted under section 44A of the P(LBCA)A
 
 
1990;
 
 
“P(LBCA)A 1990” means the Planning (Listed Building and
 
 
Conservation Areas) Act 1990;
 
 
“TCPA 1990” means the Town and Country Planning Act 1990;
5
 
“the local housing authority” has the meaning given in section 261 of
 
 
the Housing Act 2004 .”
 

Amendments of Ground 7: death of tenant

 
 
23
In Ground 7—
 
 
(a)
in the first unnumbered paragraph for the words from “The tenancy”
10
 
to “devolved” insert “The tenancy has devolved on a person (the
 
 
“new tenant”)”;
 
 
(b)
after the first unnumbered paragraph insert—
 
 
“But, if the new tenant is occupying the dwelling-house as
 
 
the new tenant’s only or principal home immediately before
15
 
the death of the former tenant, an order for possession on
 
 
this Ground may not be made unless—
 
 
(a)
the tenancy has previously devolved on the former
 
 
tenant under a will or intestacy (whenever that
 
 
devolution occurred), or
20
 
(b)
the tenancy is a special tenancy immediately before
 
 
the death of the former tenant.
 
 
In this Ground “special tenancy” means—
 
 
(a)
a tenancy of social housing (within the meaning given
 
 
by Part 2 of the Housing and Regeneration Act 2008
25
 
) where the landlord is a private registered provider
 
 
of social housing;
 
 
(b)
a tenancy entered into pursuant to a rent-to-buy
 
 
agreement (which has the same meaning as in
 
 
Ground 1B) where the landlord is a private registered
30
 
provider of social housing;
 
 
(c)
a tenancy of supported accommodation, within the
 
 
meaning given by paragraph 12 of Schedule 2;
 
 
(d)
a tenancy where the former tenant’s occupation of
 
 
the dwelling-house is in pursuance of a local housing
35
 
authority’s duty to the tenant under section 193 of
 
 
the Housing Act 1996 (and here “local housing
 
 
authority” has the same meaning as in Ground 5G);
 
 
(e)
a tenancy which meets the conditions in paragraphs
 
 
(a), (b), (d) and (e) in the first paragraph of Ground
40
 
5H.”
 
 
(c)
omit the third unnumbered paragraph.
 

Page 196

Amendments of Ground 8: rent arrears

 
 
24
In Ground 8—
 
 
(a)
in paragraph (a) , for “eight” substitute “thirteen”;
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (b) , for “two” substitute “three”;
 
 
(c)
omit paragraphs (c) and (d) ;
5
 
(d)
at the end insert—
 
 
“When calculating how much rent is unpaid for the purpose
 
 
of this ground, if the tenant is entitled to receive an amount
 
 
for housing as part of an award of universal credit under
 
 
Part 1 of the Welfare Reform Act 2012 , any amount that was
10
 
unpaid only because the tenant had not yet received the
 
 
payment of that award is to be ignored.”
 

New ground for possession for property which is required for a carer for the landlord or

 

landlord’s family

 
 
25
After Ground 8 insert—
15

“Ground 8A

 
 
“The landlord seeking possession requires the dwelling-house for
 
 
the purpose of housing a person who is a carer for—
 
 
(a)
the landlord,
 
 
(b)
the landlord’s spouse, or
20
 
(c)
a member of the landlord’s family who is living with the
 
 
landlord,
 
 
where the dwelling-house is in sufficiently close proximity to the
 
 
person requiring care to facilitate emergency callout.
 
 
For the purposes of this Schedule, “carer” means an adult providing
25
 
personal care or nursing care to another person, who may be under
 
 
the age of 18, under a voluntary or contracted arrangement.
 
 
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend the definition of
 
 
carer above.”
 

Power to amend

30
 
26
After Part 4 of Schedule 2 to the 1988 Act insert—
 

Part 5

 

Interpretation

 
 
12
(1)
In this Schedule—
 
 
“acquiring authority” means, where notice of a compulsory
35
 
acquisition has been given, the person who would be
 
 
authorised to make the compulsory acquisition if the order
 
 
or legislation to which the notice relates were to become
 
 
operative;
 

Page 197

 
“HMO” has the same meaning as in Part 2 of the Housing
 
 
Act 2004 (see section 77 of that Act);
 
 
“housing association” has the meaning given by section 1 of
 
 
the Housing Associations Act 1985 ;
 
 
“managed accommodation” means supported accommodation
5
 
into which a tenant has been admitted in order to meet a
 
 
need for care, support or supervision, in a case in which
 
 
that care, support or supervision is provided otherwise
 
 
than by the landlord or a person acting on behalf of the
 
 
landlord;
10
 
“relevant date” —
 
 
(a)
in Grounds 2ZA, 2ZB and 5F, means the date of
 
 
service of the notice under section 8;
 
 
(b)
otherwise, means the date specified in the notice
 
 
under section 8;
15
 
but see sub-paragraph (2) where the court exercises the
 
 
power conferred by section 8(1)(b);;
 
 
“support services” in relation to a tenant in supported
 
 
accommodation, means care, support or supervision—
 
 
(a)
which is provided by the landlord or a person
20
 
acting on behalf of the landlord, or
 
 
(b)
which the tenant was admitted into the
 
 
accommodation for the purpose of receiving;
 
 
“supported accommodation” means a dwelling-house let—
 
 
(a)
by—
25
 
(i)
a housing association,
 
 
(ii)
a private registered provider of social
 
 
housing,
 
 
(iii)
a registered charity, or
 
 
(iv)
a voluntary organisation, and
30
 
(b)
to a tenant who receives care, support or
 
 
supervision provided either—
 
 
(i)
by the landlord or a person acting on behalf
 
 
of the landlord, or
 
 
(ii)
by someone else, if the tenant has been
35
 
admitted into the accommodation in order
 
 
to meet a need for care, support or
 
 
supervision.
 
 
(2)
Where the court exercises the power conferred by section 8(1)(b)
 
 
(power to dispense with notice under section 8) references in this
40
 
Schedule to the relevant date are to be read as references to the
 
 
date on which proceedings for possession began.
 
 
(3)
For the purposes of this Schedule, each of the following constitutes
 
 
giving notice of a compulsory acquisition—
 

Page 198

 
(a)
in the case of a compulsory acquisition which is to be
 
 
authorised by a compulsory purchase order—
 
 
(i)
publication of the notice required by section 11 of,
 
 
or (as the case may be) paragraph 2 of Schedule 1
 
 
to, the Acquisition of Land Act 1981 , in accordance
5
 
with that Act , or
 
 
(ii)
service of the notice required by section 12 of, or
 
 
(as the case may be) paragraph 3 of Schedule 1 to,
 
 
that Act , in accordance with that Act ;
 
 
(b)
in the case of a compulsory acquisition which is to be
10
 
authorised by any other order, publication or service of
 
 
any notice that any provision of or made under any Act
 
 
requires to be published or served in connection with that
 
 
acquisition, in accordance with that Act ;
 
 
(c)
in the case of a compulsory acquisition which is to be
15
 
authorised by a special enactment, publication or service
 
 
of a notice that, in connection with that acquisition, is
 
 
published or served in accordance with any Standing
 
 
Order of either House of Parliament relating to private
 
 
business.
20
 
(4)
In sub-paragraph (3) —
 
 
“compulsory purchase order” means a compulsory purchase
 
 
order within the meaning given by the Acquisition of
 
 
Land Act 1981 (see section 2 of that Act);
 
 
“special enactment” means—
25
 
(a)
a local or private Act which authorises the
 
 
compulsory acquisition of land specifically
 
 
identified in that Act , or
 
 
(b)
a provision which—
 
 
(i)
is contained in an Act other than a local or
30
 
private Act, and
 
 
(ii)
authorises the compulsory acquisition of
 
 
land specifically identified in that Act .
 

Part 6

 

Powers to amend certain Grounds and definition

35
 
13
(1)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend this Schedule
 
 
so as to—
 
 
(a)
amend Ground 2ZA to change the descriptions of the
 
 
landlord who may use the ground;
 
 
(b)
amend Ground 2ZC to change the descriptions of previous
40
 
landlord mentioned in it;
 

Page 199

 
(c)
provide for Ground 5C to apply only where the landlord
 
 
seeking possession or the employer is of a particular
 
 
description;
 
 
(d)
amend Ground 5H to change the descriptions of landlord
 
 
who may use the ground;
5
 
(e)
add other situations to the list in the first paragraph of
 
 
Ground 6B in which that ground may be relied on or
 
 
remove any situations added by virtue of this
 
 
sub-paragraph;
 
 
(f)
amend the definition of “special tenancy” in Ground 7;
10
 
(g)
amend the definition of “supported accommodation” or
 
 
“managed accommodation” in paragraph 12 .
 
 
(2)
Regulations under this paragraph may—
 
 
(a)
make consequential, supplementary, incidental, transitional
 
 
or saving provision;
15
 
(b)
make different provision for different purposes.
 
 
(3)
Regulations under this paragraph are to be made by statutory
 
 
instrument.
 
 
(4)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under this
 
 
paragraph may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has
20
 
been laid before and approved by a resolution of each House of
 
 
Parliament.”
 
 
Schedule 2
Section 29
 

Amendments relating to

 

Reserve and Auxiliary Forces (Protection of Civil Interests) Act 1951

25
 
1
The Reserve and Auxiliary Forces (Protection of Civil Interests) Act 1951
 
 
is amended as follows.
 
 
2
In section 16 (protection of tenure of certain rented premises by extension
 
 
of Housing Act 1988) as it applies otherwise than to Scotland—
 
 
(a)
omit subsection (1) ;
30
 
(b)
in subsection (2) (a) omit “which is a periodic tenancy”;
 
 
(c)
in subsection (3) , for “Neither subsection (1) nor subsection (2) above
 
 
applies” substitute “Subsection (2) does not apply”;
 
 
(d)
in subsection (4) , for “subsections (1) and” substitute “subsection”.
 
 
3
In section 17 (provision supplementary to section 16 of that Act) as it applies
35
 
otherwise than to Scotland—
 
 
(a)
omit subsection (1) ;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (2) —
 
 
(i)
in paragraph (a) omit “which is a periodic tenancy”;
 

Page 200

 
(ii)
for paragraph (b) and the words after it substitute—
 
 
“(b)
immediately before the time when the tenancy
 
 
would otherwise have come to an end as
 
 
mentioned in paragraph (a)—
 
 
(i)
the tenant under the terms of the
5
 
tenancy has the exclusive occupation
 
 
of some accommodation (in this
 
 
section referred to as “the separate
 
 
accommodation” ), and has the use of
 
 
other accommodation in common with
10
 
another person or other persons, not
 
 
being or including the landlord, but
 
 
(ii)
by reason only of such circumstances
 
 
as are mentioned in section 16(4),
 
 
subsection (1) of section 3 of the
15
 
Housing Act 1988 (provisions where
 
 
tenant shares accommodation with
 
 
persons other than landlord) does not
 
 
have effect with respect to the separate
 
 
accommodation,
20
 
“during the remainder of the period of protection, section 3
 
 
of the Housing Act 1988 applies in relation to the separate
 
 
accommodation as if the circumstances referred to in
 
 
sub-paragraph (ii) did not exist and, accordingly, as if the
 
 
tenancy had become an assured tenancy immediately before
25
 
it would otherwise have come to an end.”;
 
 
(c)
in subsection (3) for “Neither subsection (1) nor subsection (2) above
 
 
applies” substitute “Subsection (2) does not apply”.
 
 
4
In section 18 (protection of tenure under a licence or rent free letting) as it
 
 
applies otherwise than to Scotland, in subsection (1) , omit “a statutory
30
 
periodic tenancy which is”.
 
 
5
In section 19 (limitation of application of Housing Act 1988 by virtue of
 
 
sections 16 to 18 of that Act) as it applies otherwise than to Scotland—
 
 
(a)
in paragraph (a) omit “the statutory periodic tenancy which is
 
 
deemed to arise or, as the case may be,”;
35
 
(b)
in paragraph (b) omit “before the time when that statutory periodic
 
 
tenancy was deemed to arise or, as the case may be,”.
 
 
6
In section 20 (modifications) as it applies otherwise than to Scotland—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (2) —
 
 
(i)
in the opening words, for “Ground 16” substitute “Ground
40
 
5C”;
 
 
(ii)
in paragraph (b) omit “statutory periodic tenancy or”;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (3) , in the words before paragraph (a) , for “16”
 
 
substitute “18”.
 

Page 201

 
7
In section 23 (interpretation) omit the definitions of “fixed term tenancy”
 
 
and “statutory periodic tenancy”.
 

Greater London Council (General Powers) Act 1973

 
 
8
In section 25 of the Greater London Council (General Powers) Act 1973
 
 
(provision of temporary sleeping accommodation to constitute material
5
 
change of use), in subsection (2)—
 
 
(a)
in paragraph (a), after “person” insert “otherwise than under or by
 
 
virtue of an assured tenancy”;
 
 
(b)
after that paragraph insert—
 
 
“(aa)
“assured tenancy” means an assured tenancy
10
 
within the meaning of Chapter 1 of Part 1 of
 
 
the Housing Act 1988;”
 

Housing Act 1985

 
 
9
The Housing Act 1985 is amended as follows.
 
 
10
In section 81ZA (grant of secure tenancies in cases of domestic abuse), in
15
 
subsection (4), in the definition of “qualifying tenancy”, in paragraph (b),
 
 
omit sub-paragraph (i).
 
 
11
In section 81B (cases where old-style English secure tenancies may be
 
 
granted), in subsection (2C), in the definition of “qualifying tenancy”, in
 
 
paragraph (b), omit “which is not an assured shorthold tenancy and”;
20
 
12
In section 82A (demotion because of anti-social behaviour)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (1), omit paragraphs (ba) and (c);
 
 
(b)
in subsection (8), omit paragraph (b).
 
 
13
In section 171B (extent of preserved right), omit subsection (1A).
 
 
14
In section 553 (effect of repurchase on certain existing tenancies (England)),
25
 
in subsection (2)—
 
 
(a)
in paragraph (a), omit the words “or an assured tenancy”;
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (b), omit the words from “or in accordance” to the
 
 
end of that paragraph (including the “and” at the end of that
 
 
paragraph);
30
 
(c)
omit paragraph (c).
 
 
15
In section 554 (grant of tenancy to former owner-occupier), in subsection
 
 
(3)—
 
 
(a)
omit paragraph (c) (and the “or” at the end of that paragraph);
 
 
(b)
after paragraph (b), insert—
35
 
“(ca)
an assured tenancy, or”.
 
 
16
In Part 4 of Schedule 2 (grounds for possession: secure tenancies), in
 
 
paragraph (1)(c), omit the words from “which is neither” to the end of that
 
 
paragraph.
 

Page 202

 
17
In Schedule 3 (grounds for withholding consent to assignment by way of
 
 
exchange), in ground 2A, in the definition of “demotion order”, omit “or
 
 
section 6A of the Housing Act 1988”.
 

Landlord and Tenant Act 1985

 
 
18
In section 13 (1A) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1985 (as amended by
5
 
section 31 ) omit paragraph (b) and the “or” before it.
 

Agricultural Holdings Act 1986

 
 
19
In Schedule 3 to the Agricultural Holdings Act 1986 (cases where consent
 
 
of tribunal to operation of notice to quit is not required), in Part 2 , in
 
 
paragraph 3 —
10
 
(a)
in sub-paragraph (1), for paragraphs (c) and (d) substitute—
 
 
“(c)
premises which are to be let as a separate dwelling
 
 
such that they will then be let on an assured tenancy
 
 
(construing that term in accordance with Part 1 of
 
 
the Housing Act 1988 )—
15
 
(i)
by the person who was the landlord under
 
 
the tenancy of the agricultural holding (“the
 
 
former agricultural landlord”), or
 
 
(ii)
by another person pursuant to a contract or
 
 
other agreement entered into with the former
20
 
agricultural landlord under which—
 
 
(A)
the premises are to be let as suitable
 
 
alternative accommodation for the
 
 
purposes of paragraph (b) of case
 
 
A, and
25
 
(B)
subsection (5ZA) of section 7 of that
 
 
Act is to apply;
 
 
(d)
premises which are to be let as a separate dwelling
 
 
in any other case on terms which will afford to the
 
 
tenant security of tenure reasonably equivalent to the
30
 
security that would be afforded by Chapter 1 of Part
 
 
1 of that Act in a case within paragraph (c) .”;
 
 
(b)
omit sub-paragraph (2).
 

Housing Act 1988

 
 
20
The 1988 Act is amended as follows.
35
 
21
In section 1 (assured tenancies), in subsection (5) , omit “(and under any
 
 
statutory periodic tenancy which arises on the coming to an end of that
 
 
tenancy)”.
 
 
22
In section 1A (application of Chapters 1, 2 and 3 of Part 1 to dwelling in
 
 
Wales), in subsection (3) , after “tenancy” insert “, without the amendments
40
 
made by the Renters’ Rights Act 2025”.
 

Page 203

 
23
In section 5 (security of tenure)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (1) —
 
 
(i)
in paragraph (a) (i) omit “or 21”;
 
 
(ii)
omit paragraphs (b) and (c) (but not the “or” after them);
 
 
(iii)
in the words after paragraph (d) , for “a periodic” substitute
5
 
“an”;
 
 
(b)
omit subsections (2) to (7) .
 
 
24
Omit section 6 .
 
 
25
In section 9 (extended discretion of court in possession claims), in subsection
 
 
(6) , omit paragraph (b) and the “or” before it.
10
 
26
In section 10A (power to order transfer of tenancy in certain cases) omit
 
 
subsection (8) .
 
 
27
In section 15 (limited prohibition on assignment etc. without consent), in
 
 
subsection (3), omit “a statutory periodic tenancy or”.
 
 
28
In section 17 (succession to assured tenancy)—
15
 
(a)
in subsection (1)(a), omit “periodic”;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (1A)(a), omit “periodic”;
 
 
(c)
omit subsection (1B);
 
 
(d)
omit subsection (1C);
 
 
(e)
in subsection (1D), for “, (1A), (1B) or (1C)” substitute “or (1A)”;
20
 
(f)
in subsection (5), omit “or (1B)(c) above”;
 
 
(g)
in subsection (6), omit “, (1C)”;
 
 
(h)
omit subsection (7).
 
 
29
In section 18 (provisions as to reversions on assured tenancies)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (3) —
25
 
(i)
in the words before paragraph (a) omit “which is a periodic
 
 
tenancy (including a statutory periodic tenancy)”;
 
 
(ii)
omit paragraph (a) and the “or” after it;
 
 
(iii)
in paragraph (b) , for “periodic” substitute “assured”;
 
 
(iv)
in the words after paragraph (b) , for “periodic” substitute
30
 
“assured”;
 
 
(b)
omit subsection (4) .
 
 
30
In section 34 (restrictions on new protected tenancies and agricultural
 
 
occupancies) omit subsection (3) .
 
 
31
In section 37 (no further assured tenancies under Housing Act 1980), in
35
 
subsection (5) , omit “(and under any statutory periodic tenancy which
 
 
arises on the coming to an end of that tenancy)”.
 
 
32
(1)
Section 39 (statutory tenants: succession) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In subsection (5), in the words after paragraph (b), omit “periodic”.
 
 
(3)
In subsection (6)—
40

Page 204

 
(a)
in the words before paragraph (a), omit “periodic”;
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (d), after the second “tenancy” insert “(but this is
 
 
subject to section 4A)”;
 
 
(c)
in paragraph (e), for “sections 13 to 15” substitute “sections 13 to
 
 
16B ”;
5
 
(d)
omit paragraph (f).
 
 
(4)
Omit subsection (7).
 
 
(5)
In subsection (8)—
 
 
(a)
omit “periodic”;
 
 
(b)
after “above)” insert “; and section 24A does not apply in relation
10
 
to the assured tenancy to which the successor becomes entitled”.
 
 
(6)
For subsection (9) substitute—
 
 
“(9)
Where, immediately before the predecessor’s death, the predecessor
 
 
was a tenant under a fixed term tenancy (the “former tenancy”),
 
 
the following provisions of this subsection apply in relation to the
15
 
assured tenancy to which the successor becomes entitled on the
 
 
predecessor’s death (the “new tenancy”)—
 
 
(a)
not later than the first anniversary of the date of the
 
 
predecessor’s death, the landlord may serve on the tenant,
 
 
or the tenant may serve on the landlord, a notice in the
20
 
prescribed form (a “notice of variation”)—
 
 
(i)
proposing terms of the new tenancy, other than terms
 
 
as to the amount of the rent, that are different from
 
 
the terms which have effect by virtue of subsection
 
 
(6)(e) (the “implied terms”), and
25
 
(ii)
if the landlord or the tenant considers it appropriate,
 
 
proposing an adjustment of the amount of the rent
 
 
to take account of the proposed terms;
 
 
(b)
where a notice of variation has been served under paragraph
 
 
(a)—
30
 
(i)
within the period of three months beginning on the
 
 
date on which the notice was served on him, the
 
 
landlord or the tenant, as the case may be, may, by
 
 
an application in the prescribed form, refer the notice
 
 
to the appropriate tribunal under paragraph (c) , and
35
 
(ii)
if the notice is not so referred, then, with effect from
 
 
such date, not falling within the period referred to
 
 
in sub-paragraph (i) , as may be specified in the notice,
 
 
the terms proposed in the notice shall become terms
 
 
of the tenancy in substitution for any of the implied
40
 
terms dealing with the same subject matter and the
 
 
amount of the rent shall be varied in accordance with
 
 
any adjustment so proposed;
 
 
(c)
where a notice of variation is referred to the appropriate
 
 
tribunal, the appropriate tribunal must consider the terms
45

Page 205

 
proposed in the notice and must determine whether those
 
 
terms, or some other terms (dealing with the same subject
 
 
matter as the proposed terms), are such as, in the appropriate
 
 
tribunal's opinion, might reasonably be expected to be found
 
 
in an assured tenancy of the dwelling-house concerned, being
5
 
a tenancy—
 
 
(i)
which begins on the date of the predecessor’s death,
 
 
and
 
 
(ii)
which is granted by a willing landlord on terms
 
 
which, except in so far as they relate to the subject
10
 
matter of the proposed terms, are those of the new
 
 
tenancy at the time of the appropriate tribunal's
 
 
consideration;
 
 
(d)
whether or not a notice of variation proposes an adjustment
 
 
of the amount of the rent under the former tenancy, where
15
 
the appropriate tribunal determine any terms under
 
 
paragraph (c) , they must, if they consider it appropriate,
 
 
specify such an adjustment to take account of the terms so
 
 
determined;
 
 
(e)
in making a determination under paragraph (c) , or specifying
20
 
an adjustment of an amount of rent under paragraph (d),
 
 
there must be disregarded any effect on the terms or the
 
 
amount of the rent attributable to the granting of a tenancy
 
 
to a sitting tenant;
 
 
(f)
where a notice of variation is referred to the appropriate
25
 
tribunal, then, unless the landlord and the tenant otherwise
 
 
agree, with effect from such date as the appropriate tribunal
 
 
may direct—
 
 
(i)
the terms determined by the appropriate tribunal
 
 
become terms of the new tenancy in substitution for
30
 
any of the implied terms dealing with the same
 
 
subject matter, and
 
 
(ii)
the amount of the rent under the statutory periodic
 
 
tenancy is altered to accord with any adjustment
 
 
specified by the appropriate tribunal;
35
 
but for the purposes of sub-paragraph (ii) the appropriate
 
 
tribunal must not direct a date earlier than the date specified,
 
 
in accordance with subsection (3)(b) above, in the notice of
 
 
variation;
 
 
(g)
nothing in this section requires the appropriate tribunal to
40
 
continue with a determination under paragraph (c) if the
 
 
landlord and tenant give notice in writing that they no longer
 
 
require such a determination or if the tenancy has come to
 
 
an end.”
 
 
33
In section 41 (rent assessment committees: procedure and information
45
 
powers), in subsection (2) , omit “or Chapter II”.
 

Page 206

 
34
In section 41A (amounts attributable to services) omit “or 22”.
 
 
35
In section 45 (interpretation of Part 1)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (1) omit the definition of “statutory periodic tenancy”;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (2) omit “Subject to paragraph 11 of Schedule 2 to this
 
 
Act,”.
5
 
36
In Schedule 2 (grounds for possession)—
 
 
(a)
in Part 3 , in paragraph 2 (a) , omit the words from “other than—” to
 
 
the end of sub-paragraph (ii) (but not the “, or” at the end of the
 
 
paragraph);
 
 
(b)
omit Part 4 .
10
 
37
In Schedule 4 (statutory tenants: succession), in Part 3 , omit paragraph 24 .
 

Local Government and Housing Act 1989

 
 
38
The Local Government and Housing Act 1989 is amended as follows.
 
 
39
In Schedule 10 (security of tenure on ending of long residential tenancies)—
 
 
(a)
in paragraph 5 (1) (a) , omit “, other than Ground 16”;
15
 
(b)
for paragraph 5 (2) substitute—
 
 
“(2)
Ground 6 in Schedule 2 to the 1988 Act may not be
 
 
specified in a landlord’s notice to resume possession if
 
 
the tenancy is a former 1954 Act tenancy.
 
 
(2A)
Where that Ground applies to any other long residential
20
 
tenancy in accordance with sub-paragraph (1), it is to
 
 
apply as if—
 
 
(a)
in paragraph (b) of that Ground, the words “, but
 
 
only in a case where section 7 (5ZA) applies in
 
 
relation to the tenancy,” were omitted;
25
 
(b)
in the general redevelopment conditions, paragraph
 
 
(f) was omitted.”;
 
 
(c)
in paragraph 6 (3) (c) —
 
 
(i)
omit “(other than an assured shorthold tenancy)”;
 
 
(ii)
for “5” substitute “5H”;
30
 
(d)
in paragraph 11 (3) —
 
 
(i)
in the opening words, omit “(not being an assured shorthold
 
 
tenancy)”;
 
 
(ii)
in paragraph (c) , for “5” substitute “5H”;
 
 
(e)
in paragraph 11 (5) —
35
 
(i)
in the opening words, omit “(not being an assured shorthold
 
 
tenancy)”;
 
 
(ii)
in paragraph (c) , for “5” substitute “5H”;
 
 
(f)
in paragraph 12 (1) , omit “or Chapter II”;
 
 
(g)
in paragraph 13 (4) , for “15” substitute “18”.
40

Page 207

 
40
In Schedule 11 (minor and consequential amendments), omit paragraphs
 
 
103 and 108 .
 

Housing Act 1996

 
 
41
The Housing Act 1996 is amended as follows.
 
 
42
In section 64 omit the entry for “assured shorthold tenancy”.
5
 
43
Omit sections 96 to 100 .
 
 
44
In section 124 (introductory tenancies), in subsection (2)(b), omit “, other
 
 
than an assured shorthold tenancy,”.
 
 
45
In section 125 (duration of introductory tenancy)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (3), omit “, or a relevant assured shorthold tenancy,”;
10
 
(b)
omit subsection (3A).
 
 
46
In section 143 (index of defined expressions) omit “and assured shorthold
 
 
tenancy”.
 
 
47
In section 143C (change of landlord), in subsection (3), omit “shorthold”.
 
 
48
In section 175 (homelessness and threatened homelessness), in subsection
15
 
(5) —
 
 
(a)
in paragraph (a) , for “section 21 of the Housing Act 1988 (orders
 
 
for possession on expiry or termination of assured shorthold
 
 
tenancy)” substitute “section 8 of the Housing Act 1988 (notice of
 
 
proceedings for possession)”;
20
 
(b)
in paragraph (b) , for “that notice will expire” substitute “the date
 
 
specified in that notice is”.
 
 
49
In section 188 (interim duty to accommodate in case of apparent priority
 
 
need) omit subsection (1A) .
 
 
50
In section 193A (4) (consequences of refusal of final accommodation offer
25
 
or final Part 6 offer at the initial relief stage)—
 
 
(a)
in paragraph (a) omit “shorthold”;
 
 
(b)
at the end of paragraph (a) insert “and”;
 
 
(c)
omit paragraph (c) and the “and” before it.
 
 
51
In section 195 (duties in cases of threatened homelessness), in subsection
30
 
(6) —
 
 
(a)
in the words before paragraph (a) , for “section 21 of the Housing
 
 
Act 1988 (orders for possession on expiry or termination of assured
 
 
shorthold tenancy)” substitute “section 8 of the Housing Act 1988
 
 
(notice of proceedings for possession)”;
35
 
(b)
in paragraph (a) —
 
 
(i)
for “will expire” substitute “specifies a date that is”;
 
 
(ii)
for “expired” substitute “passed”.
 
 
52
In section 209 (discharge of interim duties: arrangements with private
 
 
landlord), in subsection (2) , in the words after paragraph (b) , for the words
40

Page 208

 
from “assured shorthold tenancy” (in the first place it occurs) to the end
 
 
substitute “assured tenancy”.
 
 
53
In section 218 (index of defined expressions: Part 7), in the entry for assured
 
 
tenancy and assured shorthold tenancy, omit “and assured shorthold
 
 
tenancy”.
5
 
54
In section 230 (minor definitions: general), in the first definition, omit “,
 
 
“assured shorthold tenancy””.
 
 
55
Omit Schedule 7 .
 

Capital Allowances Act 2001

 
 
56
In the Capital Allowances Act 2001 , in section 490 (3) (b) (assured tenancy
10
 
allowances), omit “(but not an assured shorthold tenancy)”.
 

Police Reform Act 2002

 
 
57
In section 100 of the Police Reform Act 2002 (Metropolitan Police Authority
 
 
housing) omit subsection (4) .
 

Homelessness Act 2002

15
 
58
In section 7 of the Homelessness Act 2002 (events causing main
 
 
homelessness duty to cease)—
 
 
(a)
for subsection (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
Section 193 of the 1996 Act (events which bring main
 
 
homelessness duty to an end) is amended in accordance with
20
 
subsections (3) to (5).”;
 
 
(b)
omit subsection (2) .
 

Finance Act 2003

 
 
59
In Schedule 9 to the Finance Act 2003 (stamp duty land tax: right to buy,
 
 
shared ownership leases etc)—
25
 
(a)
in paragraph 13 , in each place it occurs, for “assured shorthold
 
 
tenancy” substitute “assured tenancy”;
 
 
(b)
in paragraph 14 , in each place it occurs, for “assured shorthold
 
 
tenancy” substitute “assured tenancy”.
 

Anti-social Behaviour Act 2003

30
 
60
In the Anti-social Behaviour Act 2003 —
 
 
(a)
in section 14 (security of tenure: anti-social behaviour) omit
 
 
subsection (4) ;
 
 
(b)
omit section 15 ;
 
 
(c)
in Schedule 1 (demoted tenancies), omit paragraph 2(3).
35

Page 209

Housing Act 2004

 
 
61
The Housing Act 2004 is amended as follows.
 
 
62
Omit section 75.
 
 
63
Omit section 98.
 
 
64
In section 116 (general effect of final management orders), in subsection
5
 
(4)—
 
 
(a)
in paragraph (a)(ii), omit “(subject to paragraph (b))”;
 
 
(b)
for paragraph (b) substitute—
 
 
“(b)
paragraph (a) does not apply to the creation of an
 
 
interest in the nature of an assured tenancy within
10
 
the meaning of Part 1 of the Housing Act 1988.”
 
 
65
In section 136 (making of final EDMOs), in subsection (5), before paragraph
 
 
(a) insert—
 
 
“(aa)
where the EDMO is to be made by a local housing authority
 
 
in England, paragraph 2 is to be read as requiring the notice
15
 
under paragraph 1 to also set out the rights and powers of
 
 
the authority under paragraph 10(3) of Schedule 7 in
 
 
connection with a dwelling in relation to which a final EDMO
 
 
is in force;”.
 
 
66
In Schedule 7 (general effect of final EDMOs), in paragraph 10(4)—
20
 
(a)
in paragraph (a)(ii) omit “(subject to paragraph (b))”;
 
 
(b)
for paragraph (b) substitute—
 
 
“(b)
paragraph (a) does not apply to the creation of an
 
 
interest in the nature of an assured tenancy within
 
 
the meaning of the Housing Act 1988.”
25

Housing and Regeneration Act 2008

 
 
67
The Housing and Regeneration Act 2008 is amended as follows.
 
 
68
In section 180 (right to acquire)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (2)(a), omit “, other than a long tenancy”;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (2A), omit “shorthold”.
30
 
69
In Schedule 11 (possession orders relating to certain tenancies), in Part 1—
 
 
(a)
omit paragraph 7 ;
 
 
(b)
omit paragraph 9 .
 

Regulatory Enforcement and Sanctions Act 2008

 
 
70
In Schedule 3 to the Regulatory Enforcement and Sanctions Act 2008
35
 
(enactments specified for the purposes of Part 1), in the appropriate place,
 
 
insert—
 
 
“Tenant Fees Act 2019 (c.4)”
 

Page 210

Charities Act 2011

 
 
71
(1)
The Charities Act 2011 is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In section 117 (restrictions on disposition of land: general), in subsection
 
 
(2)(b)(ii), after “less” insert “or which are assured tenancies”.
 
 
(3)
In section 120 (requirements for leases which are for 7 years or less)—
5
 
(a)
in the heading, after “less” insert “or which are assured tenancies”;
 
 
(b)
in subsection (1), the words from "a lease" to the end become
 
 
paragraph (a);
 
 
(c)
after that paragraph insert “, or
 
 
“(b)
a lease that is an assured tenancy within the meaning
10
 
of Chapter 1 of Part 1 of the Housing Act 1988.”
 

Localism Act 2011

 
 
72
In the Localism Act 2011 —
 
 
(a)
in section 148 (duties to homeless persons) omit subsection (6) (b)
 
 
and the “and” before it;
15
 
(b)
in section 149 (duties to homeless persons: further amendments)
 
 
omit subsections (2) and (4) ;
 
 
(c)
in section 158 (secure and assured tenancies: transfer of tenancy)—
 
 
(i)
omit subsection (3)(b)(i) and the “and” after it;
 
 
(ii)
omit subsection (4)(b) and the “or” before it;
20
 
(iii)
in subsection (8)(b), omit the words “that is not an assured
 
 
shorthold tenancy”;
 
 
(iv)
in subsection (9)(b), omit the words “that is not an assured
 
 
shorthold tenancy”;
 
 
(v)
in subsection (10), omit “shorthold”;
25
 
(d)
in section 159 (further provisions about transfer of tenancy under
 
 
section 158), in subsection (6)(c), for “and “assured shorthold
 
 
tenancy” have” substitute “has”;
 
 
(e)
in section 162 (secure and assured tenancies: recovery of possession
 
 
after tenant’s death) omit subsection (4) ;
30
 
(f)
omit section 163 ;
 
 
(g)
omit section 164 ;
 
 
(h)
in section 184 (tenancy deposit schemes), omit subsections (10) to
 
 
(13);
 
 
(i)
in Schedule 14 (grounds on which landlord may refuse to surrender
35
 
and grant tenancies), in paragraph 6 (4) , in the definition of
 
 
“demotion order”, omit “or section 6A of the Housing Act 1988”.
 

Deregulation Act 2015

 
 
73
In the Deregulation Act 2015 —
 
 
(a)
omit section 31 ;
40

Page 211

 
(b)
omit sections 33 to 41 .
 

Immigration Act 2016

 
 
74
In section 41 of the Immigration Act 2016 (order for possession of
 
 
dwelling-house), in subsection (3) , omit paragraphs (c) and (d) .
 

Renting Homes (Wales) Act 2016 (anaw 1)

5
 
75
In Schedule 12 to the Renting Homes (Wales) Act 2016 —
 
 
(a)
in the Welsh language text, after paragraph 29 insert—
 
 
“29A
At ddibenion paragraffau 28 a 29, mae Deddf Tai 1988 yn
 
 
gymwys heb y diwygiadau a wnaed gan Ddeddf Rhentwyr
 
 
(Diwygio) 2025 (p. ).”;
10
 
(b)
in the English language text, after paragraph 29 insert—
 
 
“29A
For the purposes of paragraphs 28 and 29, the Housing
 
 
Act 1988 applies without the amendments made by the
 
 
Renters’ Rights Act 2025 (c. ).”
 

Homelessness Reduction Act 2017

15
 
76
In section 4 of the Homelessness Reduction Act 2017 (duty in cases of
 
 
threatened homelessness) omit subsection 4.
 
 
Schedule 3
Section 73
 

Amendments connected with landlord redress schemes

 

Local Government Act 1974

20
 
1
The Local Government Act 1974 is amended in accordance with paragraphs
 
 
2 to 5 .
 
 
2
(1)
Section 33 (consultation between Local Commissioner and other
 
 
Commissioners and Ombudsmen) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In the heading, for the words from “Local Commissioner” to the end
25
 
substitute “Local Commissioner and other appropriate persons”.
 
 
(3)
In subsection (1) —
 
 
(a)
for the words from “subject of an investigation” to “about the matter
 
 
and,” substitute “subject of a relevant investigation, the Local
 
 
Commissioner shall consult with the appropriate person about the
30
 
matter and,”;
 
 
(b)
for the words from “initiate a complaint” to the end substitute
 
 
“initiate a relevant complaint in relation to which the person
 
 
consulted would be the appropriate person”.
 

Page 212

 
(4)
In subsection (2) —
 
 
(a)
for the words from “the Parliamentary Commissioner” to “in relation
 
 
to” substitute “an appropriate person in relation to”;
 
 
(b)
for the words from “consult” to “about” substitute “consult that
 
 
person about”.
5
 
(5)
In subsection (3) —
 
 
(a)
for the words from “conducting an investigation” to “the complaint
 
 
relates” substitute “conducting a relevant investigation, the
 
 
appropriate person forms the opinion that the complaint to which
 
 
the investigation relates also relates”;
10
 
(b)
for “he”, in both places it occurs, substitute “the appropriate person”.
 
 
(6)
After subsection (3) insert—
 
 
“(3ZA)
Subsection (3) does not apply in relation to any of the following
 
 
relevant investigations—
 
 
(a)
an investigation by the Health Service Commissioner for
15
 
England in accordance with the Act of 1993;
 
 
(b)
an investigation by the Public Services Ombudsman for
 
 
Wales in accordance with the Public Services Ombudsman
 
 
(Wales) Act 2005 ;
 
 
(c)
an investigation by the Scottish Public Services Ombudsman
20
 
in accordance with the Act of 2002.”
 
 
(7)
Omit subsections (3A) to (3C) .
 
 
(8)
In subsection (4) , for the words from “subsection (3)” to “subsection (2)”,
 
 
substitute “subsection (3), a Local Commissioner is consulted about a
 
 
relevant complaint, subsection (2)”.
25
 
(9)
After subsection (5) insert—
 
 
“(5A)
In this section—
 
 
(a)
“relevant investigation” means an investigation specified in
 
 
column 1 of the table;
 
 
(b)
“relevant complaint” means a complaint specified in column
30
 
2 of the table;
 
 
(c)
“appropriate person”—
 
 
(i)
in relation to a relevant investigation, means the
 
 
person in column 3 of the table in the row in which
 
 
the investigation is specified;
35

Page 213

 
(ii)
in relation to a relevant complaint, means the person
 
 
in column 3 of the table in the row in which the
 
 
complaint is specified.
 
 
“1
 
 
2
 
 
3
 
 
Relevant investigations
5
 
Relevant complaints
5
 
Appropriate persons
5
 
An investigation by the
 
 
A complaint under the
 
 
The Parliamentary
 
 
Parliamentary
 
 
Act of 1967
 
 
Commissioner
 
 
Commissioner in
 
 
accordance with section
 
 
5 of the Act of 1967
10
 
An investigation by the
 
 
A complaint under the
 
 
The Health Service
 
 
Health Service
 
 
Act of 1993
 
 
Commissioner for
 
 
Commissioner for
 
 
England
 
 
England in accordance
 
 
with the Act of 1993
15
 
An investigation by a
 
 
A complaint under the
 
 
The housing
 
 
housing ombudsman
 
 
Housing Act 1996
 
 
ombudsman
 
 
under the Housing Act
 
 
1996
 
 
An investigation by the
20
 
A complaint under the
20
 
The Scottish Public
20
 
Scottish Public Services
 
 
Act of 2002
 
 
Services Ombudsman
 
 
Ombudsman in
 
 
accordance with the
 
 
Act of 2002
 
 
An investigation by the
25
 
A complaint under the
25
 
The Public Services
25
 
Public Services
 
 
Public Services
 
 
Ombudsman for Wales
 
 
Ombudsman for Wales
 
 
Ombudsman (Wales)
 
 
in accordance with the
 
 
Act 2005
 
 
Public Services
 
 
Ombudsman (Wales)
30
 
Act 2005
 
 
An investigation by the
 
 
A complaint under the
 
 
The new homes
 
 
new homes
 
 
ombudsman
 
 
ombudsman under the
 
 
ombudsman scheme
 
 
new homes
35
 
ombudsman scheme
 
 
(see section 136 of the
 
 
Building Safety Act
 
 
2022 )
 
 
An investigation under
40
 
A complaint under a
40
 
The person responsible
40
 
a leasehold and estate
 
 
leasehold and estate
 
 
for overseeing and
 
 
management redress
 
 
monitoring the
 
 
scheme (see section 100
 
 
scheme
 
 
investigation and
 

Page 214

 
of the Leasehold and
 
 
determination of
 
 
Freehold Reform Act
 
 
complaints under the
 
 
2024 )
 
 
scheme
 
 
An investigation under
 
 
A complaint under a
 
 
The person responsible
 
 
a landlord redress
5
 
landlord redress
5
 
for overseeing and
5
 
scheme (see section 64
 
 
scheme
 
 
monitoring the
 
 
of the Renters’ Rights
 
 
investigation and
 
 
Act 2025)
 
 
determination of
 
 
complaints under the
 
 
scheme”
10
 
3
(1)
Section 33ZA (collaborative working between Local Commissioners and
 
 
others) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In subsection (1) , for the words from “jurisdiction of” to the end substitute
 
 
“jurisdiction of an appropriate person, the Local Commissioner may, subject
 
 
to subsection (2) below, conduct an investigation under this Part jointly
15
 
with that appropriate person and any other appropriate person who, in
 
 
the opinion of the Local Commissioner, has jurisdiction in relation to the
 
 
matters which are the subject of the Local Commissioner’s investigation.”
 
 
(3)
Omit subsections (1A) and (1B) .
 
 
(4)
In subsection (3) , for the words from “investigated by” to the end substitute
20
 
“investigated by an appropriate person relates partly to a matter within
 
 
the Local Commissioner’s jurisdiction by virtue of this Part, the Local
 
 
Commissioner may conduct an investigation under this Part jointly with
 
 
that appropriate person and any other appropriate person who is also
 
 
investigating the complaint.”
25
 
(5)
After subsection (5) insert—
 
 
“(6)
For the purposes of this section—
 
 
(a)
“appropriate person” means any of the following—
 
 
(i)
the Parliamentary Commissioner;
 
 
(ii)
the Health Service Commissioner for England;
30
 
(iii)
a housing ombudsman;
 
 
(iv)
the new homes ombudsman;
 
 
(v)
an individual who investigates complaints under a
 
 
redress scheme;
 
 
(b)
“redress scheme” means—
35
 
(i)
a leasehold and estate management redress scheme;
 
 
(ii)
a landlord redress scheme;
 
 
(c)
a matter is within the jurisdiction of an individual who
 
 
investigates complaints under a redress scheme if it is a
 
 
matter which could be the subject of an investigation under
40
 
that scheme.”
 

Page 215

 
4
In section 33ZB (arrangements for provision of administrative and other
 
 
services), for subsection (4) substitute—
 
 
“(4)
The persons within this subsection are—
 
 
the Commission;
 
 
the Parliamentary Commissioner;
5
 
the Health Service Commissioner for England;
 
 
the person administering a scheme approved under Schedule
 
 
2 to the Housing Act 1996 (scheme for enabling complaints
 
 
to be investigated by a housing ombudsman);
 
 
the new homes ombudsman;
10
 
the person maintaining the new homes ombudsman scheme
 
 
under arrangements made pursuant to section 136 of the
 
 
Building Safety Act 2022 ;
 
 
the administrator of a leasehold and estate management
 
 
redress scheme;
15
 
the administrator of a landlord redress scheme.”
 
 
5
In section 34 (interpretation), in subsection (1) , at the appropriate places
 
 
insert—
 
 
““head of landlord redress” , in relation to a landlord redress scheme,
 
 
means the person responsible for overseeing and monitoring the
20
 
investigation and determination of complaints under the scheme;
 
 
““landlord redress scheme” has the meaning given by section 64 (2) of
 
 
the Renters’ Rights Act 2025;”.
 

Housing Act 1996

 
 
6
(1)
Paragraph 10A of Schedule 2 to the Housing Act 1996 (housing complaints:
25
 
collaborative working with Local Commissioners) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In the heading above that paragraph , for “Local Commissioners” substitute
 
 
“other appropriate persons”.
 
 
(3)
In sub-paragraph (1) , for the words from “a Local Commissioner” to the
 
 
end substitute “an appropriate person, the housing ombudsman may,
30
 
subject to sub-paragraph (2), conduct an investigation under this Act jointly
 
 
with that person and any other appropriate person the housing ombudsman
 
 
considers has jurisdiction.”
 
 
(4)
Omit sub-paragraph (1A) .
 
 
(5)
In sub-paragraph (3) , for the words from “a Local Commissioner” to the
35
 
end substitute “an appropriate person relates partly to a matter within the
 
 
jurisdiction of the housing ombudsman, the housing ombudsman may
 
 
conduct an investigation jointly with that person and any other appropriate
 
 
person investigating the complaint.”
 
 
(6)
In sub-paragraph (4) , for the words from “investigation jointly with” to the
40
 
end substitute “investigation jointly with one or more appropriate persons,
 

Page 216

 
the requirements of paragraph 7 may be satisfied by a report made jointly
 
 
with those persons.”
 
 
(7)
For sub-paragraph (6) substitute—
 
 
“(6)
For the purposes of this paragraph—
 
 
(a)
“appropriate person” means any of the following—
5
 
(i)
a Local Commissioner;
 
 
(ii)
the new homes ombudsman;
 
 
(iii)
an individual who investigates complaints under
 
 
a redress scheme;
 
 
(b)
“redress scheme” means—
10
 
(i)
a redress scheme within the meaning of section
 
 
100 (4) of the Leasehold and Freehold Reform Act
 
 
2024 (leasehold and estate management redress
 
 
schemes);
 
 
(ii)
a landlord redress scheme within the meaning of
15
 
section 64 (2) of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025;
 
 
(c)
a matter is within the jurisdiction of an individual who
 
 
investigates complaints under a redress scheme if it is a
 
 
matter which could be the subject of an investigation
 
 
under that scheme.”
20

Government of Wales Act 1998

 
 
7
In paragraph 17 of Schedule 12 to the Government of Wales Act 1998 (minor
 
 
and consequential amendments), omit sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) .
 

Public Services Ombudsman (Wales) Act 2005

 
 
8
In paragraph 15 of Schedule 6 to the Public Services Ombudsman (Wales)
25
 
Act 2005 (consequential amendments)—
 
 
(a)
in sub-paragraph (2) , omit paragraphs (c) and (e) ;
 
 
(b)
omit sub-paragraph (3) .
 

Localism Act 2011

 
 
9
In section 182 of the Localism Act 2011 (transfer of functions to housing
30
 
ombudsman), omit subsections (2) to (6) .
 

Building Safety Act 2022

 
 
10
The Building Safety Act 2022 is amended in accordance with paragraphs
 
 
11 and 12 .
 
 
11
In Schedule 3 (cooperation and information sharing), in paragraph 3 , for
35
 
sub-paragraph (5) substitute—
 
 
“(5)
“Relevant scheme” means any of the following—
 

Page 217

 
a scheme approved under Schedule 2 to the Housing Act
 
 
1996 (housing complaints: social landlords);
 
 
a redress scheme to which persons are required by virtue
 
 
of section 83 of the Enterprise and Regulatory Reform Act
 
 
2013 (lettings agency work) to be members;
5
 
a redress scheme to which persons are required by virtue
 
 
of section 84 of that Act (property management work) to
 
 
be members;
 
 
the new homes ombudsman scheme;
 
 
a redress scheme within the meaning of section 100 (4) of
10
 
the Leasehold and Freehold Reform Act 2024 (leasehold
 
 
and estate management redress schemes);
 
 
a landlord redress scheme within the meaning of section
 
 
64 (2) of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025.”
 
 
12
In Schedule 10 (amendments in connection with new homes ombudsman),
15
 
omit paragraphs 1 to 5 .
 

Leasehold and Freehold Reform Act 2024

 
 
13
In Schedule 13 to the Leasehold and Freehold Reform Act 2024 (amendments
 
 
in connection with leasehold and estate management redress schemes),
 
 
omit paragraphs 2 , 3 , 4 , 6 and 7 .
20
 
Schedule 4
Section 100 (6)
 

Decent homes standard

 

Part 1

 

Amendments of

 
 
1
The Housing Act 2004 is amended as follows.
25
 
2
(1)
Section 1 (new system for assessing housing conditions and enforcing
 
 
housing standards) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In subsection (3)(a), omit “hazard”.
 
 
(3)
After subsection (8) insert—
 
 
“(9)
But unoccupied HMO accommodation is “qualifying residential
30
 
premises” for the purposes of this Part only to the extent provided
 
 
for by section 2B(1)(c).”
 
 
3
(1)
Section 4 (inspections by local housing authorities) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
For subsection (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
If a local housing authority consider as a result of any matters of
35
 
which they have become aware in carrying out their duty under
 

Page 218

 
section 3, or for any other reason, that it would be appropriate for
 
 
any residential premises in their district to be inspected with a view
 
 
to determining—
 
 
(a)
whether any category 1 or 2 hazard exists on the premises,
 
 
or
5
 
(b)
in the case of qualifying residential premises, whether the
 
 
premises meet the requirements specified by regulations
 
 
under section 2A ,
 
 
the authority must arrange for such an inspection to be carried out.”
 
 
(3)
In subsection (2) —
10
 
(a)
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (a) , and
 
 
(b)
after that paragraph insert—
 
 
“(aa)
in the case of qualifying residential premises, that the
 
 
premises may not meet the requirements specified
 
 
by regulations under section 2A , or”.
15
 
(4)
After subsection (5) insert—
 
 
“(5A)
Regulations made under subsection (4) by the Secretary of State
 
 
may also make provision about the manner of assessing whether
 
 
qualifying residential premises meet the requirements specified by
 
 
regulations under section 2A .”
20
 
(5)
In subsection (6) —
 
 
(a)
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (a) , and
 
 
(b)
after that paragraph insert—
 
 
“(aa)
that any qualifying residential premises in their
 
 
district fail to meet the requirements specified by
25
 
regulations under section 2A , or”.
 
 
(6)
In the heading, omit “to see whether category 1 or 2 hazards exist”.
 
 
4
(1)
Section 5 (general duty to take enforcement action) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
For subsection (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
If a local housing authority consider that—
30
 
(a)
a category 1 hazard exists on any residential premises, or
 
 
(b)
any qualifying residential premises fail to meet a type 1
 
 
requirement,
 
 
the authority must take the appropriate enforcement action in
 
 
relation to the hazard or failure.”
35
 
(3)
In subsection (2) (c) , for “a hazard” substitute “an”.
 
 
(4)
In subsections (3) to (6) , after “hazard” (in each place) insert “or failure”.
 
 
(5)
In the heading, after “hazards” insert “and type 1 requirements”.
 
 
5
In the heading to section 6 (how duty under section 5 operates in certain
 
 
cases), omit “Category 1 hazards”.
40

Page 219

 
6
After section 6 insert—
 
 
“6A
Financial penalties relating to category 1 hazards or type 1
 
 
requirements
 
 
(1)
This section applies where—
 
 
(a)
a local housing authority is required by section 5(1) to take
5
 
the appropriate enforcement action in relation to—
 
 
(i)
the existence of a category 1 hazard on qualifying
 
 
residential premises other than the common parts of
 
 
a building containing one or more flats, or
 
 
(ii)
a failure by qualifying residential premises other than
10
 
the common parts of a building containing one or
 
 
more flats to meet a type 1 requirement, and
 
 
(b)
in the opinion of the local housing authority it would have
 
 
been reasonably practicable for the responsible person to
 
 
secure the removal of the hazard or the meeting of the
15
 
requirement.
 
 
(2)
When first taking that action, the local housing authority may also
 
 
impose on the responsible person a financial penalty under this
 
 
section in relation to the hazard or failure.
 
 
(3)
In subsections (1) and (2) , “the responsible person” is the person on
20
 
whom an improvement notice may be served in accordance with
 
 
paragraphs A1 to 4 of Schedule 1 in relation to the hazard or failure.
 
 
(4)
For the purposes of subsection (3) —
 
 
(a)
it is to be assumed that serving such a notice in relation to
 
 
the hazard or failure is a course of action available to the
25
 
authority, and
 
 
(b)
any reference in paragraphs A1 to 4 of Schedule 1 to “the
 
 
specified premises” is, in relation to the imposition of a
 
 
financial penalty under this section, to be read as a reference
 
 
to the premises specified in the final notice in accordance
30
 
with paragraph 8 (c) of Schedule A1.
 
 
(5)
In subsection (4) (b) , “final notice” has the meaning given by
 
 
paragraph 6 of Schedule A1.
 
 
(6)
The amount of the penalty is to be determined by the authority but
 
 
must not be more than £7,000.
35
 
(7)
A penalty under this section may relate to—
 
 
(a)
more than one category 1 hazard on the same premises,
 
 
(b)
more than one failure to meet type 1 requirements by the
 
 
same premises, or
 
 
(c)
any combination of such hazards or failures on or by the
40
 
same premises.
 

Page 220

 
(8)
The Secretary of State may by regulations amend the amount
 
 
specified in subsection (6) to reflect changes in the value of money.
 
 
(9)
Schedule A1 makes provision about—
 
 
(a)
the procedure for imposing a financial penalty under this
 
 
section,
5
 
(b)
appeals against financial penalties under this section,
 
 
(c)
enforcement of financial penalties under this section, and
 
 
(d)
how local housing authorities are to deal with the proceeds
 
 
of financial penalties under this section.”
 
 
7
(1)
Section 7 (powers to take enforcement action) is amended as follows.
10
 
(2)
In subsection (1) , for “that a category 2 hazard exists on residential
 
 
premises” substitute “that—
 
 
“(a)
a category 2 hazard exists on residential premises, or
 
 
(b)
qualifying residential premises fail to meet a type 2
 
 
requirement.”.
15
 
(3)
In subsection (2) (c) , for “a hazard” substitute “an”.
 
 
(4)
In subsection (3) —
 
 
(a)
after “hazard” (in the first place) insert “or failure to meet a type 2
 
 
requirement”, and
 
 
(b)
after “hazard” (in the second place) insert “or failure”.
20
 
(5)
In the heading, after “hazards” insert “and type 2 requirements”.
 
 
8
In section 8 (reasons for decision to take enforcement action), in subsection
 
 
(5) (a) , omit “hazard”.
 
 
9
(1)
Section 9 (guidance about inspections and enforcement action) is amended
 
 
as follows.
25
 
(2)
In subsection (1) (b) , omit “hazard”.
 
 
(3)
After that subsection insert—
 
 
“(1A)
The Secretary of State may give guidance to local housing authorities
 
 
in England about exercising their functions under this Chapter in
 
 
relation to—
30
 
(a)
assessing whether qualifying residential premises meet the
 
 
requirements specified by regulations under section 2A , or
 
 
(b)
financial penalties.”
 
 
10
In the heading of Chapter 2 of Part 1 (improvement notices, prohibition
 
 
orders and hazard awareness notices), omit “hazard”.
35
 
11
(1)
Section 11 (improvement notices relating to category 1 hazards: duty of
 
 
authority to serve notice) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
For subsection (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
If—
 

Page 221

 
(a)
the local housing authority are satisfied that—
 
 
(i)
a category 1 hazard exists on any residential premises,
 
 
or
 
 
(ii)
any qualifying residential premises fail to meet a type
 
 
1 requirement, and
5
 
(b)
no management order is in force in relation to the premises
 
 
under Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 4,
 
 
serving an improvement notice under this section in respect of the
 
 
hazard or failure is a course of action available to the authority in
 
 
relation to the hazard or failure for the purposes of section 5
10
 
(category 1 hazards and type 1 requirements: general duty to take
 
 
enforcement action).”
 
 
(3)
In subsection (2) , after “hazard” insert “or failure”.
 
 
(4)
In subsection (3) (a) , after “exists” insert “, or which fail to meet the
 
 
requirement,”.
15
 
(5)
In subsection (4) —
 
 
(a)
after “exists,” insert “or which fail to meet the requirement,”, and
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (a) , after “hazard” insert “or failure”.
 
 
(6)
In subsection (5) (a) , for the words from “that” to “but” substitute “that—
 
 
“(i)
if the notice relates to a hazard, the hazard ceases to
20
 
be a category 1 hazard;
 
 
(ii)
if the notice relates to a failure by premises to meet
 
 
a type 1 requirement, the premises meet the
 
 
requirement; but”.
 
 
(7)
In subsection (6) , for the words from “to” to the end substitute “to—
25
 
“(a)
more than one category 1 hazard on the same premises or
 
 
in the same building containing one or more flats,
 
 
(b)
more than one failure to meet type 1 requirements by the
 
 
same premises or the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats, or
30
 
(c)
any combination of such hazards and failures—
 
 
(i)
on or by the same premises, or
 
 
(ii)
in or by the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats.”
 
 
(8)
In subsection (8) —
35
 
(a)
after “hazard” (in the first place) insert “or failure”, and
 
 
(b)
after “hazard” (in the second place) insert “or secure that the
 
 
premises meet the requirement”.
 
 
(9)
In the heading, after “hazards” insert “and type 1 requirements”.
 
 
12
(1)
Section 12 (improvement notices relating to category 2 hazards: power of
40
 
authority to serve notice) is amended as follows.
 

Page 222

 
(2)
For subsection (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
If—
 
 
(a)
the local housing authority are satisfied that—
 
 
(i)
a category 2 hazard exists on any residential premises,
 
 
or
5
 
(ii)
any qualifying residential premises fail to meet a type
 
 
2 requirement, and
 
 
(b)
no management order is in force in relation to the premises
 
 
under Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 4,
 
 
the authority may serve an improvement notice under this section
10
 
in respect of the hazard or failure.”
 
 
(3)
In subsection (2) , after “hazard” insert “or failure”.
 
 
(4)
In subsection (4) , for the words from “to” to the end substitute “to—
 
 
“(a)
more than one category 2 hazard on the same premises or
 
 
in the same building containing one or more flats,
15
 
(b)
more than one failure to meet type 2 requirements by the
 
 
same premises or the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats, or
 
 
(c)
any combination of such hazards and failures—
 
 
(i)
on or by the same premises, or
20
 
(ii)
in or by the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats.”
 
 
(5)
In the heading, after “hazards” insert “and type 2 requirements”.
 
 
13
(1)
Section 13 (contents of improvement notices) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In subsection (2) —
25
 
(a)
after “hazard” (in each place) insert “or failure”,
 
 
(b)
after “hazards” insert “or failures”, and
 
 
(c)
in paragraph (b) , after “exists” insert “or to which it relates”.
 
 
(3)
In subsection (5) , after “hazard” insert “or failure”.
 
 
14
In section 16 (3) (revocation and variation of improvement notices)—
30
 
(a)
after “hazards” (in the first place) insert “or failures (or a
 
 
combination of hazards and failures)”, and
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (a) , after “hazards” insert “or failures”.
 
 
15
(1)
Section 19 (change in person liable to comply with improvement notice) is
 
 
amended as follows.
35
 
(2)
For subsection (2) substitute—
 
 
“(2)
In subsection (1), the reference to a person ceasing to be a “person
 
 
of the relevant category”—
 
 
(a)
in the case of an improvement notice served on a landlord
 
 
or superior landlord under paragraph A1 (3) of Schedule 1,
40
 
is a reference to the person ceasing to hold the estate in the
 

Page 223

 
premises by virtue of which the person was the landlord or
 
 
superior landlord, and
 
 
(b)
in any other case, is a reference to the person ceasing to fall
 
 
within the description of person (such as, for example, the
 
 
holder of a licence under Part 2 or 3 or the person managing
5
 
a dwelling) by reference to which the notice was served on
 
 
the person.”
 
 
(3)
In subsection (7) , for “or (9)” substitute “, (9) or (10)”.
 
 
(4)
After subsection (9) insert—
 
 
“(10)
If—
10
 
(a)
the original recipient was served as a landlord or superior
 
 
landlord under paragraph A1 (3) of Schedule 1, and
 
 
(b)
the original recipient ceases as from the changeover date to
 
 
be a person of the relevant category as a result of ceasing
 
 
to hold the estate in the premises by virtue of which the
15
 
person was the landlord or superior landlord,
 
 
the new holder of the estate or, if the estate has ceased to exist, the
 
 
reversioner, is the “liable person”.”
 
 
16
(1)
In section 20 (prohibition orders relating to category 1 hazards: duty of
 
 
authority to make order) is amended as follows.
20
 
(2)
For subsection (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
If—
 
 
(a)
the local housing authority are satisfied that—
 
 
(i)
a category 1 hazard exists on any residential premises,
 
 
or
25
 
(ii)
any qualifying residential premises fail to meet a type
 
 
1 requirement, and
 
 
(b)
no management order is in force in relation to the premises
 
 
under Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 4,
 
 
making a prohibition order under this section in respect of the
30
 
hazard or failure is a course of action available to the authority in
 
 
relation to the hazard or failure for the purposes of section 5
 
 
(category 1 hazards and type 1 requirements: general duty to take
 
 
enforcement action).”
 
 
(3)
In subsection (3) —
35
 
(a)
in paragraph (a) , after “exists” insert “, or which fail to meet the
 
 
requirement,”, and
 
 
(b)
for paragraph (b) substitute—
 
 
“(b)
if those premises are—
 
 
(i)
one or more flats, or
40
 
(ii)
accommodation falling within paragraph (e)
 
 
of the definition of “residential premises” in
 

Page 224

 
section 1(4) (homelessness) that is not a
 
 
dwelling, HMO or flat,
 
 
it may prohibit the use of the building containing the
 
 
flat or flats or accommodation (or any part of the
 
 
building) or any external common parts;”.
5
 
(4)
In subsection (4) —
 
 
(a)
after “exists,” insert “or which fail to meet the requirement,”, and
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (a) , after “hazard” insert “or failure”.
 
 
(5)
In subsection (5) , for the words from “to” to the end substitute “to—
 
 
“(a)
more than one category 1 hazard on the same premises or
10
 
in the same building containing one or more flats,
 
 
(b)
more than one failure to meet type 1 requirements by the
 
 
same premises or the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats, or
 
 
(c)
any combination of such hazards and failures—
15
 
(i)
on or by the same premises, or
 
 
(ii)
in or by the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats.”
 
 
(6)
In the heading, after “hazards” insert “and type 1 requirements”.
 
 
17
(1)
Section 21 (prohibition orders relating to category 2 hazards: power of
20
 
authority to make order) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
For subsection (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
If—
 
 
(a)
the local housing authority are satisfied that—
 
 
(i)
a category 2 hazard exists on any residential premises,
25
 
or
 
 
(ii)
any qualifying residential premises fail to meet a type
 
 
2 requirement, and
 
 
(b)
no management order is in force in relation to the premises
 
 
under Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 4,
30
 
the authority may make a prohibition order under this section in
 
 
respect of the hazard or failure.”
 
 
(3)
In subsection (4) , for the words from “to” to the end substitute “to—
 
 
“(a)
more than one category 2 hazard on the same premises or
 
 
in the same building containing one or more flats,
35
 
(b)
more than one failure to meet type 2 requirements by the
 
 
same premises or the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats, or
 
 
(c)
any combination of such hazards and failures—
 
 
(i)
on or by the same premises, or
40
 
(ii)
in or by the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats.”
 

Page 225

 
(4)
In the heading, after “hazards” insert “and type 2 requirements”.
 
 
18
(1)
Section 22 (contents of prohibition orders) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In subsection (2) —
 
 
(a)
after “hazard” (in each place) insert “or failure”,
 
 
(b)
after “hazards” insert “or failures”, and
5
 
(c)
in paragraph (b) , after “exists” insert “or to which it relates”.
 
 
(3)
In subsection (3) (b) , after “hazards” insert “, or failure or failures,”.
 
 
19
(1)
Section 25 (revocation and variation of prohibition orders) is amended as
 
 
follows.
 
 
(2)
In subsection (1) , for the words from “that” to the end substitute “that—
10
 
“(a)
in the case of an order made in respect of a hazard, the
 
 
hazard does not then exist on the residential premises
 
 
specified in the order in accordance with section 22(2)(b),
 
 
and
 
 
(b)
in the case of an order made in respect of a failure by
15
 
premises so specified to meet a requirement specified by
 
 
regulations under section 2A , the premises then meet the
 
 
requirement.”
 
 
(3)
In subsection (3) —
 
 
(a)
after “hazards” (in the first place) insert “or failures (or a
20
 
combination of hazards and failures)”, and
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (a) , after “hazards” insert “or failures”.
 
 
20
In the italic heading before section 28 , omit “Hazard”.
 
 
21
(1)
Section 28 (hazard awareness notices relating to category 1 hazards: duty
 
 
of authority to serve notice) is amended as follows.
25
 
(2)
For subsections (1) and (2) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
If—
 
 
(a)
the local housing authority are satisfied that—
 
 
(i)
a category 1 hazard exists on any residential premises,
 
 
or
30
 
(ii)
any qualifying residential premises fail to meet a type
 
 
1 requirement, and
 
 
(b)
no management order is in force in relation to the premises
 
 
under Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 4,
 
 
serving an awareness notice under this section in respect of the
35
 
hazard or failure is a course of action available to the authority in
 
 
relation to the hazard or failure for the purposes of section 5
 
 
(category 1 hazards and type 1 requirements: general duty to take
 
 
enforcement action).
 
 
(2)
An awareness notice under this section is a notice advising the
40
 
person on whom it is served of—
 

Page 226

 
(a)
the existence of a category 1 hazard on, or
 
 
(b)
a failure to meet a type 1 requirement by,
 
 
the residential premises concerned which arises as a result of a
 
 
deficiency on the premises in respect of which the notice is served.”
 
 
(3)
In subsection (3) (a) , after “exists” insert “, or which fail to meet the
5
 
requirement,”.
 
 
(4)
In subsection (4) —
 
 
(a)
after “exists,” insert “or which fail to meet the requirement,”, and
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (a) , after “hazard” insert “or failure”.
 
 
(5)
In subsection (5) , for the words from “to” to the end substitute “to—
10
 
“(a)
more than one category 1 hazard on the same premises or
 
 
in the same building containing one or more flats,
 
 
(b)
more than one failure to meet type 1 requirements by the
 
 
same premises or the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats, or
15
 
(c)
any combination of such hazards and failures—
 
 
(i)
on or by the same premises, or
 
 
(ii)
in or by the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats.”
 
 
(6)
In subsection (6) —
20
 
(a)
after “hazard” (in each place) insert “or failure”,
 
 
(b)
after “hazards” insert “or failures”, and
 
 
(c)
in paragraph (a) , after “exists” insert “or to which it relates”.
 
 
(7)
In subsection (8) , for “a hazard” substitute “an”.
 
 
(8)
At the end insert—
25
 
“(9)
A notice under this section in respect of residential premises in
 
 
Wales is to be known as a “hazard awareness notice”.”
 
 
(9)
In the heading—
 
 
(a)
omit “Hazard”, and
 
 
(b)
after “category 1 hazards” insert “and type 1 requirements”.
30
 
22
(1)
Section 29 (hazard awareness notices relating to category 2 hazards: power
 
 
of authority to serve notice) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
For subsections (1) and (2) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
If—
 
 
(a)
the local housing authority are satisfied that—
35
 
(i)
a category 2 hazard exists on any residential premises,
 
 
or
 
 
(ii)
any qualifying residential premises fail to meet a type
 
 
2 requirement, and
 

Page 227

 
(b)
no management order is in force in relation to the premises
 
 
under Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 4,
 
 
the authority may serve an awareness notice under this section in
 
 
respect of the hazard or failure.
 
 
(2)
An awareness notice under this section is a notice advising the
5
 
person on whom it is served of—
 
 
(a)
the existence of a category 2 hazard on, or
 
 
(b)
a failure to meet a type 2 requirement by,
 
 
the residential premises concerned which arises as a result of a
 
 
deficiency on the premises in respect of which the notice is served.”
10
 
(3)
In subsection (3) , for “a hazard” substitute “an”.
 
 
(4)
In subsection (4) , for the words from “to” to the end substitute “to—
 
 
“(a)
more than one category 2 hazard on the same premises or
 
 
in the same building containing one or more flats,
 
 
(b)
more than one failure to meet type 2 requirements by the
15
 
same premises or the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats, or
 
 
(c)
any combination of such hazards and failures—
 
 
(i)
on or by the same premises, or
 
 
(ii)
in or by the same building containing one or more
20
 
flats.”
 
 
(5)
In subsection (5) —
 
 
(a)
after “hazard” (in each place) insert “or failure”,
 
 
(b)
after “hazards” insert “or failures”, and
 
 
(c)
in paragraph (a) , after “exists” insert “or to which it relates”.
25
 
(6)
In subsection (8) , for “a hazard” substitute “an”.
 
 
(7)
At the end insert—
 
 
“(9)
A notice under this section in respect of residential premises in
 
 
Wales is to be known as a “hazard awareness notice”.”
 
 
(8)
In the heading—
30
 
(a)
omit “Hazard”, and
 
 
(b)
after “category 2 hazards” insert “and type 2 requirements”.
 
 
23
(1)
Section 30 (offence of failing to comply with improvement notice) is
 
 
amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In subsection (2) , after “hazard” insert “or failure”.
35
 
(3)
In subsection (3) , omit “not exceeding level 5 on the standard scale”.
 
 
(4)
In subsection (5) , after “hazard” insert “or failure”.
 
 
24
In section 32 (offence of failing to comply with prohibition order etc), in
 
 
subsection (2) (a) , omit “not exceeding level 5 on the standard scale”.
 

Page 228

 
25
In section 35 (power of court to order occupier or owner to allow action
 
 
to be taken on premises), for the definition of “relevant person” in subsection
 
 
(8) substitute—
 
 
““relevant person” , in relation to any premises, means—
 
 
(a)
a person who is an owner of the premises;
5
 
(b)
a person having control of or managing the premises;
 
 
(c)
the holder of any licence under Part 2 or 3 in respect of the
 
 
premises;
 
 
(d)
in the case of qualifying residential premises which are let
 
 
under a relevant tenancy, the landlord under the tenancy
10
 
and any person who is a superior landlord in relation to the
 
 
tenancy.”
 
 
26
(1)
Section 40 (emergency remedial action) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
For subsection (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
If—
15
 
(a)
the local housing authority are satisfied that—
 
 
(i)
a category 1 hazard exists on any residential premises,
 
 
or
 
 
(ii)
any qualifying residential premises fail to meet a type
 
 
1 requirement, and
20
 
(b)
they are further satisfied that the hazard or failure involves
 
 
an imminent risk of serious harm to the health or safety of
 
 
any of the occupiers of those or any other residential
 
 
premises, and
 
 
(c)
no management order is in force under Chapter 1 or 2 of
25
 
Part 4 in relation to the premises mentioned in paragraph
 
 
(a)(i) or (ii),
 
 
the taking by the authority of emergency remedial action under this
 
 
section in respect of the hazard or failure is a course of action
 
 
available to the authority in relation to the hazard or failure for the
30
 
purposes of section 5 (category 1 hazards and type 1 requirements:
 
 
general duty to take enforcement action).”
 
 
(3)
In subsection (2) , after “hazard” insert “or failure”.
 
 
(4)
In subsection (4) , for the words from “of” to the end substitute “of—
 
 
“(a)
more than one category 1 hazard on the same premises or
35
 
in the same building containing one or more flats,
 
 
(b)
more than one failure to meet type 1 requirements by the
 
 
same premises or the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats, or
 
 
(c)
any combination of such hazards and failures—
40
 
(i)
on or by the same premises, or
 
 
(ii)
in or by the same building containing one or more
 
 
flats.”
 

Page 229

 
27
In section 41 (notice of emergency remedial action), in subsection (2) —
 
 
(a)
after “hazard” (in each place) insert “or failure”,
 
 
(b)
after “hazards” insert “or failures”, and
 
 
(c)
in paragraph (a) , after “exists” insert “or to which it relates”.
 
 
28
In section 43 (emergency prohibition orders), for subsection (1) substitute—
5
 
“(1)
If—
 
 
(a)
the local housing authority are satisfied that—
 
 
(i)
a category 1 hazard exists on any residential premises,
 
 
or
 
 
(ii)
any qualifying residential premises fail to meet a type
10
 
1 requirement, and
 
 
(b)
they are further satisfied that the hazard or failure involves
 
 
an imminent risk of serious harm to the health or safety of
 
 
any of the occupiers of those or any other residential
 
 
premises, and
15
 
(c)
no management order is in force under Chapter 1 or 2 of
 
 
Part 4 in relation to the premises mentioned in paragraph
 
 
(a)(i) or (ii),
 
 
making an emergency prohibition order under this section in respect
 
 
of the hazard or failure is a course of action available to the
20
 
authority in relation to the hazard or failure for the purposes of
 
 
section 5 (category 1 hazards and type 1 requirements: general duty
 
 
to take enforcement action).”
 
 
29
In section 44 (contents of emergency prohibition orders), in subsection (2) —
 
 
(a)
after “hazard” (in each place) insert “or failure”,
25
 
(b)
after “hazards” insert “or failures”, and
 
 
(c)
in paragraph (a) , after “exists” insert “or to which it relates”.
 
 
30
In section 49 (power to charge for certain enforcement action)—
 
 
(a)
in subsection (1) (c) , for “a hazard” substitute “an”, and
 
 
(b)
in subsection (2) , for “a hazard” substitute “an”.
30
 
31
In section 50 (recovery of charge under section 49), in subsection (2) (b) , for
 
 
“a hazard” substitute “an”.
 
 
32
In section 54 (index of defined expressions: Part 1 )—
 
 
(a)
at the appropriate places insert—
 
 
“Qualifying residential premises
35
 
Section 2B (1) ”;
35
 
“Relevant tenancy
 
 
Section 2B (2) ”;
 
 
“Social housing
 
 
Section 2B (2) ”;
 
 
“Supported exempt accommodation
 
 
Section 2B (2) ”;
 

Page 230

 
“Type 1 requirement
 
 
Section
 
 
2A (3) (a) ”;
 
 
“Type 2 requirement
 
 
Section
 
 
2A (3) (b)”, and
 
 
(b)
in the entry for “Hazard awareness notice”, in the first column, omit
5
 
“Hazard” (and, accordingly, move the entry to the appropriate
 
 
place).
 
 
33
(1)
Section 250 (orders and regulations) is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
After subsection (2) insert—
 
 
“(2A)
The power under subsection (2)(b) includes power—
10
 
(a)
to provide for regulations under sections 2A and 2B (3) to
 
 
apply (with or without modifications) in relation to tenancies
 
 
or licences entered into before the date on which the
 
 
regulations come into force;
 
 
(b)
for regulations under section 2B (3) (b) to provide for Part 1
15
 
to apply in relation to licences with such modifications as
 
 
may be specified in the regulations.”
 
 
(3)
In subsection (6), before paragraph (a) insert—
 
 
“(za)
regulations under sections 2A and 2B (3) ,”.
 
 
34
Before Schedule 1 insert—
20
 
“Schedule A1
Section 6A
 

Procedure and appeals relating to financial penalties under section

 
 
6A
 

Notice of intent

 
 
1
Before imposing a financial penalty on a person under section
25
 
6A a local housing authority must give the person notice of the
 
 
authority’s proposal to do so (a “notice of intent”).
 
 
2
The notice of intent must be given before the end of the period
 
 
of 6 months beginning with the first day on which the authority
 
 
has evidence sufficient to require it to take the appropriate
30
 
enforcement action under section 5(1) in relation to—
 
 
(a)
the existence of the category 1 hazard, or
 
 
(b)
the failure to meet the type 1 requirement.
 
 
3
The notice of intent must set out—
 
 
(a)
the date on which the notice of intent is given,
35
 
(b)
the amount of the proposed financial penalty,
 
 
(c)
the reasons for proposing to impose the penalty,
 

Page 231

 
(d)
information about the right to make representations under
 
 
paragraph 4 .
 

Right to make representations

 
 
4
(1)
A person who is given a notice of intent may make written
 
 
representations to the authority about the proposal to impose a
5
 
financial penalty.
 
 
(2)
Any representations must be made within the period of 28 days
 
 
beginning with the day after the day on which the notice of intent
 
 
was given (“the period for representations”).
 

Final notice

10
 
5
After the end of the period for representations the local housing
 
 
authority must—
 
 
(a)
decide whether to impose a financial penalty on the
 
 
person, and
 
 
(b)
if it decides to do so, decide the amount of the penalty.
15
 
6
If the local housing authority decides to impose a financial penalty
 
 
on the person, it must give a notice to the person (a “final notice”)
 
 
imposing that penalty.
 
 
7
The final notice must require the penalty to be paid within the
 
 
period of 28 days beginning with the day after that on which the
20
 
notice was given.
 
 
8
The final notice must set out—
 
 
(a)
the date on which the final notice is given,
 
 
(b)
the amount of the financial penalty,
 
 
(c)
the premises—
25
 
(i)
on which the authority considers a category 1
 
 
hazard exists;
 
 
(ii)
which the authority considers fail to meet a type
 
 
1 requirement,
 
 
(d)
the reasons for imposing the penalty,
30
 
(e)
information about how to the pay the penalty,
 
 
(f)
the period for payment of the penalty,
 
 
(g)
information about rights of appeal, and
 
 
(h)
the consequences of failure to comply with the notice.
 

Withdrawal or amendment of notice

35
 
9
(1)
A local housing authority may at any time—
 
 
(a)
withdraw a notice of intent or final notice, or
 
 
(b)
reduce an amount specified in a notice of intent or final
 
 
notice.
 

Page 232

 
(2)
The power in sub-paragraph (1) is to be exercised by giving notice
 
 
in writing to the person to whom the notice was given.
 

Appeals

 
 
10
(1)
A person to whom a final notice is given may appeal to the
 
 
First-tier Tribunal against—
5
 
(a)
the decision to impose the penalty, or
 
 
(b)
the amount of the penalty.
 
 
(2)
An appeal under this paragraph must be brought within the
 
 
period of 28 days beginning with the day after that on which the
 
 
final notice is given to the person.
10
 
(3)
If a person appeals under this paragraph, the final notice is
 
 
suspended until the appeal is finally determined, withdrawn or
 
 
abandoned.
 
 
(4)
An appeal under this paragraph—
 
 
(a)
is to be a re-hearing of the authority’s decision, but
15
 
(b)
may be determined having regard to matters of which the
 
 
authority was unaware.
 
 
(5)
On an appeal under this paragraph the First-tier Tribunal may
 
 
quash, confirm or vary the final notice.
 
 
(6)
The final notice may not be varied under sub-paragraph (5) so
20
 
as to impose a financial penalty of more than the local housing
 
 
authority could have imposed.
 

Recovery of financial penalty

 
 
11
(1)
This paragraph applies if a person fails to pay the whole or any
 
 
part of a financial penalty which, in accordance with this Schedule,
25
 
the person is liable to pay.
 
 
(2)
The local housing authority which imposed the financial penalty
 
 
may recover the penalty, or part of it, on the order of the county
 
 
court as if it were payable under an order of that court.
 
 
(3)
In proceedings before the county court for the recovery of a
30
 
financial penalty or part of a financial penalty, a certificate which
 
 
is—
 
 
(a)
signed by the chief finance officer of the authority which
 
 
imposed the financial penalty, and
 
 
(b)
states that the amount due has not been received by a
35
 
date specified in the certificate,
 
 
is conclusive evidence of that fact.
 
 
(4)
A certificate to that effect and purporting to be so signed is to be
 
 
treated as being so signed unless the contrary is proved.
 

Page 233

 
(5)
In this paragraph “chief finance officer” has the same meaning
 
 
as in section 5 of the Local Government and Housing Act 1989 .
 

Proceeds of financial penalties

 
 
12
Where a local housing authority imposes a financial penalty under
 
 
section 6A , it may apply the proceeds towards meeting the costs
5
 
and expenses (whether administrative or legal) incurred in, or
 
 
associated with, carrying out any of its enforcement functions
 
 
under Part 1 of this Act, the Renters’ Rights Act 2025 or otherwise
 
 
in relation to the private rented sector.
 
 
13
Any proceeds of a financial penalty imposed under section 6A
10
 
which are not applied in accordance with paragraph 12 must be
 
 
paid to the Secretary of State.
 
 
14
(1)
In paragraph 12 , the reference to enforcement functions “in
 
 
relation to the private rented sector” means enforcement functions
 
 
relating to—
15
 
(a)
residential premises in England that are let, or intended
 
 
to be let, under a tenancy,
 
 
(b)
the common parts of such premises,
 
 
(c)
the activities of a landlord under a tenancy of residential
 
 
premises in England,
20
 
(d)
the activities of a superior landlord in relation to such a
 
 
tenancy,
 
 
(e)
the activities of a person carrying on English letting agency
 
 
work within the meaning of section 54 of the Housing
 
 
and Planning Act 2016 in relation to such premises, or
25
 
(f)
the activities of a person carrying on English property
 
 
management work within the meaning of section 55 of
 
 
the Housing and Planning Act 2016 in relation to such
 
 
premises.
 
 
(2)
For the purposes of this paragraph “residential premises” does
30
 
not include social housing.
 
 
(3)
For the purposes of this paragraph “tenancy” includes a licence
 
 
to occupy.”
 
 
35
(1)
Schedule 1 (procedure and appeals relating to improvement notices) is
 
 
amended as follows.
35
 
(2)
Before paragraph 1 insert—
 

“Service of improvement notices: qualifying residential premises which fail to meet

 

type 1 and 2 requirements

 
 
A1
(1)
This paragraph applies instead of paragraphs 1 to 3 where—
 
 
(a)
the specified premises are qualifying residential premises
40
 
other than—
 

Page 234

 
(i)
homelessness accommodation (see paragraph B1 ),
 
 
or
 
 
(ii)
common parts (see paragraph 4 ), and
 
 
(b)
an improvement notice relates to a failure by the premises
 
 
to meet a requirement specified by regulations under
5
 
section 2A (whether or not the notice also relates to a
 
 
category 1 or 2 hazard).
 
 
(2)
Sub-paragraph (3) applies in relation to the premises if they are—
 
 
(a)
a dwelling or HMO let under a relevant tenancy,
 
 
(b)
an HMO where at least one unit of accommodation which
10
 
forms part of the HMO is let under a relevant tenancy,
 
 
or
 
 
(c)
a building or a part of a building constructed or adapted
 
 
for use as a house in multiple occupation if—
 
 
(i)
it is for the time being only occupied by persons
15
 
who form a single household, and
 
 
(ii)
the accommodation which those persons occupy
 
 
is let under a relevant tenancy.
 
 
(3)
The notice must be served on the landlord under the tenancy
 
 
unless—
20
 
(a)
the tenancy is a sub-tenancy, in which case the notice may
 
 
instead be served on a superior landlord in relation to the
 
 
tenancy if, in the opinion of the local housing authority,
 
 
the superior landlord ought to take the action specified
 
 
in the notice;
25
 
(b)
the premises are a dwelling which is licensed under Part
 
 
3 of this Act, or an HMO which is licensed under Part 2
 
 
or 3 of this Act, in which case the notice may instead be
 
 
served on the holder of the licence if, in the opinion of
 
 
the local housing authority, the holder ought to take the
30
 
action specified in the notice.
 
 
(4)
Where sub-paragraph (3) does not apply in relation to the premises
 
 
and the premises are supported exempt accommodation, the
 
 
notice must be served on the authority or body which provides
 
 
the accommodation.
35
 
(5)
In this paragraph—
 
 
“common parts” means common parts that are qualifying
 
 
residential premises by virtue of section 2B(1)(d);
 
 
“homelessness accommodation” means accommodation in
 
 
England—
40
 
(a)
the availability of which is secured under Part 7
 
 
of the Housing Act 1996 (homelessness), and
 
 
(b)
which is residential premises, whether by virtue
 
 
of paragraph (e) or another paragraph of section
 
 
1(4).
45

Page 235

Service of improvement notices: homelessness accommodation (whether or not it

 

is qualifying residential premises)

 
 
B1
(1)
This paragraph applies where the specified premises in the case
 
 
of an improvement notice are homelessness accommodation
 
 
(which has the same meaning here as in paragraph A1 ).
5
 
(2)
The notice must be served on any person—
 
 
(a)
who has an estate or interest in the premises, and
 
 
(b)
who, in the opinion of the local housing authority, ought
 
 
to take the action specified in the notice.
 
 
(3)
This paragraph applies instead of paragraph 1, 2 or 3 (in a case
10
 
where that paragraph would otherwise apply to the improvement
 
 
notice).”
 
 
(3)
In paragraph 5 (1) , for “1 to” substitute “A1 to”.
 
 
(4)
In paragraph 12 —
 
 
(a)
in sub-paragraph (1) , after “hazard” insert “or failure”, and
15
 
(b)
in sub-paragraph (2) (b) , for “a hazard” substitute “an”.
 
 
(5)
In paragraph 17 , after “hazard” (in each place) insert “or failure”.
 
 
36
(1)
Schedule 2 (procedure and appeals relating to prohibition orders) is
 
 
amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In paragraph 1 —
20
 
(a)
after sub-paragraph (2) insert—
 
 
“(2A)
Where the specified premises are qualifying residential
 
 
premises which—
 
 
(a)
are a dwelling or HMO let under a relevant tenancy,
 
 
(b)
are an HMO where at least one unit of
25
 
accommodation which forms part of the HMO is let
 
 
on a relevant tenancy, or
 
 
(c)
are a building or a part of a building constructed or
 
 
adapted for use as a house in multiple occupation—
 
 
(i)
that is for the time being only occupied by
30
 
persons who form a single household, and
 
 
(ii)
where the accommodation which those
 
 
persons occupy is let under a relevant
 
 
tenancy,
 
 
the authority must also serve copies of the order on any
35
 
other person who, to their knowledge, is the landlord under
 
 
the tenancy or a superior landlord in relation to the tenancy.
 
 
(2B)
Where—
 
 
(a)
sub-paragraph (2A) does not apply in relation to the
 
 
specified premises,
40

Page 236

 
(b)
the specified premises consist of or include the whole
 
 
or any part of a building containing homelessness
 
 
accommodation, and
 
 
(c)
the person providing the homelessness
 
 
accommodation—
5
 
(i)
is a tenant of that accommodation under a
 
 
tenancy which has an unexpired term of 3
 
 
years or less (the “short tenancy”), and
 
 
(ii)
accordingly is not an owner in relation to the
 
 
homelessness accommodation (see section
10
 
262(7)(b)),
 
 
the authority must also serve copies of the order on any
 
 
person who, to their knowledge, is a tenant under the short
 
 
tenancy, a landlord under the short tenancy, or a superior
 
 
landlord in relation to the short tenancy, and who is not
15
 
otherwise required to be served with a copy of the notice
 
 
under this paragraph.
 
 
(2C)
In sub-paragraph (2B) “homelessness accommodation” means
 
 
accommodation in England—
 
 
(a)
the availability of which is secured under Part 7 of
20
 
the Housing Act 1996 (homelessness), and
 
 
(b)
which is residential premises, whether by virtue of
 
 
paragraph (e) or another paragraph of section 1(4).”, and
 
 
(b)
in sub-paragraph (3) , for “sub-paragraph (2)” substitute “this
25
 
paragraph”.
 
 
(3)
In paragraph 2 —
 
 
(a)
for sub-paragraph (1) substitute—
 
 
“(1)
This paragraph applies to a prohibition order where the
 
 
specified premises consist of or include—
30
 
(a)
the whole or any part of a building containing—
 
 
(i)
one or more flats, or
 
 
(ii)
accommodation falling within paragraph
 
 
(e) of the definition of “residential
 
 
premises” in section 1(4) (homelessness)
35
 
that is not a dwelling, HMO or flat, or
 
 
(b)
any common parts of such a building.”
 
 
(b)
after sub-paragraph (2) insert—
 
 
“(2A)
Where the specified premises consist of or include qualifying
 
 
residential premises which—
40
 
(a)
are a dwelling or HMO let under a relevant tenancy,
 
 
(b)
are an HMO where at least one unit of
 
 
accommodation which forms part of the HMO is let
 
 
on a relevant tenancy, or
 

Page 237

 
(c)
are a building or a part of a building constructed or
 
 
adapted for use as a house in multiple occupation—
 
 
(i)
that is for the time being only occupied by
 
 
persons who form a single household, and
 
 
(ii)
where the accommodation which those
5
 
persons occupy is let under a relevant
 
 
tenancy,
 
 
the authority must also serve copies of the order on any
 
 
other person who, to their knowledge, is the landlord under
 
 
the tenancy or a superior landlord in relation to the tenancy.
10
 
(2B)
Where—
 
 
(a)
sub-paragraph (2A) does not apply in relation to the
 
 
specified premises,
 
 
(b)
the specified premises consist of or include the whole
 
 
or any part of a building containing homelessness
15
 
accommodation, and
 
 
(c)
the person providing the homelessness
 
 
accommodation—
 
 
(i)
is a tenant of that accommodation under a
 
 
tenancy which has an unexpired term of 3
20
 
years or less (the “short tenancy”), and
 
 
(ii)
accordingly is not an owner in relation to the
 
 
homelessness accommodation (see section
 
 
262(7)(b)),
 
 
the authority must also serve copies of the order on any
25
 
person who, to their knowledge, is a tenant under the short
 
 
tenancy, a landlord under the short tenancy, or a superior
 
 
landlord in relation to the short tenancy, and who is not
 
 
otherwise required to be served with a copy of the notice
 
 
under this paragraph.
30
 
(2C)
In sub-paragraph (2B) “homelessness accommodation” means
 
 
accommodation in England—
 
 
(a)
the availability of which is secured under Part 7 of
 
 
the Housing Act 1996 (homelessness), and
 
 
(b)
which is residential premises, whether by virtue of
35
 
paragraph (e) or another paragraph of section 1(4).”,
 
 
(c)
in sub-paragraph (3) , after “(2)” insert “, (2A) or (2B) ”, and
 
 
(d)
in sub-paragraph (4) , for “sub-paragraph (2) or (3)” substitute “this
 
 
paragraph”.
 
 
(4)
In paragraph 8 —
40
 
(a)
in sub-paragraph (1) , after “hazard” insert “or failure”, and
 
 
(b)
in sub-paragraph (2) (b) , for “a hazard” substitute “an”.
 
 
(5)
In paragraph 12 , after “hazard” (in each place) insert “or failure”.
 
 
(6)
In paragraph 16 (1) —
 

Page 238

 
(a)
omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (b) , and
 
 
(b)
at the end of paragraph (c) insert “, or
 
 
“(d)
in the case of qualifying residential premises which—
 
 
(i)
are a dwelling or HMO let under a relevant
 
 
tenancy,
5
 
(ii)
are an HMO where at least one unit of
 
 
accommodation which forms part of the HMO
 
 
is let on a relevant tenancy, or
 
 
(iii)
are a building or a part of a building
 
 
constructed or adapted for use as a house in
10
 
multiple occupation that is for the time being
 
 
only occupied by persons who form a single
 
 
household and where the accommodation
 
 
which those persons occupy is let under a
 
 
relevant tenancy,
15
 
any person on whom copies of the prohibition order
 
 
are required to be served by paragraph 1 (2A) or
 
 
2 (2A) .”
 
 
37
(1)
Schedule 3 (improvement notices: enforcement action by local housing
 
 
authorities) is amended as follows.
20
 
(2)
In paragraph 3 , after “hazard” (in each place) insert “or failure”.
 
 
(3)
In paragraph 4 , after “hazard” (in both places) insert “or failure”.
 

Part 2

 

Amendments of other Acts

 

Land Compensation Act 1973

25
 
38
(1)
Section 33D of the Land Compensation Act 1973 (loss payments: exclusions)
 
 
is amended as follows.
 
 
(2)
In subsection (4) —
 
 
(a)
in paragraph (b) , after “hazard” insert “or type 1 requirement”, and
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (c) , after “hazard” insert “or type 2 requirement”.
30
 
(3)
In subsection (5) —
 
 
(a)
in paragraph (a) , after “hazard” insert “or type 1 requirement”, and
 
 
(b)
in paragraph (b) , after “hazard” insert “or type 2 requirement”.
 

Housing Act 1985

 
 
39
In section 269A of the Housing Act 1985 (appeals suggesting certain other
35
 
courses of action), in subsection (2) (c) , for “a hazard” substitute “an”.
 

Page 239

Housing and Regeneration Act 2008

 
 
40
In section 126B of the Housing and Regeneration Act 2008 (functions of
 
 
health and safety lead), in subsection (3) (b) (ii) , after “hazards” insert “and
 
 
type 1 and 2 requirements”.
 

Housing and Planning Act 2016

5
 
41
In section 40 (4) of the Housing and Planning Act 2016 (offences under
 
 
sections 30(1) and 32(1) of the Housing Act 2004), after “on” insert “, or a
 
 
failure to meet a requirement by,”.
 

Tenant Fees Act 2019

 
 
42
In Schedule 3 to the Tenant Fees Act 2019 (financial penalties), in paragraph
10
 
12 (1) , after paragraph (c) insert—
 
 
“(ca)
the activities of a superior landlord in relation to such a
 
 
tenancy,”.
 
 
Schedule 5
Section 101
 

Financial penalties

15

Notice of intent

 
 
1
Before imposing a financial penalty on a person under section 40 , 57 , 66
 
 
or 91 , a local housing authority must give the person notice of its proposal
 
 
to do so (a “notice of intent”).
 
 
2
(1)
The notice of intent must be given before the end of the period of 6 months
20
 
beginning with the first day on which the authority has sufficient evidence
 
 
of the conduct to which the financial penalty relates.
 
 
(2)
But if the person is continuing to engage in the conduct on that day, and
 
 
the conduct continues beyond the end of that day, the notice of intent may
 
 
be given—
25
 
(a)
at any time when the conduct is continuing, or
 
 
(b)
within the period of 6 months beginning with the last day on which
 
 
the conduct occurs.
 
 
3
The notice of intent must set out—
 
 
(a)
the date on which the notice of intent is given,
30
 
(b)
the amount of the proposed financial penalty,
 
 
(c)
the reasons for proposing to impose the penalty, and
 
 
(d)
information about the right to make representations under paragraph
 
 
4 .
 

Page 240

Right to make representations

 
 
4
(1)
A person who is given a notice of intent may make written representations
 
 
to the authority about the proposal to impose a financial penalty.
 
 
(2)
Any representations must be made within the period of 28 days beginning
 
 
with the day after the day on which the notice of intent was given to the
5
 
person (“the period for representations”).
 

Final notice

 
 
5
After the end of the period for representations the enforcement authority
 
 
must—
 
 
(a)
decide whether to impose a financial penalty on the person, and
10
 
(b)
if it decides to do so, decide the amount of the penalty.
 
 
6
If the local housing authority decides to impose a financial penalty on the
 
 
person, it must give a notice to the person (a “final notice”) imposing that
 
 
penalty.
 
 
7
The final notice must require the penalty to be paid within the period of
15
 
28 days beginning with the day after that on which the notice was given.
 
 
8
The final notice must set out—
 
 
(a)
the date on which the final notice is given,
 
 
(b)
the amount of the financial penalty,
 
 
(c)
the reasons for imposing the penalty,
20
 
(d)
information about how to pay the penalty,
 
 
(e)
the period for payment of the penalty,
 
 
(f)
information about rights of appeal, and
 
 
(g)
the consequences of failure to comply with the notice.
 

Withdrawal or amendment of notice

25
 
9
(1)
A local housing authority may at any time—
 
 
(a)
withdraw a notice of intent or final notice, or
 
 
(b)
reduce an amount specified in a notice of intent or final notice.
 
 
(2)
The power in sub-paragraph (1) is to be exercised by giving notice in
 
 
writing to the person to whom the notice was given.
30

Appeals

 
 
10
(1)
A person to whom a final notice is given may appeal to the First-tier
 
 
Tribunal against—
 
 
(a)
the decision to impose the penalty, or
 
 
(b)
the amount of the penalty.
35
 
(2)
An appeal under this paragraph must be brought within the period of 28
 
 
days beginning with the day after that on which the final notice is given
 
 
to the person.
 

Page 241

 
(3)
If a person appeals under this paragraph , the final notice is suspended
 
 
until the appeal is finally determined, withdrawn or abandoned.
 
 
(4)
An appeal under this paragraph —
 
 
(a)
is to be a re-hearing of the authority’s decision, but
 
 
(b)
may be determined having regard to matters of which the authority
5
 
was unaware.
 
 
(5)
On an appeal under this paragraph the First-tier Tribunal may quash,
 
 
confirm or vary the final notice.
 
 
(6)
The final notice may not be varied under sub-paragraph (5) so as to impose
 
 
a financial penalty of more than the local housing authority could have
10
 
imposed.
 

Recovery of financial penalty

 
 
11
(1)
This paragraph applies if a person fails to pay the whole or any part of a
 
 
financial penalty which, in accordance with this Schedule , the person is
 
 
liable to pay.
15
 
(2)
The local housing authority which imposed the financial penalty may
 
 
recover the penalty or part on the order of the county court as if it were
 
 
payable under an order of that court.
 
 
(3)
In proceedings before the county court for the recovery of a financial penalty
 
 
or part of a financial penalty, a certificate which is—
20
 
(a)
signed by the chief finance officer of the authority which imposed
 
 
the penalty, and
 
 
(b)
states that the amount due has not been received by a date specified
 
 
in the certificate,
 
 
is conclusive evidence of that fact.
25
 
(4)
A certificate to that effect and purporting to be so signed is to be treated
 
 
as being so signed unless the contrary is proved.
 
 
(5)
In this paragraph “chief finance officer” has the same meaning as in section
 
 
5 of the Local Government and Housing Act 1989 .
 

Proceeds of financial penalties

30
 
12
Where a local housing authority imposes a financial penalty under section
 
 
40 , 57 , 66 or 91 , it may apply the proceeds towards meeting the costs and
 
 
expenses (whether administrative or legal) incurred in, or associated with,
 
 
carrying out any of its enforcement functions under this Act or otherwise
 
 
in relation to the private rented sector.
35
 
13
Any proceeds of a financial penalty imposed under section 40 , 57 , 66 or 91
 
 
which are not applied in accordance with paragraph 12 must be paid to
 
 
the Secretary of State.
 
 
14
(1)
In paragraph 12 , enforcement functions “in relation to the private rented
 
 
sector” means enforcement functions relating to—
40

Page 242

 
(a)
residential premises in England that are let, or intended to be let,
 
 
under a tenancy,
 
 
(b)
the common parts of such premises,
 
 
(c)
the activities of a landlord under a tenancy of residential premises
 
 
in England,
5
 
(d)
the activities of a superior landlord in relation to such a tenancy,
 
 
(e)
the activities of a person carrying on English letting agency work
 
 
within the meaning of section 54 of the Housing and Planning Act
 
 
2016 in relation to such premises, or
 
 
(f)
the activities of a person carrying on English property management
10
 
work within the meaning of section 55 of the Housing and Planning
 
 
Act 2016 in relation to such premises.
 
 
(2)
For the purposes of this paragraph “residential premises” has the meaning
 
 
given by section 1 of the Housing Act 2004 except that it does not include
 
 
social housing within the meaning of Part 2 of the Housing and
15
 
Regeneration Act 2008 .
 
 
(3)
For the purposes of this paragraph , “tenancy” includes a licence to occupy.
 
 
Schedule 6
Section 145 (2)
 

Transitional provision

 

Part 1

20

Application of

 

Tenancies which become periodic on the commencement date

 
 
1
(1)
This paragraph applies to an existing tenancy which becomes a periodic
 
 
tenancy on the expiry of a fixed term.
 
 
(2)
Where the fixed term expires immediately before the commencement date,
25
 
the amendments made by Chapter 1 of Part 1 do not apply in relation to
 

the tenancy until immediately after the first periodic term has begun.

 
 
Section 1 : start of deemed rent period for existing tenancies
 
 
2
In relation to an existing tenancy, section 4A of the 1988 Act (inserted by
 
 
section 1 ) is to be read as if—
30
 
(a)
in subsection (3) , for the words before paragraph (a) , there were
 
 
substituted “Terms of an assured tenancy which provide for the
 
 
rent periods are of no effect, so far as relating to rent periods
 
 
beginning on or after the commencement date (within the meaning
 
 
given by section 145 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025), unless each
35
 
rent period beginning on or after that date is—”;
 

Page 243

 
(b)
in subsection (5) , for paragraph (a) (and the “and” following it) there
 
 
were substituted—
 
 
“(a)
for successive rent periods of one month beginning—
 
 
(i)
if the commencement date is a date on which
 
 
a rent period would, but for subsection (3)
5
 
, have begun, with the commencement date, or
 
 
(ii)
otherwise, with the day after the last day of
 
 
the rent period within which the
 
 
commencement date falls, and”;
 
 
(c)
in subsection (6) , for “R is the rent that would have been due for
10
 
the first rent period of the tenancy under the terms that are of no
 
 
effect by virtue of subsection (3) ” there were substituted “R is the
 
 
rent due for the rent period before the first rent period provided
 

for by subsection (5) (a) ”.

 
 
Section 2 : claim form for section 21 possession proceedings already requested
15
 
3
(1)
This paragraph applies where—
 
 
(a)
before the commencement date—
 
 
(i)
a valid notice under section 21 of the 1988 Act has been
 
 
given, and
 
 
(ii)
the claimant in possession proceedings has requested the
20
 
court to issue the claim form for those proceedings, and
 
 
(b)
immediately before the commencement date, possession proceedings
 
 
have not begun or have not been concluded.
 
 
(2)
The notice under section 21 remains valid until possession proceedings are
 
 
concluded.
25
 
(3)
The amendments made by Chapter 1 of Part 1 do not apply in relation to
 
 
the tenancy until the notice under section 21 ceases to be valid by virtue
 
 
of sub-paragraph (2) (and accordingly the tenancy remains an assured
 
 
shorthold tenancy until then).
 
 
(4)
In relation to a tenancy to which sub-paragraph (3) applies, section 145 (3)
30
 
(except in its application to this paragraph) has effect as if the following
 
 
were substituted for the definition of “commencement date”—
 
 
““commencement date” means the date on which, by virtue of paragraph
 
 
3 of Schedule 6 , the amendments made by Chapter 1 of Part 1 apply
 
 
in relation to a tenancy;”.
35
 
(5)
In this paragraph “possession proceedings” means proceedings for an order
 
 
for possession under section 21 of the 1988 Act in reliance on a valid notice
 
 
given under that section.
 

Section

 
 
4
(1)
This paragraph applies where, before the commencement date—
40
 
(a)
a valid notice under section 21 of the 1988 Act has been given, and
 

Page 244

 
(b)
the claimant in possession proceedings has not requested the court
 
 
to issue the claim form for those proceedings.
 
 
(2)
Section 21 of the 1988 Act has effect as if the following were substituted
 
 
for subsections (4D) and (4E)—
 
 
“(4D)
Subject to subsection (4E) , proceedings for an order for possession
5
 
under this section in relation to a dwelling-house in England may
 
 
not be begun if the claimant in the proceedings requests the court
 
 
to issue the claim for the proceedings after the end of the applicable
 
 
period.
 
 
(4DA)
For that purpose the “applicable period” is—
10
 
(a)
the period of six months beginning with the date on which
 
 
the notice was given under subsection (1) or (4), or
 
 
(b)
the period of three months beginning with the
 
 
commencement date, if this three month period ends before
 
 
the six month period mentioned in paragraph (a) .
15
 
(4E)
Where—
 
 
(a)
a notice under subsection (4) has been given in relation to
 
 
a dwelling-house in England, and
 
 
(b)
paragraph (b) of that subsection requires the date specified
 
 
in the notice to be more than two months after the date the
20
 
notice was given,
 
 
proceedings for an order for possession under this section may not
 
 
be begun if the claimant in the proceedings requests the court to
 
 
issue the claim for the proceedings after the end of the applicable
 
 
period.
25
 
(4EA)
For that purpose the “applicable period” is—
 
 
(a)
the period of four months beginning with the date specified
 
 
in the notice, or
 
 
(b)
the period of three months beginning with the
 
 
commencement date, if this three month period ends before
30
 
the four month period mentioned in paragraph (a) .
 
 
(4EB)
In subsections (4DA) and (4EA) “commencement date” has the
 
 
meaning given by section 145 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025.
 
 
(3)
The notice under section 21 remains valid—
 
 
(a)
until the end of the applicable period, except where the claimant
35
 
has requested the court to issue the claim form for possession
 
 
proceedings before the end of that period;
 
 
(b)
until possession proceedings are concluded, if the claimant has
 
 
requested the court to issue the claim form for those proceedings
 
 
before the end of the applicable period.
40
 
(4)
The amendments made by Chapter 1 of Part 1 do not apply in relation to
 
 
the tenancy until the notice under section 21 ceases to be valid by virtue
 

Page 245

 
of sub-paragraph (3) (and accordingly the tenancy remains an assured
 
 
shorthold tenancy until then).
 
 
(5)
In relation to a tenancy to which sub-paragraph (4) applies, section 145 (3)
 
 
(except in its application to this paragraph) has effect as if the following
 
 
were substituted for the definition of “commencement date”—
5
 
““commencement date” means the date on which, by virtue of paragraph
 
 
4 of Schedule 6 , the amendments made by Chapter 1 of Part 1 apply
 
 
in relation to a tenancy;”.
 
 
(6)
In this paragraph—
 
 
“applicable period” , in relation to possession proceedings, has the
10
 
same meaning that it has in relation to those proceedings in section
 
 
21 of the 1988 Act as modified by sub-paragraph (2) ;
 
 
“possession proceedings” means proceedings for an order for
 
 
possession under section 21 of the 1988 Act in reliance on a valid
 
 
notice given under that section.
15
 
Section 3 (2) (g) : saving of section 6 (7) in relation to tenancies where fixed term ends before
 

commencement date

 
 
5
Section 7 (7) of the 1988 Act continues to apply after the commencement
 
 
date, despite section 3 (2) (g) , in relation to an existing tenancy that was a
 

fixed term tenancy before the commencement date.

20
 
Section 6 : no effect on rent increases before commencement date
 
 
6
The amendments made by section 6 do not affect the validity of any increase
 
 
in rent under an existing tenancy, before the commencement date, in reliance
 
 
on a provision—
 
 
(a)
which was at the time binding on the tenant, and
25
 
(b)
under which the rent for a particular period of the tenancy would
 

or might be greater than the rent for an earlier period.

 
 
Sections 12 , 13 and 15 : provision of information in writing
 
 
7
(1)
Where an existing tenancy is wholly or partly in writing—
 
 
(a)
section 16D and 16E (1) (f) of the 1988 Act (inserted by sections 12
30
 
and 13 ) do not apply;
 
 
(b)
section 16I (1) of that Act (inserted by section 15 ) is to be read as if
 
 
for “contravened section 16D ” there were substituted “contravened
 
 
paragraph 7 (2) of Schedule 6 to the Renters’ Rights Act 2025”.
 
 
(2)
The landlord under any existing tenancy that is wholly or partly in
35
 
writing—
 
 
(a)
must give the tenant any information in writing about the changes
 
 
made by this Act which is required to be given by regulations made
 
 
by the Secretary of State; and
 

Page 246

 
(b)
must do so before the end of the period of one month beginning
 
 
with the commencement date.
 
 
(3)
Where a landlord referred to in sub-paragraph (2) has entered into a contract
 
 
with a person which requires that person to ensure compliance with that
 
 
sub-paragraph (whether or not it is referred to individually), sub-paragraph
5
 
(2) also applies to that person, as it applies to the landlord.
 
 
(4)
Regulations under sub-paragraph (2) may—
 
 
(a)
provide for the information to be given in the form of a document
 
 
produced by the Secretary of State;
 
 
(b)
provide that the document to be given is the version that has effect
10
 
at the time the requirement applies.
 
 
(5)
Where an existing tenancy is wholly oral, section 16D (4) of the 1988 Act
 
 
(inserted by section 12 ) is to be read as if, for “before the tenancy is entered
 
 
into” there were substituted “before the end of the period of one month
 
 
beginning with the commencement date (within the meaning given by
15
 
section 145 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025)”.
 
 
(6)
Regulations under sub-paragraph (2) —
 
 
(a)
may make different provision for different purposes;
 
 
(b)
are to be made by statutory instrument.
 
 
(7)
A statutory instrument containing regulations under sub-paragraph (2) is
20
 
subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House of
 

Parliament.

 
 
Section 15 : no liability in respect of conduct before commencement date
 
 
8
Conduct engaged in, in relation to an existing tenancy, before the
 
 
commencement date—
25
 
(a)
does not give rise to liability to a financial penalty under section
 
 
16I or 16K of the 1988 Act (inserted by section 13 ), and
 
(b)
does not constitute an offence under section 16J (as so inserted).
 
 
Section 20 : no effect on notice to quit given before commencement date
 
 
9
The amendment made by section 20 does not affect the validity of any
30
 
notice given under section 5 of the Protection from Eviction Act 1977 in
 

relation to an existing tenancy before the commencement date.

 
 
Section 24 : existing opt-out notices for assured agricultural occupancies
 
 
10
Where an existing tenancy would be an assured agricultural occupancy
 
 
but for a notice served under paragraph 9 (2) of Schedule 2A to the 1988
35
 
Act , the tenancy is to be treated for the purposes of Chapter 3 of Part 1 of
 
 
the 1988 Act as amended by this Act, on and after the commencement date,
 
 
as a tenancy in relation to which an opt-out notice has been served under
 

section 24A of the 1988 Act (inserted by section 24 of this Act).

 
 
Section 26 : tenancy deposits
 
 
11
The amendments made by section 26 do not apply in relation to an existing
 
 
tenancy that, immediately before the commencement date, was an assured
 

tenancy other than an assured shorthold tenancy.

 
 
Section 27 : tenant fees
5
 
12
The amendments made by section 27 do not apply in relation to an existing
 
 
tenancy that, immediately before the commencement date, was an assured
 

tenancy other than an assured shorthold tenancy.

 
 
Schedule 1 : student accommodation ground
 
 
13
(1)
In relation to an existing tenancy, ground 4A in Schedule 2 to the 1988 Act
10
 
has effect as if—
 
 
(a)
in the first paragraph, the following were substituted for paragraphs
 
 
(a) and (b)—
 
 
“(a)
either or both of the following applies—
 
 
(i)
the tenant met the student test when the
15
 
tenancy was entered into;
 
 
(ii)
the tenant meets the student test when the
 
 
written statement referred to in paragraph (b)
 
 
is given,
 
 
(b)
the landlord or, in the case of joint landlords, at least
20
 
one of them, gives the tenant, before the end of the
 
 
period of one month beginning with the
 
 
commencement date (within the meaning given by
 
 
section 145 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025), a written
 
 
statement of the landlord’s wish to be able to recover
25
 
possession on the basis that—
 
 
(i)
the condition in paragraph (a) is met, and
 
 
(ii)
the landlord intends, on the next occasion on
 
 
which the dwelling-house is let, to let it to a
 
 
tenant who meets the student test when that
30
 
new tenancy is entered into,”;
 
 
(b)
paragraph (c) were omitted;
 
 
(c)
the following were substituted for the second and third paragraphs—
 
 
“For the purposes of the conditions in paragraphs (a), (b)
 
 
and (f), a tenant meets, or met, the student test at a particular
35
 
time if—
 
 
(a)
the tenant is, or was, a full-time student at that time,
 
 
or
 
 
(b)
at that time, the landlord reasonably believes, or
 
 
believed, that the tenant would become a full-time
40
 
student during the tenancy.
 

Page 248

 
But, in a case where two or more persons are or would be,
 
 
or were, the tenant, the tenant does not, or did not, meet
 
 
the student test unless all of those persons meet, or met, that
 
 
test.”
 
 
(2)
In relation to an existing tenancy which is a qualifying student tenancy,
5
 
ground 4A in Schedule 2 to the 1988 Act has effect—
 
 
(a)
subject to the modifications in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph,
 
 
and
 
 
(b)
additionally as if, in the first paragraph of ground 4A, paragraph
 
 
(d) were omitted.
10
 
(3)
For the purposes of this paragraph, an existing tenancy is a “qualifying
 
 
student tenancy” if any of the following is a member of a specified housing
 
 
management code of practice—
 
 
(a)
the landlord;
 
 
(b)
a person appointed to act on the landlord’s behalf in respect of the
15
 
tenancy;
 
 
(c)
a person appointed to discharge management functions in respect
 
 
of the building which comprises the dwelling-house or in which
 
 
the dwelling-house is situated.
 
 
(4)
In sub-paragraph (3) —
20
 
“housing management code of practice” means a code of practice
 
 
approved by the Secretary of State under section 233 of the Housing
 
 
Act 2004 (codes relating to the management of HMOs or excepted
 
 
accommodation);
 
 
“management functions” in respect of a building includes functions
25
 
relating to—
 
 
(a)
the provision of services, or
 
 
(b)
the repair, maintenance, improvement or insurance of the
 
 
building;
 
 
“specified” means specified in regulations made by the Secretary of
30

State.

 
 
Schedule 1 : stepping stone accommodation ground
 
 
14
In relation to an existing tenancy, paragraph (b) in Ground 5H in Schedule
 
 
2 to the 1988 Act is to be read as if after “agreement” there were inserted
 
 
“or a written statement given to the tenant before the commencement date
35

(within the meaning given by section 145 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025)”.

 
 
Schedule 1 : redevelopment ground
 
 
15
In relation to an existing tenancy, paragraph (c) in case C where the
 
 
“additional RSL condition” is met in Ground 6 in Schedule 2 to the 1988
 
 
Act is to be read as if for “before the tenancy was entered into” there were
40
 
substituted “before the end of the period of one month beginning with the
 

Page 249

 
commencement date (within the meaning given by section 145 of the
 
 
Renters’ Rights Act 2025)”.
 

Claim form for section 8 possession proceedings already requested

 
 
16
(1)
This paragraph applies where—
 
 
(a)
before the commencement date—
5
 
(i)
a valid notice under section 8 of the 1988 Act has been given,
 
 
and
 
 
(ii)
the claimant in possession proceedings has requested the
 
 
court to issue the claim form for those proceedings, and
 
 
(b)
immediately before the commencement date, possession proceedings
10
 
have not begun or have not been concluded.
 
 
(2)
The notice under section 8 remains valid until possession proceedings are
 
 
concluded.
 
 
(3)
The amendments made by Chapter 1 of Part 1 do not apply in relation to
 
 
the tenancy until the notice under section 8 ceases to be valid by virtue of
15
 
sub-paragraph (2) (and accordingly the tenancy remains an assured
 
 
shorthold tenancy until then).
 
 
(4)
In relation to a tenancy to which sub-paragraph (3) applies, section 145 (3)
 
 
(except in its application to this paragraph) has effect as if the following
 
 
were substituted for the definition of “commencement date”—
20
 
““commencement date” means the date on which, by virtue of paragraph
 
 
16 of Schedule 6 , the amendments made by Chapter 1 of Part 1
 
 
apply in relation to a tenancy;”.
 
 
(5)
In this paragraph “possession proceedings” means proceedings for an order
 
 
for possession under section 8 of the 1988 Act in reliance on a valid notice
25
 
given under that section.
 

Claim form for section 8 possession proceedings not already requested

 
 
17
(1)
This paragraph applies where, before the commencement date—
 
 
(a)
a valid notice under section 8 of the 1988 Act has been given, and
 
 
(b)
the claimant in possession proceedings has not requested the court
30
 
to issue the claim form for those proceedings.
 
 
(2)
The notice under section 8 remains valid—
 
 
(a)
until the end of the applicable period, except where the claimant
 
 
has requested the court to issue the claim form for possession
 
 
proceedings before the end of that period;
35
 
(b)
until possession proceedings are concluded, if the claimant has
 
 
requested the court to issue the claim form for those proceedings
 
 
before the end of the applicable period.
 
 
(3)
The amendments made by Chapter 1 of Part 1 do not apply in relation to
 
 
the tenancy until the notice under section 8 ceases to be valid by virtue of
40

Page 250

 
sub-paragraph (2) (and accordingly the tenancy remains an assured
 
 
shorthold tenancy until then).
 
 
(4)
In relation to a tenancy to which sub-paragraph (3) applies, section 145 (3)
 
 
(except in its application to this paragraph) has effect as if the following
 
 
were substituted for the definition of “commencement date”—
5
 
““commencement date” means the date on which, by virtue of paragraph
 
 
17 of Schedule 6 , the amendments made by Chapter 1 of Part 1
 
 
apply in relation to a tenancy;”.
 
 
(5)
In this paragraph—
 
 
“applicable period” , in relation to possession proceedings—
10
 
(a)
the period of twelve months included in the notice under
 
 
section 8 of the 1988 Act in accordance with subsection (3)(c)
 
 
of that section, or
 
 
(b)
the period of three months beginning with the
 
 
commencement date, if this three month period ends before
15
 
the twelve month period mentioned in paragraph (a) ;
 
 
“possession proceedings” means proceedings for an order for
 
 
possession under section 8 of the 1988 Act in reliance on a valid
 
 
notice given under that section.
 

Interpretation

20
 
18
In this Schedule “commencement date” and “existing tenancy” have the
 
 
meanings given by section 145 .
 

Part 2

 

Existing instruments which permit or require letting etc

 

Key definitions

25
 
19
(1)
“Residential premises” are premises that consist of or include one or more
 
 
dwelling-houses in England.
 
 
(2)
A lease of residential premises (whether or not in writing) is a “relevant
 
 
pre-application instrument” if it was entered into—
 
 
(a)
before the commencement date, or
30
 
(b)
on or after that date under a contract entered into before that date.
 
 
(3)
A mortgage arrangement which relates to residential premises is a “relevant
 
 
pre-application instrument” if it was entered into—
 
 
(a)
before the commencement date, or
 
 
(b)
on or after that date by the acceptance of an offer made before that
35
 
date.
 
 
(4)
A contract of insurance which relates to residential premises is a “relevant
 
 
pre-application instrument” if it was entered into—
 
 
(a)
before the commencement date, or
 

Page 251

 
(b)
on or after that date by the acceptance of an offer made before that
 
 
date.
 
 
(5)
A section 106 obligation is a “relevant pre-application instrument” if it was
 
 
entered into before the commencement date.
 
 
(6)
In relation to a relevant pre-application instrument, “affected
5
 
dwelling-house” means—
 
 
(a)
if the relevant pre-application instrument is a lease, the
 
 
dwelling-house, or each dwelling-house, let by the lease;
 
 
(b)
if the relevant pre-application instrument is a mortgage arrangement,
 
 
the dwelling-house, or each dwelling-house, to which the mortgage
10
 
arrangement relates;
 
 
(c)
if the relevant pre-application instrument is a contract of insurance,
 
 
the dwelling-house, or each dwelling-house, to which the contract
 
 
of insurance relates;
 
 
(d)
if the relevant pre-application instrument is a section 106 obligation,
15
 
the dwelling-house, or each dwelling-house, to which the section
 
 
106 obligation relates.
 
 
(7)
In relation to times before the commencement date, an assured tenancy is
 
 
a “relevant” assured tenancy if—
 
 
(a)
it is not an assured shorthold tenancy,
20
 
(b)
it is a periodic tenancy, and
 
 
(c)
each period of the tenancy is—
 
 
(i)
a period of 28 days or shorter, or
 
 
(ii)
a monthly period,
 
 
including where there are different periods at different times, each
25
 
of which falls within sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) .
 
 
(8)
In relation to times on or after the commencement date, an assured tenancy
 
 
is a “relevant” assured tenancy if—
 
 
(a)
it is a periodic tenancy, and
 
 
(b)
each period of the tenancy is—
30
 
(i)
a period of 28 days or shorter, or
 
 
(ii)
a monthly period,
 
 
including where there are different periods at different times, each
 
 
of which falls within sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) .
 

Saving for existing powers to vary

35
 
20
Nothing in this Part of this Schedule prevents a relevant pre-application
 
 
instrument from being varied or modified by the parties to it (and
 
 
accordingly paragraphs 21 to 26 and paragraph 28 are subject to any such
 
 
variation or modification).
 

Page 252

Relevant pre-application instruments that permit letting on tenancies that are no longer

 

possible

 
 
21
(1)
This paragraph applies to a relevant pre-application instrument if either
 
 
or both of conditions A and B are met in relation to the affected
 
 
dwelling-house.
5
 
(2)
Condition A : immediately before the commencement date, the relevant
 
 
pre-application instrument—
 
 
(a)
permitted the affected dwelling-house to be let under an assured
 
 
shorthold tenancy, but
 
 
(b)
did not permit the affected dwelling-house to be let under a relevant
10
 
assured tenancy.
 
 
(3)
Condition B : immediately before the commencement date, the relevant
 
 
pre-application instrument—
 
 
(a)
permitted the affected dwelling-house to be let under an assured
 
 
tenancy (other than an assured shorthold tenancy), but
15
 
(b)
did not permit the affected dwelling-house to be let under a relevant
 
 
assured tenancy.
 
 
(4)
The relevant pre-application instrument has effect on and after the
 
 
commencement date as if it permits the affected dwelling-house to be let
 
 
under a relevant assured tenancy.
20
 
(5)
That power to let under a relevant assured tenancy is exercisable in the
 
 
same circumstances, and on the same terms, as the pre-commencement
 
 
power to let was exercisable immediately before the commencement date,
 
 
except so far as that would be inconsistent with any provision made by or
 
 
under this Act.
25
 
(6)
In this paragraph “pre-commencement power to let” means—
 
 
(a)
if only condition A is met, the power to let mentioned in
 
 
sub-paragraph (2) (a) ;
 
 
(b)
if only condition B is met, the power to let mentioned in
 
 
sub-paragraph (3) (a) ;
30
 
(c)
if conditions A and B are both met, the power to let mentioned in
 
 
sub-paragraph (3) (a) .
 

Relevant pre-application instruments that permit letting on tenancies that continue to be

 

possible

 
 
22
(1)
This paragraph applies to a relevant pre-application instrument if,
35
 
immediately before the commencement date, the relevant pre-application
 
 
instrument permitted the affected dwelling-house to be let under a relevant
 
 
assured tenancy.
 
 
(2)
That power to let under a relevant assured tenancy continues to be
 
 
exercisable in the same circumstances, and on the same terms, as it was
40
 
exercisable immediately before the commencement date, except so far as
 
 
that would be inconsistent with any provision made by or under this Act.
 

Page 253

Relevant pre-application instruments that require letting on tenancies that are no longer

 

possible

 
 
23
(1)
This paragraph applies to a relevant pre-application instrument if either
 
 
or both of conditions A and B are met.
 
 
(2)
Condition A : immediately before the commencement date—
5
 
(a)
the relevant pre-application instrument required the affected
 
 
dwelling-house to be let, and
 
 
(b)
that requirement—
 
 
(i)
would have been complied with by letting the affected
 
 
dwelling-house under an assured shorthold tenancy, but
10
 
(ii)
would not have been complied with by letting the affected
 
 
dwelling-house under a relevant assured tenancy.
 
 
(3)
Condition B : immediately before the commencement date—
 
 
(a)
the relevant pre-application instrument required the affected
 
 
dwelling-house to be let, and
15
 
(b)
that requirement—
 
 
(i)
would have been complied with by letting the affected
 
 
dwelling-house under an assured tenancy (other than an
 
 
assured shorthold tenancy), but
 
 
(ii)
would not have been complied with by letting the affected
20
 
dwelling-house under a relevant assured tenancy.
 
 
(4)
The relevant pre-application instrument has effect on and after the
 
 
commencement date as if it requires the affected dwelling-house to be let
 
 
under a relevant assured tenancy.
 
 
(5)
That requirement to let under a relevant assured tenancy must be complied
25
 
with in the same circumstances, and on the same terms, as the
 
 
pre-commencement requirement had to be complied with immediately
 
 
before the commencement date, except so far as that would be inconsistent
 
 
with any provision made by or under this Act.
 
 
(6)
In this paragraph “pre-commencement requirement” means—
30
 
(a)
if only condition A is met, the requirement to let mentioned in
 
 
sub-paragraph (2) (b) (i) ;
 
 
(b)
if only condition B is met, the requirement to let mentioned in
 
 
sub-paragraph (3) (b) (i) ;
 
 
(c)
if conditions A and B are both met, the requirement to let mentioned
35
 
in sub-paragraph (3) (b) (i) .
 

Relevant pre-application instruments that require letting on tenancies that continue to be

 

possible

 
 
24
(1)
This paragraph applies to a relevant pre-application instrument if,
 
 
immediately before the commencement date—
40

Page 254

 
(a)
the relevant pre-application instrument required the affected
 
 
dwelling-house to be let, and
 
 
(b)
that requirement would have been complied with by letting the
 
 
affected dwelling-house under a relevant assured tenancy.
 
 
(2)
That requirement to let under a relevant assured tenancy must still be
5
 
complied with in the same circumstances, and on the same terms, as it had
 
 
to be complied with immediately before the commencement date, except
 
 
so far as that would be inconsistent with any provision made by or under
 
 
this Act.
 

Pre-commencement s.106 obligations with provision relating to letting on terms that are no

10

longer possible

 
 
25
(1)
This paragraph applies to a pre-application section 106 obligation if,
 
 
immediately before the commencement date, it prevented or restricted the
 
 
taking of particular action unless or until the affected dwelling-house was
 
 
let under a superseded tenancy.
15
 
(2)
On and after the commencement date, the pre-application section 106
 
 
obligation has effect as if it prevents or restricts the taking of the particular
 
 
action unless or until the affected dwelling-house is let under a relevant
 
 
assured tenancy.
 
 
(3)
Any such letting under a relevant assured tenancy is to be made in the
20
 
same circumstances, and on the same terms, as a letting under a superseded
 
 
tenancy immediately before the commencement date, except so far as that
 
 
would be inconsistent with any provision made by or under this Act.
 

Pre-commencement s.106 obligations with provision relating to letting on terms that continue

 

to be possible

25
 
26
(1)
This paragraph applies to a pre-application section 106 obligation if,
 
 
immediately before the commencement date—
 
 
(a)
provision of the pre-application section 106 obligation prevented or
 
 
restricted the taking of particular action unless or until the affected
 
 
dwelling-house was let, and
30
 
(b)
that provision would have ceased to prevent or restrict that action
 
 
if the affected dwelling-house was let under a relevant assured
 
 
tenancy.
 
 
(2)
Such a letting under a relevant assured tenancy must still be made in the
 
 
same circumstances, and on the same terms, as a letting under a relevant
35
 
assured tenancy immediately before the commencement date, except so far
 
 
as that would be inconsistent with any provision made by or under this
 
 
Act.
 

Requirements under the Community Infrastructure Regulations 2010

 
 
27
(1)
This paragraph applies where—
40

Page 255

 
(a)
a planning permission is granted before the commencement date
 
 
on a relevant determination,
 
 
(b)
the planning permission was granted on the basis of a
 
 
pre-application section 106 obligation, and
 
 
(c)
at the time the planning permission was granted, the pre-application
5
 
section 106 obligation met the requirements under regulation 122(2)
 
 
of the Community Infrastructure Regulations 2010.
 
 
(2)
On and after the commencement date any effect of this Part is to be
 
 
disregarded when considering whether the pre-application section 106
 
 
obligation continues to meet those requirements.
10
 
(3)
In this paragraph “relevant determination” has the meaning given by
 
 
regulation 122(3) of the Community Infrastructure Regulations 2010.
 

Leases which cannot be returned at end of term free of sub-lease

 
 
28
(1)
This paragraph applies to a lease if—
 
 
(a)
the lease was entered into before the commencement date or under
15
 
a contract entered into before that date,
 
 
(b)
the lease is—
 
 
(i)
periodic, or
 
 
(ii)
a fixed term lease of a term certain not exceeding 21 years,
 
 
(c)
the lease is modified by paragraph 21 or 23 ,
20
 
(d)
a dwelling-house is sub-let under the lease on a tenancy (entered
 
 
into before or after the commencement date) which is (or becomes
 
 
on or after that date, by virtue of this Act or otherwise) a relevant
 
 
assured tenancy, and
 
 
(e)
the tenancy was entered into in accordance with the terms of the
25
 
lease as they stood when the tenancy was entered into (or, if it was
 
 
not, the breach has been waived by the landlord).
 
 
(2)
The lease has effect as if it provided that a failure by the lessee at the end
 
 
of the lease to return the premises to the landlord free from the relevant
 
 
assured tenancy does not constitute a breach of the lease.
30

Application to agreements etc relating to leases, mortgage arrangements or contracts of

 

insurance

 
 
29
In this Part of this Schedule references to a lease, mortgage arrangement
 
 
or contract of insurance, and references to the terms of a lease, mortgage
 
 
arrangement or contract of insurance, include references to—
35
 
(a)
the terms of any agreement relating to the lease, mortgage
 
 
arrangement, or contract of insurance, and
 
 
(b)
any document or communication from a party to the lease, mortgage
 
 
arrangement, or contract of insurance, which gives or refuses consent
 
 
for letting in relation to a category or description of tenancy.
40

Page 256

Application to sub-letting

 
 
30
(1)
In a case where the relevant pre-application instrument is a lease, a reference
 
 
in this Part of this Schedule to a letting of the affected dwelling-house is
 
 
a reference to a sub-letting of those premises under that lease or any inferior
 
 
lease.
5
 
(2)
In the case of any other relevant pre-application instrument, a reference in
 
 
this Part of this Schedule to a letting of the affected dwelling-house includes
 
 
a reference to a sub-letting of those premises under any lease or inferior
 
 
lease of those premises.
 

Application in certain circumstances

10
 
31
(1)
In a case where a relevant pre-application instrument—
 
 
(a)
gave, or gives, a discretion whether to let an affected dwelling-house,
 
 
but
 
 
(b)
required, or requires, the affected dwelling-house to be let under a
 
 
tenancy of a particular description if it is let,
15
 
the instrument is to be regarded as permitting (and not as requiring) the
 
 
dwelling-house to be let under that description of tenancy (and this Part
 
 
of this Schedule applies accordingly).
 
 
(2)
The following provisions of this paragraph apply if there are two or more
 
 
affected dwelling-houses in relation to the relevant pre-application
20
 
instrument.
 
 
(3)
This Part of this Schedule applies separately in relation to each of those
 
 
dwelling-houses.
 
 
(4)
But, if any term of the instrument is such that it gave, or gives, a discretion
 
 
as to which particular dwelling-house or dwelling-houses the term applies
25
 
to, this Schedule does not affect that discretion (but the term otherwise has
 
 
effect subject to this Part of this Schedule).
 

Power to disapply or modify this Part

 
 
32
(1)
The Secretary of State may by regulations disapply or modify the effect of
 
 
this Part of this Schedule in relation to relevant pre-application instruments
30
 
of a specified description.
 
 
(2)
Where the Secretary of State makes regulations under this paragraph
 
 
disapplying the effect of this Part, the fact that this Schedule has previously
 
 
applied in relation to a relevant pre-application instrument does not prevent
 
 
the exercise of the powers in section 147 (7) (b) in relation to the relevant
35
 
pre-application instrument.
 

Meaning of “permitting” letting

 
 
33
A relevant pre-application instrument permitted, or permits, the affected
 
 
dwelling-house to be let under a tenancy of a particular description if letting
 

Page 257

 
the affected dwelling-house under a tenancy of that description would not
 
 
have breached the terms of the relevant pre-application instrument.
 

Interpretation

 
 
34
In this Part of this Schedule—
 
 
“affected dwelling-house” has the meaning given in paragraph 19 (6) ;
5
 
“assured shorthold tenancy” is to be read in accordance with Part 1
 
 
of the 1988 Act as it had effect immediately before the
 
 
commencement date;
 
 
“assured tenancy” , in relation to a time before the commencement
 
 
date, is to be read in accordance with Part 1 of the 1988 Act as it
10
 
had effect at that time;
 
 
“the commencement date” has the meaning given by section 145 (3) ;
 
 
“contract of insurance” has the meaning given by article 3(1) of the
 
 
Financial Services (Regulated Activities) Order 2001;
 
 
“dwelling-house” has the same meaning as in Part 1 of the 1988 Act
15
 
— see section 45 of that Act);
 
 
“mortgage arrangement which relates to residential premises” or
 
 
“mortgage arrangement” means an arrangement under which—
 
 
(a)
credit is or continues to be provided to a person, and
 
 
(b)
the obligation of the person to repay is secured by a legal
20
 
or equitable mortgage or other charge on the residential
 
 
premises;
 
 
“pre-application section 106 obligation” means a section 106 obligation
 
 
that was entered into before the commencement date;
 
 
“relevant assured tenancy” has the meaning given in paragraph 19 (7)
25
 
and (8) ;
 
 
“relevant pre-application instrument” has the meaning given in
 
 
paragraph 19 (2) to (5) ;
 
 
“residential premises” has the meaning given in paragraph 19 (1) ;
 
 
“section 106 obligation” means a planning obligation under section
30
 
106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990;
 
 
“superseded tenancy” means—
 
 
(a)
an assured shorthold tenancy, and
 
 
(b)
an assured tenancy (other than an assured shorthold tenancy)
 
 
that is not a relevant assured tenancy.
35
Amendments

No amendments available.